Lophophora lutea

Care should be taken in this area.

Lophophora echinata Croizat var. lutea (Rouhier) comb. nov.

aka Echinocactus williamsii var. lutea

There are also the names Lophophora diffusa var. lutea, Lophophora texana var. lutea and Lophophora williamsii var. lutea appearing in horticulture.

“A var. typica flore saltem luteo recedit.”
“The new combination is based upon Rouhier’s Echinocactus Williamsii var. lutea. (in Trav. Lab. Mat, Med. Pharm. Fac. Paris 17 [5]: 62-65 fig. 31. 1927).”
Croizat 1944.

This name is at best confused.
Based entirely on what he read in Rouhier, Croizat asserted the existence of a plant with a yellow body and a yellow flower. This suggests it is likely to merely be a diffusa but Rouhier’s account does anything but clarify that as it confirms that Rouhier is indeed Croizat’s source of information; giving its origin as needing resolution. He then adds a claim from Leon Diguet that this plant can be harvested in northern Mexico in the breaks of the Rio Grande. 
“Il y a lieu, sur cette question qui reste encore à résoudre, de tenir compte de l’affirmation autorisée de M.Diguet qui nous dit avoir recontré et récolté ce Peyotl au Nord du Mexique, sur les rives du Rio Grande. ” This does not say that Rouhier’s plant WAS actually collected from there of course. Rouhier includes a pair of photographs of a plant cultivated in the manner of the day with its roots largely exposed
Which combined with the images Rouhier included might suggest an echinata sensu Weniger is possible although yellow certainly seems quite wrong for either body or flower. Rouhier also wonders about it possibly being a hybrid but it is not clear what he contemplated as the possibilities for a novelty introducing parent.
He does include some telling comments though, in particular notice the frustration within his griping, “Schumann lui refuse le titre de variété sans en donner les raisons.” 
 
 

Rouhier 1927; figure 31b

Rouhier 1927 Figure 31 b

While it seems tempting to jump past Rouhier and say Croizat’s assignment must have been an error, something that does seem to be accurate to say is that this name is confused in application. Plants bearing this name in horticulture at present are typically L. diffusa and are said to be named “lutea” based on their body color.
Rouhier 1927; figure 31a

Rouhier 1927 Figure 31 a

One can additionally find horticultural offerings and images for odd plants such as “Lophophora lutea var. texana” = “Lophophora williamsii var. texana.”  It is probably not really worth anyone’s time to try and address all of the existing conceptual and nomenclatural glitches. 
Recall that photo from Frič earlier?
Lophophora from Kreuzinger

Frič’s Lophophoras from Kreuzinger

Check out that far left plant.
As part of a curious lineage, Alberto Frič had presented what appears to be Lophophora diffusa in 1924 (crown #I above) calling it Lophophora sp. nov. lutea Frič. By 1935, he had changed its name to Lophophora Lewinii (perhaps basing this on the opinion of the day increasingly embracing Ochoterena 1922?). Frič should have stuck with Lophophora sp. nov. lutea Frič. In 1961, Backeberg iterated Frič’s name, and, using the same photo by Frič, published it as Lophophora lutea sp. nov. Backeberg.

Lophophora Tiegleri and Lophophora Ziegleri, also typically just refer to horticultural Lophophora diffusa.
Similarly Lophophora Ziegleriana, which will be mentioned only briefly later.

Lophophora lutea 

This is a name that is still encountered in horticultural offerings.

This currently is most often L. diffusa and is usually in reference to a yellowish body color on the plants. (Lutea is from the Latin; Luteus: “Yellow”). 

The original ‘description’ by Alexandre Rouhier included reference to a yellow flower color on what he presented to be Echinocactus Williamsii, which is not demonstrated to be linked to any distinct population. 

MS Smith points out that if flower color alone is used to assign this name, then L. diffusa would remain the most likely candidate for cultivated plants.

More comments can be found above. 

The opinion expressed by Helia Bravo was that *all* reports claiming yellow flowers on L. diffusa (which includes a fair number of people in Europe AND commercial offerings) were simply white flowers that had become dusted with pollen. The publication of photographs in black and white and the *commercial offerings of yellow-flowered plants* since the early part of the last century, or at least plants sold with the name sp. luteiflora, both suggest that yellow flowered Lophophoras exist but that is clearly tempered by their near absence in published or in online photographs.

Pizzetti 1985 includes a color picture (without a flower) claimed to be this “species” (entry #153). Pizzetti states that it has also been called L. ziegleri and is differentiated from L. williamsii by having “scarcely tuberculate ribs divided by winding grooves, yellowish down, and larger, pale yellow flowers”. 

In my experience the felt color of L. williamsii has been observed to be highly variable and is not infrequently yellowish, sometimes very much so. 

It has commonly been said that Rouhier’s yellow flower was in error. That may be yet I have witnessed at least one, if not more, individual of Lophophora williamsii with distinctly pale yellow flowers in the Texas populations. Clearly those have been a rarity. Some years ago I actually ceased mentioning this to people simply due to becoming bored with those people who wanted to argue that I had never seen this. I certainly can’t prove it since those plants crossed my path more than 30 years ago but it is what it is.

It IS noteworthy however that in all of the photographs of  Lophophoras that were recently locateable using Google images one of those appeared to have a flower that might actually be a light yellow but could simply have been white and catching a bit of reflected color from adjacent yellow hairs. I can only locate one single color image with a flower that is clearly pale yellow. I’d assume that image to be of a Lophophora diffusa. The relative dearth of color images showing yellow flowered Lophophoras should not be trivialized as it supports this to be a rare phenomenon.

Lophophora Ziegleriana

Lophophora Ziegleriana in Buxbaum 1937: Figure 7. Backeberg’s photograph.

 

Lophophora lewinii

A dive beneath the waters that floated the names Anhalonium/Lophophora lewinii

Let’s take a really deep breath first…

Will the real Lewinii please stand up?
Wait a minute, that’s not a real plant, that is Frankenstein!

The following is a summary of the reasons why Bruhn & Holmstedt (1974 Economic Botany, 28: 353-390) believed that Anhalonium williamsii was really Lophophora diffusa — and correspondingly that Anhalonium lewinii was really Lophophora williamsii

1. Altamirano 1905 had noted that peyote (referring to it as a single species, A. lewinii) was an item of commerce (12 cents for approximately 300 plants) and (among other areas) collected from the locality now known for the L. diffusa population in Querétaro. This area is the closest population to Mexico City and has probably been collected from many times. This shows that this locality was known and suggests that the plant was apparently an object of extensive trade. When Bruhn & Holmstedt collected L. diffusa they found it was still being called peyote. [They noted that J.N. Rose accompanied Altamirano on his trip to Querétaro and that a photograph of a plant which he collected had appeared in Safford’s 1915 work as representative of the ‘southern form’ of peyote.]

Lophophora-diffusa-safford-1915

2. Several early chemical investigations of peyote (Bravo and also Robles & Gómez Robleda) were only able to isolate pellotine, having collected around Querétaro.

3. Pharmacological study by Jaensch, using dried peyote, found results in some of their volunteers which more closely resembled the action of pellotine than mescaline. (See more under L. williamsii.)

4. Heffter’s analysis showed A. lewinii to contain mescaline, anhalonine, anhalonidine and lophophorine; while A. williamsii only yielded pellotine for him, in Heffter 1898b. Notice that close to a decade elapses between the creation of Henning’s Anhalonium Lewinii and Heffter’s results. During that same decade is when both Coulter and Thompson were studying Anhalonium, and when Lophophora was borne (creating an era with a peculiar density of name changes including a strange inability of many authors to correctly assign the actual describers to the binomials.)

5. In Heffter’s first paper on peyote, his colored illustrations of A. williamsii and A. lewinii show more prominent ribs and tubercles on the latter and the same difference in coloration which has been noted by those who later described the two species of Lophophora as separate. (i.e. yellowish green for A. williamsii [and L. diffusa] and bluish green for A. lewinii [and L. williamsii].)

Heffters_drawings

Heffter’s image: Anhalonium williamsii left; Anhalonium lewinii right

 

The plants in points 2 & 3 certainly appear to be Lophophora diffusa but a link for them representing Lewinii and “Williamsii” is not included so it is actually a bit of a stretch to present this as supportive evidence. Especially as MOST peyote in that era would have been referred to as A. (or E.) williamsii with A. lewinii being regarded as a variant form only from 1880s onward.

The first three of the above are on shaky ground for consideration as evidence since what is being claimed actually all revolved around Heffter’s results, indicating to him there were two different plants involved, and the subsequent attempt to force fit his observation onto Lewin/Hennings’ pronouncement of there being two species. One of those it is crucial to recall was the rather frankensteinian “A. Lewinii” that had been created from a Parke-Davis peyote button.

Which makes those three points rather circular.

The mistaken assertion launched during that period, namely that “Lewinii” was the drug form used by Native Americans and was different from “Williamsii” seemed to assume a life of its own after that point and people almost scrambled to find and provide the drug plant.

The error began when Lewin and Hennings published their conclusion that Parke-Davis’ “buttons” came from a species other than Anhalonium/Echinocactus williamsii. This seems to have become additionally complicated and set in stone when the analytical results of Heffter, concerning what would eventually become Lophophora diffusa, were overlaid on the pronouncements of Lewin and Hennings. Prior to this it is important to keep in mind, both diffusa AND williamsii were considered to be A./Ewilliamsii. Once Anhalonium lewinii plants started entering horticulture, the fiction that A. williamsii really referred to what is now L. diffusa and not L. williamsii, became firmly established as if it was a fact rather than a limited case. Interestingly it only lasted until the 1920s.

Their error is mis-represented by Holmstedt & Bruhn as being the larger picture of the day despite it being the picture only in the far more restricted world of the chemists/pharmaceutists Heffer and Lewin and what few botanists & toxicologists were working with one or the other. It may be pertinent to note that Hennings was a mycologist rather than a botanist but fate placed his employment in the botanical garden at Berlin. The reality was that neither Heffter nor Lewin knew what they were talking about and made grevious errors of identification based on their analytical results. They can hardly be blamed as neither one was a botanist. It should not be made to appear more than it really was though. It needs to be recognized that those two workers (and the rest of medical and pharmaceutical science) were actually immersed in a state of confusion concerning peyote as a ceremonial drug plant. Those synonyms should therefore be understood to be a short-lived case of mistaken identity that has left persistent problems in nomenclature.

Most botanists held exactly the opposite view even in the 1890s and beyond. The antithesis of Heffter’s view however apparently did not percolate outward far enough to recreate A. Lewinii as a name successfully applied to L. diffusa until the early 1920s. (Notice also, that Paul Henning’s original drawing of Anhalonium williamsii in the collection at Berlin appears to be of a deeply-cut and then rerooted Lophophora williamsii rather than of Lophophora diffusa.)

Hennings-1888-Anhalonium-Williamsii

Hennings 1888 Anhalonium Williamsii

Jim Hogg County

Jim Hogg County


Despite an initial acceptance of Hennings’ name, Schumann (and the core of the German cactus specialists of the day) rapidly became openly dismissive of the new species and Schumann proposed the concept of there being different chemical races within a single species in order to explain away Heffter’s results.

Once Lophophora diffusa entered into the picture as living plants of *A. Lewinii* there was no simple fixing of the pre-existing mess as the recognition of Lophophora diffusa provided a nice and neat answer to the identity of the “two” species. As long as no one wanted to dig too deeply and ask the question as to why TWO different A. Lewinii had appeared in European horticulture during those years.  

While we are still on the subject of Bruhn’s “The Anhalonium lewinii controversy” it is probably the appropriate point to diverge for a moment to reflect on the next image from Croizat who redrew Henning’s drawing of a peyote plant said to be A. lewinii. This image from Hennings is perhaps the single most important image on this page if it is understood correctly.

Based on this drawing, Croizat made the peculiar attempt to equate A. williamsii with Epithelantha micromeris that seems only worth mentioning as something odd which occurred and then move back to reflecting on this specimen as Lophophora. The reason that Croizat’s a proposal can be so simply dismissed out-of-hand is that not only does Hennings’ drawing lack any of the features that would be present on Epithelantha but it was clearly described as being produced from a peyote button that had been provided by Parke-Davis.  The idea that a button of micromeris would have been prepared and then somehow become part of a lot of “mescal buttons” in the hands of Parke-Davis stretches beyond what is credible. Croizat’s proposal seems to entirely revolve around oft-repeated comments appearing in Lumholtz 1902 that Epithelantha micromeris had been used as a stimulant drug plant by the Tarahumar and was considered to be a form of peyote called mulato.  There does not appear to be any additional evidence indicating its actual use as a drug plant (or that it existed as a trade item) in the accounts of later authors who cited only Lumholtz.

Croizats_drawings 

 Readers might want to evaluate Croizat’s proposal by comparing that drawing with some actual Epithelantha micromeris plants growing in Presidio County.

Charles Henry Thompson 1898 had commented that Paul “Hennings, in his original description in Gartenflora, used a boiled-up dried specimen as the subject of his illustration” and referred to the results as being unsatisfactory.

The “specimen” of Lewinii producing so much lasting controversy was actually a dried peyote button that Hennings had received from Lewin (who had obtained it from Parke-Davis). Depending on which account is accurate, either Lewin or Henning had boiled the dried crown in water attempting to rehydrate and hopefully reconstitute the original form of whatever plant which had created the button. (It is illuminating to recall that Parke-Davis did not even know that their drug came from a cactus plant when they set out to learn more by providing samples to multiple scientists in the USA and in Europe. They were simply pursuing John Brigg’s published account of a drug with a mind for its possible pharmaceutical development.)

The swollen mass which Hennings showed as resulting from that abused peyote button was the entire basis for his new “species” Anhalonium Lewinii. It was fueled with Parke-Davis’ assertion that *this* was the species of the plant used for drug purposes.
Similarly to Croizat, Thompson had found the central wooly mass in Hennings drawing to be confusing but, unlike Hennings and Croizat, Thompson wisely stopped at that point and did not engage in further conjecture.

 

Henning-1888-a

Hennings 1888 Anhalonium Lewinii

 

I apparently am not so wise as Thompson.
This is an image of a peyote button from Schultes below followed by another of an apparently dead peyote plant in West Texas of a form that is similar to what Coulter examined as examples of Lewinii growing near the mouth of the Pecos River.
One wonders what either one might look like after being “boiled up” until swollen?

 

Schultes_1937_peyotebutton

Lophophora-williamsii-echinata-PresidioCo-dead-9320

After a hard freeze in Presidio County

 

 

I would propose however, that if one views Hennings’ drawing not as representing a plant but as being just a “boiled up” peyote button created from a perfectly good species that was already recognized, a lot of the smoke in this historical account of botanical confusion can be made to vanish. Simply by understanding that what was mistakenly being declared by Hennings to be a novel species was actually an entirely fictional creation.

Almost incredibly, Anhalonium Lewinii was soon becoming known in Europe as living plants not just Hennings’ “boiled-up” peyote button. We humans are certainly an interesting species.

Paul Arendt 1891 produced a drawing that appears to be the first illustration of the new, ahem, species; including a description that clearly gives Anhalonium Lewinii‘s flower color as pink (“blassrosa“).

Arendt-1891-Anhalonium-Lewinii

Arendt 1891 Anhalonium Lewinii

In all those cases, except obviously for Croizat & Hennings, the arguments presented would seem sound but its also clear that not all early workers agreed with each other what was lewinii was. Botanists ascribed a rose/pink color (sometimes noting white as well) to the flowers of both species following their initial appearance in Europe.  

It was only because of the drug company Parke-Davis entering the picture when trying to learn an identity for a new crude drug they had acquired that the concept of Anhalonium Lewinii ever appeared. That is quite a fair evaulation as Lewinii could never have existed without that specific input accompanied by the idea being presented to Lewin that it was, for some reason, different from Anhalonium Williamsii. It seems peculiar that Brigg’s somehow would have missed peyote buttons as coming from a well-known botanical source since the indigenous use of Williamsii for ritual purposes was a fairly widely and well known phenomenon to *most* of the cactus botanists of the day.  (Bender 1967 noted Briggs complained about difficulties in procuring a supply for Parke-Davis; these might suggest that Briggs encountered the same nature of source-protection that was mentioned by Johnson in 1909?) I’m still in the midst of collating the early opinions but what is presently clear is there was a lack the solidarity of opinions which is implied by what was selectively included in Bruhn & Holmstedt.  I would propose that had Heffter not initially produced results indicating that two different plants existed, Henning’s new species would not have been accepted and would have rapidly been understood to be Anhalonium williamsii.

Bruhn & Holmstedt seem, for examples, to somehow have either missed or trivialized Thompson 1898 with his illuminating pair of images that are copied below, There is also the 1930s labelled version of Fric’s photograph of Lewinii (see at the beginning of this section) that is so strikingly similar to a typical L. diffusa. I would hate to imply those were omitted by Bruhn & Holmstedt due to not supporting their assertion? It certainly seems like a strange omission since Croizat makes direct reference to Thompson’s images.

In this case though, the point they missed sheds some interesting light on a possible identity that was jumped on quite early for “Lewinii. (Recall that the early A. Lewinii all had pinkish flowers?) Take a look at these two images from Thompson and notice in particular the plant of “lewinii”. Just for now, try to resist making it yellowish in your mind and try to picture a grey body color. Keep in mind that these are those same two Anhalonium species according to the view of Thompson in 1898.

Anhalonium-williamsii-greyscale

Anhalonium williamsii

Anhalonium-lewinii-greyscale

Anhalonium lewinii

I’m also including images of wild L. williamsii growing in West Texas to perhaps provoke some thought.
Lophophora can be extremely variable in any population. We will come back to this elsewhere under “echinata” but it seemed appropriate to include these next few images following those from Thompson.

lewinii: Lophophora-williamsii-echinata

wild Lophophora williamsii echinata in Presidio County, Texas

Let’s drop the color out of that image:

lewinii: Lophophora-williamsii-echinata-Terrell-2011-greyscale

 

&  can add some more in order to compare the ribbing:

Val Verde County

Val Verde County

I’m not trying to present any of these images as being a typical form for any entire population but all are examples of what exists in nature. This is also a good example of how easy it might be to draw wrong conclusions when trying to extrapolate individuals in single photographs as representing entire populations. Despite that, I would suggest that these images bear a striking resemblence to Thompson’s Lophophora Lewinii. At least as much as does a diffusa.

Thompson’s “Lewinii” was growing at the Missouri Botanical Garden and was surely among the living specimens that Coulter used as his basis for Lophophora Williamsii var. Lewinii. (Thompson’s comments about intergradation suggests that he examined multiple specimens at the Missouri Botanical Garden prior to describing Lophophora williamsii.) Coulter based the varietal name on what was previously published in MfK but he adds comments on examining additional living specimens variously collected by a “Wm. Loyd of 1890”, from near the mouth of the Pecos River, plants provided by Mrs. Nickels in 1892 & 1893 and a specimen that had been collected on the Mexican side of the Rio Grande near Laredo in 1894. (At least some of that is for certain what Del Weniger referred to as L. williamsii var. echinata.)

 Coulter’s specimens were growing in the Missouri Botanical Gardens in 1893 so it seems safe to think that it included the same material which Thompson 1888 had showed as a specimen of Lophophora Lewinii. Coulter favorably comparing this to peyote from near the mouth of the Pecos would seem to rule out Lophophora Lewinii sensu Thompson being a Lophophora diffusa. 

Lophophora-williamsii-echinata-ValVerde-2

Lophophora williamsii echinata in Val Verde County

lewinii: Lophophora williamsii echinata Terrell County

Lophophora williamsii echinata in Terrell County

Is “echinata sensu Weninger” what Coulter meant when referring to Lophophora williamsii var. Lewinii as:  “A much more robust form, with more numerous (usually 13) and hence narrower and more sinuous ribs, and much more prominent tufts”?

These next three plants came from Val Verde County and were growing in two different research collections.

This could suggest that originally “Lewinii“, as a plant not the boiled peyote button, did refer to Lophophora williamsii and was possibly more specifically varietal for the West Texas and northern Mexican plants.  (The most glaring problem with this being of course that since “Lewinii” a fictional creation of Hennings, all subsequent identifications were the result of people’s attempts to find, or create, that plant.)

Coulter summarized what fueled everyone’s persistent problems quite well when writing, “The extreme specific and varietal forms seem worthy of specific distinction, but abundant growing material in Mo. Bot. Gard. showed such complete intergradation that a specific line of separation was found to be impossible.”

A new name is needed for this form/variety/subspecies as Weniger’s application of “echinata” appears to be wrongly and confusedly applied, and “lewinii” is also hopelessly compromised by prior confused applications. While recognizing “echinata” needs a replacement, for now I’ll continue to perpetuate “echinata” in tribute to Del Weniger’s contributions. Let me know when there is a new name and I’ll gladly start using it.

<strong>Val Verde County

Val Verde County (under cultivation)

Let’s get back to Anhalonium/Lophophora Lewinii, the plant. There is one major problem with this name that negates whatever follows its appearance. That is the simple fact that the name refers to a plant that never actually existed. Sure people like Thompson tried to make sense of it based on examples they could *find*, and a couple of different plants seem to have entered horticulture under that name at one point or another, but the reality is a little more stark and impoverished.

The peyote buttons which Briggs organized to reach Parke-Davis and which Parke-Davis sent to multiple scientists worldwise were most certainly dried Lophophora williamsii. It is possible they came from West Texas plants but it does not seem likely based on the typically small populations which occur in the more extreme parts of Lophophora‘s range. When those dried L. williamsii reached Lewin, and then after being subjected to a good boiling by Hennings, the surely misshapen and swollen result became Anhalonium Lewinii. As Anhalonium Lewinii never actually existed, all subsquent plants arising with that name, first with pink and then later with yellow flowers, are the result of well-intentioned but erroneous attempts to respect the belief they held in the writings and thoughts from other authorities. A blind respect for those published accounts of their peers has recurrently caused problems in the story of Lophophora nomenclature.

Heffter’s analysis and near discovery of Lophophora diffusa obscured this by helping solidify A. Lewinii into a sort of fictional pseudoentity by assuming (as did Bruhn & Holmstedt) that if A. Lewinii was the drug plant (now L. williamsii) then it must mean that A. Williamsii was his pellotine plant, namely what is now L. diffusa.

It is fascinating how fast people found living examples of it to bring it into horticultural reality but it is perhaps important to recall cactus collection has long been the sport of kings and the idle rich so many well organized and highly-motivated professional cactus collectors have existed for several centuries.
Keep in mind that Hennings published his new species name in 1888. 1891 & 1894 saw the first two published illustrations of Anhalonium Lewinii appear; followed by an actual photograph in 1898. In 1912, both “species” were available as offerings in the Knippel catalog. 

The recognition of multiple forms or species, with a lack of agreement on the actual details, lead to there being a parallel Lophophora diffusa due to some people experiencing the same sort of problems that others have had with williamsii.

In 1929, the Friedrich Adolph Haage, Jr. catalog listed
Lophophora Lewinii Hen” (I would assume that by 1929 Haage’s L. Lewinii had yellow flowers?)
Lophophora ritteri Böd “(prices on application)”
Lophophora williamsii Lem.
Lophophora ” var. luteiflora” 

While yellow flowers came to predominate what was regarded to be L. Lewinii in European (and other) horticulture, the picture could not neatly segregate along the lines of pink versus yellow flowers as the two correspondingly different lineages, including the early pink flowered L. lewinii, obviously continued to exist in European collections.

In John Borg’s 1937 Cacti,  (Lophophora entry is pages 263-264):
     Lophophora Williamsii flowers: “pink or pale pink or almost white with a darker midrib.” 
    Lophophora Lewinii “Often considered as a variety of the preceeding. Different chiefly on account of the plant being larger, with more numerous and more pronounced but narrower ribs, with more prominent tubercles and larger tufts of wool. The flowers are pale pink or very pale yellow with far less tendency to sprout. 
    Lophophora Ziegleri Werd. Mexico. Still very rare in cultivation. Stem mostly solitary, very galucous and very smooth, with about 8 ribs just marked out by lines or slight furrows. Tubercles very low, with small tufts of white or whitish matted wool. The stem is more rounded, and hardly depressed at the centre, and the flowers are pale yellow.”


    This persisted even after Bravo cleanly defined L. diffusa. The resulting synonyms that had appeared during those early years can still be encountered in horticulture.

 

Thompson's view of Anhalonium Williamsii (L) & Lewinii (R)

Let’s refresh this with Thompson’s view of those two Anhalonium species again

Some history for the names Lewinii and Williamsii

Let’s look at some more of the older botanical descriptions and images of peyote with a mind for evaluating what people of the day actually regarded to be Williamsii and later as  Lewinii.

The first botanical description of Peyote lacked an illustration and was in Charles Lemaire 1845 Allgemeine Gartenzeitung, 13 (45): 385-286 (I won’t include Hernandez despite that being much earlier as it lacks a mention of the flower color).
It was actually written by Friedrich Otto & Albert Dietrich.
The flower color was given as “roseis“. 

The first appearance of an illustration of Echinocactus Williamsii was in Hooker 1847 Curtis’ Botanical Magazine; plate 4269. In this description the flowers were said to be “white, externally tipped with pale green, and having a rose-coloured line down the centre“.

Hooker-1845-EchinocactusWilliamsii

Hooker 1847 EchinocactusWilliamsii –
Illustration was by T. Guerke

The second appearance of an illustration was Pfieffer (and Otto) 1846-1850 Bluhende Cacteen Volume 2; plate 21. The flower color of Echinocactus Williamsii was said to be “roseis“.

Echinocactus-Williamsii-Pfeiffer

Echinocactus Williamsii in Pfeiffer

In Salm-Dyck 1850 (ennumerating what was in his collection in 1849), Link & Otto describe the flower color of Echinocereus Williamsii as “pallide roseis” with a “rubra” midstripe on the petals. 

In Förster 1888: the name Anhalonium Williamsii appears described as having a flower color of “blassrosa, aussen mit einer dunkleren Mittelinie “.

In 1888, A. Lewinii is borne from a “boiled up” dried peyote button (of A. Williamsii) and declared to be a new species by Paul Hennings.

As was mentioned (with illustrations) earlier, live plants of “Lewinii” that had begun appearing in Europe served as the basis for a published illustration by Paul Arendt in 1891 and another by Karl Schuman in 1894. Charles Thompson added a photograph to the literature in 1898.

Coulter 1892 gives the flower color of Lophophora williamsii as “whitish to rose” but does not mention a flower color for his “var. Lewinii“. He does indicate that he thinks Thompson’s Lophophora Lewinii at the Missouri Botanical Gardens is synonymous with plants he examined from near the mouth of the Pecos River.

Both species also became available for sale within not many years. I’m only guessing that Knippel’s Echinocactus lewinii in the drawing below had pinkish flowers and was NOT a Lophophora diffusa

Knippel-1912-Echinocactus-2

 

In Schumann 1921 Echinocactus williamsii is shown with pale pinkish flowers possessing a darker pink midstripe. 

Schumann-1921-Echinocactus-williamsii

Schumann dismisses all other species (and never embraced either Anhalonium or Lophophora).

It appears to be in Isaac Ochoterena 1922 Las Cactacees de Mexico where a yellow flower first became attached to the name “Lewinii” but I am still digging through that rather horrific mass of verbage that is regarded to be the early peyote literature. (The Lophophora entry is pp 96-100.)
At any rate, Lophophora Williamsii was said by Ochoterena to have white or rose flowers (“blanca o color de rosa“); Lophophora Lewinii to have yellow flowers (“flor de color amarillo“). Pertinent to our analysis, he includes Thompson’s pair of potted peyote images as his examples for Lophophora Lewinii and Lophophora Williamsii rather than generating his own examples based on wild Mexican plants.

Frič (in Kreuzinger 1935), was no doubt influenced by this as he similarly gives Lophophora lewinii‘s flower color as “blaßgelb” and, in his label on an image of what appears to be L. fričii, listed L. williamsii as having “blaßrosa” flowers.

lewinii: Lophophora from Kreuzinger

Frič’s view of Lophophora in 1936

 

  I   Lewinii (Hennings) blaßgelb Blüten”.
  (In Frič 1924 this was originally designated as sp. lutea Fric and was noted to be from Queretaro.)
In Backeberg 1961, this same image appears renamed as Lophophora lutea (Rouh.) Backeberg. 

  II    texana” In Backeberg 1961 this is L. lutea texana (Fric ex Krzgr.) Backbg.

  III  Williamsii (Lem.) blaßrosa Blüten”
(In its earlier appearance this was Anhalonium sp. fl. rosea Frič – Frič 1924 & 1925. It was said to have come from Coahuila.)
In Backeberg 1961 this  became “L. williamsii v decipiens Croiz (Altersform?)”

     IV            caespitosa (San Luis)”

 V   jourdaniana (syn. violaciflora) violetrosa Blüten”
(In 1924, Frič gave this as A. Lewinii from Chihuahua.)
Backeberg 1961 preserved this as jourdaniana.

 

We have already noted earlier that Borg 1937 was continuing to recognize pink as a potential flower color of L. Lewinii

W. Taylor Marshall & Thor Methven Bock 1941 Cactacae 138
Lophophora Lewinii (Hennings) Thompson, while described in 1888, has recently been introduced in the trade as a species.
The color is a yellowish-green and the tubercles are fewer and larger than in L. Williamsii and the tufts of wool not so pronounced; flowers white to cream.
Lophophora Tiegleri Werd., seems to be identical with the preceeding species of variety.” 

L. Chavier (1953) Cactus France 38: 255, under:
Lophophora williamsii et Tiegleri” gives as synonyms: Lewinii, Tiegleri, Ziegleri and says they have a very pale yellow flower.
The photograph shown is clearly diffusa despite being too poor to reproduce.

P. Fournier (1954) Les Cactées et les Plantes Grasses 
Gave the body and flower colors as yellow for L. Lewinii with the flowers for L. williamsii as being pale rose with darker pink midstripes.

Acacia rigidula

Vachellia rigidula (Bentham) Seigler & Ebinger

George Bentham 1842 London Journal of Botany, 1: 504–505, as Acacia rigidula.
David S. Seigler & John E. Ebinger 2006 Phytologia, 87: 166, as Vachellia rigidula.

This is still most often listed in databases and indexing services as Acacia rigidula.

Acacia rigidula in Starr County

Acacia rigidula in Starr County

Synonyms of note: Acacia amentacea DC is common as a synonym. (De Candolle 1825 Prodromus Systematis Naturalis Regni Vegetabilis, 2: 455) [Endnote A]
Britton & Rose 1928 North American Flora, 23 (2): 94, described this as Acaciopsis rigidula.

Etymology:
Acacia Merriam-Webster gives as derived from the Greek akakia referring to a “thorny Egyptian tree,” adding it is perhaps related to the Greek word ake meaning “point” or “thorn”.
Acaciopsis means that it looks like an Acacia.
VachelliaThis name honors Reverend G. H. Vachell who collected extensively in China“, Seigler & Ebinger 2006
rigidula is in reference to something being rigid. Bentham probably was referring to the branches. Both the spines and the branches are rigid.
amentacea means “in the form of a catkin” in reference to the flower spikes. according to Stearn (catkin = Amentum).

Common names:
“black brush” (blackbrush/black-brush), “gavia” (Tamaulipas), “chaparro prieto” (Nuevo León, Tamaulipas) [Endnote B]
“Black bush” can also be found listed but should be suspected to be the result of a typo.

Acacia rigidula in Hidalgo County

Acacia rigidula in Hidalgo County

Occurrence & Distribution:
Britton & Rose 1928 give as “Southern Texas to Tamaulipas, Nuevo León and San Luís Potosí.” Powell 1998 notes as occurring in northern Mexico to SLP and Tamaulipas, to be abundant in the Rio Grande Plains and through South Texas, also to be common in Val Verde County (1100–1800 ft), occurring in Terrell County, and also more rarely farther West in Brewster County close to the Rio Grande. UTEP: “South Texas and adjacent Tamaulipas, northwest along the plains of the Rio Grande corridor into southeastern Trans-Pecos and south through Coahuila, Nuevo León to San Luis Potosí and Veracruz“.

Habitat:
Dry soils including rocky limestone, calcareous gravelly-loam, loamy, sandy and clay soils. Often found on limestone caliche ridges, slopes, hillsides and canyons. It is a common component of the thorny brush-country of South Texas. Powell 1998, TAMU, UTEP.

Original description:
“glabra, ramis flexuosis verrucosis, spinis rectis subulatis, pinnis unijugis, petiolo brevi, glandula scutellæforme, foliolis 4–5-jugis obovati-oblongis obtusis mucronatis coriaceis venosis, spicis cylindricis laxis breviter pedunculatis folio longioribus. Spinæ nunc 1–2-lin. sæpius 6-lin. longæ, interdum pollicares. Foliola 4–5-lin. longa, penninervia. Spicæ pollice longiores. Flores sæpius 4-meri.”
Benson 1842, pp. 504-505.

Description:
Perennial deciduous thicket-forming shrub or small tree, 3–4.5 meters high (UTEP gives as 3′ to 15′ H by 3′ to 12′ W), many long branches arising from a central trunk.
Branches are stiff, commonly zigzagging, with pairs of short, straight and very sharp spines, 0.5-2.8 cm long, sometimes growing up to 5 cm. long. The spines are placed at the base of each petiole (stipular).
Leaves are dark green and bipinnate with “mostly” 1 pair of glabrous pinnae; there are 3–6 pairs of oblong leaflets, 6–15 mm long, the leaflets are obtuse, apiculate and often shining/lustrous, the petiole and rachis are also glabrous and the petiole is gland-bearing;
Inflorescence is axillary with persistent bractlets, small sweetly-fragrant whitish to pale-yellow flowers in short, slender sessile spikes 2–3(–5) cm. long; stamens are numerous, distinct and short;
Fruit is a narrow, curved, flat legume 6–8 cm. long (up to 3-1/8″ long according to Richardson & King 2011), 3-4mm wide. Fruit is 2-valved, with divisions between seeds, readily dehiscent, the valves separating into 2 layers, and covered with minute hairs (puberulent). Black, brown or reddish.
Seeds are oblong, lenticular, their axis parallel with the legume, the funiculus is long. Reddish-brown when ripe.
Adapted from Britton & Rose 1928, Isely 1969, Richardson & King 2011, Stanley 1922, TAMU & UTEP.
[Botanical glossary]

Chromosome number 2n = 26 (Isely 1969 cited Turner 1959 Legumes of Texas)

Acacia rigidula in Starr County

Acacia rigidula in Starr County

Flowering:
(Feb.) March, April, May & June. Beginning in Spring before leaves have fully appeared. Isely 1969, Wildflower Center & UTEP. March-April and following rains is a common pattern.

Seed collection:
Late summer through early fall when fully ripe. Wildflower Center.
A seed photo is at the USDA website.

Acacia rigidula in Starr County

Acacia rigidula in Starr County

Zone:
Said to be hardy to 20°F (UTEP). It is clear that they survive colder temperatures in the wild.

Acacia-rigidula-JimHogg-2010-IMG_4897

Young Acacia rigidula in Jim Hogg County

Uses:
Ornamental shrub, thorny barrier hedging, erosion control and renown as a superior honey source. “This tree provides fair grazing for wildlife and poor grazing for livestock“, UTEP.

Acacia-rigidula-StarrCo-ESTR-2009-0482

Acacia rigidula in Starr County

Other:
Fairly slow growing, responds well to pruning, does best with partial shade.

Published analysis
(Shares a page with Acacia berlandieri)

Controversy:
1) Diet aids claimed to contain this compound were reported to contain one or more non naturally-occurring amphetamine. (See Pawar et al. 2014) It was suspected this plant may have been chosen as a masking agent to disguise the true nature as being synthetic stimulant additives. No amphetamine of any type could be observed in their samples of the actual plant materials. Known natural sources of amphetamines (such as ephedrine) were also included in some of the formulations such as Ephedra and Sida but they were found to contain synthetic molecules lacking naturally known sources. (See a number of examples of product labels in Cactus Chemistry By Species.)
2) Published analysis by Clement was suggested to be non-reproducible by Pawar et al. 2014. Comments by Shulgin are also noteworthy.
[See Analysis overview.]

Acacia rigidula in Jim Hogg County

Acacia rigidula in Jim Hogg County

Acacia-rigidula-Lophophora_williamsii_RES_2010mar07_IMG_5590

Acacia rigidula in Jim Hogg County

References & online resources:

Bentham, George (1842) London Journal of Botany, 1: 318–392, 494–528, “Notes on Mimoseae, with a synopsis of species.”

Britton, Nathaniel Lord & Joseph Nelson Rose (1928) North American Flora, 23 (2): 1–194. “Mimosaceae”.

Clement, B.A. et al. (1998) Phytochemistry, 49 (5): 1377–1380. “Toxic Amines and Alkaloids From Acacia rigidula.” (Beverly A. Clement, Christina M. Goff & T. David A. Forbes)

Correll, Donovan Stewart & Marshall Conring Johnston (1970) Manual of the Vascular Plants of Texas.

Isely, Duane (1969) SIDA, 3 (6): 365-386. “Legumes of the United States. I. Native Acacia.”

Merriam-Webster Dictionary online
http://www.merriam-webster.com/

Pawar, R.S. et al. (2014) Journal of Pharmaceutical and Biomedical Analysis, 88: 457–466. “Determination of selected biogenic amines in Acacia rigidula plant materials and dietary supplements using LC–MS/MS methods.”

Powell, A. Michael (1998) Trees and Shrubs of the Trans-Pecos.

Richardson, Alfred & Ken King (2011) Plants of Deep South Texas.

Shulgin, A.T. “Sasha” (2001) Dear Dr. Shulgin at CCLE (Center for Cognitive Liberties & Ethics) [http://www.cognitiveliberty.org/shulgin/adsarchive/acacia.htm]

Seigler, David S. & John E. Ebinger (2006) Phytologia, 87: 139-178, “New combinations in the genus Vachellia (Fabaceae: Mimosoideae) from the New World.”

Stanley, Paul C. (1922) Trees & shrubs of Mexico, page 376.

Stearn, William (2004) Botanical Latin.

TAMU Plants of the Texas Rangelands (Texas A&M University)
http://essmextension.tamu.edu/plants/plant/blackbrush/

USDA Plants Database
http://plants.usda.gov/core/profile?symbol=ACRI

UTEP (University of Texas at El Paso)
http://museum2.utep.edu/chih/gardens/plants/TtoZ/vachelliarigidula.htm

Ladybird Johnson Wildflower Center website
http://www.wildflower.org/plants/result.php?id_plant=ACBE

 

Endnotes:

Note A: USDA gives Acacia amentacea DC as a synonym based on that opinion appearing in Stanley 1922. For that reason and the accepted rules of priority, prior to the creation of Vachellia rigidula it was not uncommon to find Acacia rigidula being absorbed into Acacia amentacea. This is a result of the perennial ebb and flow between the viewpoints of lumpers and splitters.
They were distinguished by Correll & Johnson 1970 who believed that “true” Acacia amentacea was limited in distribution to southwestern Mexico.
Isely 1969 considered the Mexican Acacia amentacea to be “almost identical except for fewer leaflets“.
Britton & Rose 1928 listed a number of relatively small differences: straight spines on rigidula versus acicular (needle-shaped) spines on amentacea, a longer maximum length of spines for rigidula (up to 5 cm compared to 1-2.5 cm for amentacea), fewer leaflets on amentaceae (2 pairs compared to 3-6 on rigidula – although it should also be noted that TAMU gives 1-8 for rigidula), the rachis on amentacea is said to be grooved and somewhat pilose as opposed to glabrous on rigidula, with leaflets 10-20 mm long on amentacea compared to 6-15 on rigidula.

Note B: “chapparo” is a Spanish word used for several trees. The Spanish word “prieto”, referring to a “dark-skinned person”, is increasingly falling into disuse in databases, perhaps as it is also commonly used as a derogatory term.

 

Acacia rigidula making soil in Val Verde County

Acacia rigidula making soil in Val Verde County

 

Acacia berlandieri

Senegalia berlandieri (Bentham) Britton & Rose

George Bentham 1842 London Journal of Botany, 1: 522, as Acacia berlandieri.
Nathaniel Lord Britton & Joseph Nelson Rose 1928 North American Flora, 23: 109, as Senegalia berlandieri.

This is still most often referred to in plant databases as Acacia berlandieri.

Acacia berlandieri in Jim Hogg County

Acacia berlandieri in Jim Hogg County

Synonyms of note: Acacia emoryana Bentham

Etymology:
Acacia Merriam-Webster gives as derived from the Greek akakia referring to a “thorny Egyptian tree,” adding it is perhaps related to the Greek word ake meaning “point” or “thorn”.
Senegalia is unclear in its intended reference, as it was not explained when it was published, but is thought to be from “gum senegal” which is a high-quality Acacia gum.The name itself was obviously derived from the African nation of Senegal.
berlandieri was named to honor Jean Louis Berlandier, a French naturalist & botanical explorer, who collected this species.

Common names:
“Guajillo” “Berlandier’s Acacia” [See Endnote A]
guajillo: Spanish; juajillo: Mexican; hujilla: French; (Parks 1922).[See Endnote B]
 With many variant spellings.

Acacia berlandieri in Jim Hogg County

Acacia berlandieri in Jim Hogg County

Occurrence & Distribution:
Monterey, Nuevo León. Southern Texas to Tamaulipas and Querétaro (Britton & Rose 1928); Texas into Chihuahua (USDA); Rio Grande Plains of south Texas and Tamaulipas northwest along Rio Grande into eastern Brewster County, Texas, and southeastern Chihuahua; south through Coahuila and northeastern Durango to San Luis Potosí, Querétaro, Hidalgo, and Veracruz, Mexico (UTEP); Brewster, Terrell, Val Verde, also continuing and abundant along the Rio Grande Plains, rarer in the deep soils of the Rio Grande Valley and Delta. Occurring as far north as the southern Edwards Plateau and in Mexico from Coahuila south and east to Querétaro and Veracruz (Powell 1998).

Habitat:
Thorny brush country. Grows abundantly in many dry soil types, including limestone, caliche and gravels, occurs in coastal prairie, abundant in South Texas plains on limestone ridges and cuestas, southern Edwards Plateau and in the Trans-Pecos but it is most prolific in shallow soils and on ridges. “Brush country on rocky hills, slopes or flats, limestone outcrops, often with mesquite-oak or cactus-mesquite“, (Isely 1969). Does best in full sun but can tolerate partial sun.

Original description:
“inermis, ramis petiolis inflorescentiaque cano-tomentosis, pinnis 10-12-jugis, glandulis depressis, foliolis 30-50-jugis linearibus obtusis supra opacis glabris v. tomentellis subtus pubescentibus subcanescentibus, panicula terminale incana, capitulis parvulis dense multifloris cano-pubescentibus, calyce corolla parvum breviore. Habitu A. Langsdorffi affinis. Foliola vix 2 lin. longa. Flores in specimine omnes masculi videntur. Petala basi libera, medio connata. Stamina numerosa. Monterrey, Texas.”
Bentham 1842, p. 522.

Description:
A small semi-evergreen bipinnate small tree or shrub, 3-4.5m tall (sometimes larger with irrigation) and often growing as wide as it is tall.
The many white-tomentose trunks arise from a stubby root with a very deep root system.
The plant may be (relatively) unarmed or may be prickly with scattered curved small spines.
The long, slender stems bear only a few branches, mostly on one side.
Foliage is green to gray-green, soft, lacy and from a distance is almost fernlike in appearance. Petiolar gland is sessile; stipules small, caducous; pinnae as 10-12 pairs; small leaflets in 30-50 pairs, linear, 4 mm. long, tomentose, becoming glabrate; peduncles axillary, sometimes in pairs or in leafy racemes, pubescent, 2-5 cm. long;
Fragrant small flowers in dense round clusters to 1.5 cm, creamy-white to yellow; Calyx 5-lobed, the lobes valvate, Corolla 5-lobed, calyx and corolla pubescent; Stamens are many and distinct, the yellow anthers are small; Ovary is densely white-lanate;
Fruit is a reddish (when ripe) dehiscent legume, 1o-15 cm. long, 1.4-2.5 cm. broad. It is compressed, flat, thin, tomentose and somewhat turgid when ripe. Its valves are chartaceous or coriaceous. The young legume is white.
5-6 light brown seeds.

Adapted from Britton & Rose 1928, Isely 1969, Park 1922, Richardson & King 2011, & Van Dersal 1938.
[Botanical glossary]

Chromosome number 2n = 26 (Isely 1969 cited Turner 1959 Legumes of Texas.)

Acacia-berlandieri-Terrell-2011-2722

Acacia berlandieri in Terrell County

Flowering:
March through May, Isely 1969; March, April, May & June, Ladybird Johnson Wildflower Center; November through March, Van Dersal 1938.

Seed collection:
Late summer through early fall (Ladybird Johnson Wildflower Center), “available June-July” (Van Dersal 1938).

Acacia-berlandieri-JimHogg-2014-7649cropped

Acacia berlandieri in Jim Hogg County

Zone:
8 -11 (USDA)

Soils:
Rocky limestone, calcareous gravelly-loam, sandy, silt and clay soils.

Uses:
Ornamental shrub, erosion control and widely regarded as producing a superior quality honey that may be pale or “water white” (Parks 1922).
Used by the Long-tailed Skipper (Urbanus proteus) as a larval host and nectar source, Ladybird Johnson Wildflower Center.

eri cultivated in Val Verde County at the Judge Roy Bean Visitors' Center

Acacia berlandieri cultivated in Val Verde County at the Judge Roy Bean Visitors’ Center

Other:
Prefers full sun and dry soils. Tolerant of high heat and cold to 10°F. Seeds are said to need scarification or acid soak.

Published analysis
(Shares a page with Acacia rigidula.)

Controversy:
Results of the  analysis published in Clement et al 1997 were called into question in Pawar et al 2014.

 

References & online information resources:

Bentham, George (1842) London Journal of Botany, 1: 318-392, 494-528, “Notes on Mimoseae, with a synopsis of species.”

Britton, Nathaniel Lord & Joseph Nelson Rose (1928) North American Flora, 23 (2): 1-194, “Mimosaceae”.

Clement, B.A. et al. (1997) Phytochemistry, 46 (2): 249–254. “Toxic Amines and Alkaloids From Acacia berlandieri.” (Beverly A. Clement, Christina M. Goff & T. David A. Forbes)

El Diccionario de la lengua española

Isely, Duane (1969) SIDA, 3 (6): 365-386. “Legumes of the United States. I. Native Acacia.”

Martin, Chris A., Virtual Library of Phoenix Landscape Plants Arizona State University: http://www.public.asu.edu/~camartin/plants/Plant%20html%20files/senegaliaberlandieri.html

Merriam-Webster Dictionary online http://www.merriam-webster.com/

Parks, H.B. (1922) American Bee Journal, 62: 414-414. “Agaria, Guajillo and Mesquite.”

Powell, A. Michael (1998) Trees and Shrubs of the Trans-Pecos, pp. 166-167.

Richardson, Alfred & Ken King (2011) Plants of Deep South Texas.

Shulgin, A.T. “Sasha” (2001) Dear Dr. Shulgin, at CCLE (Center for Cognitive Liberties & Ethics) [http://www.cognitiveliberty.org/shulgin/adsarchive/acacia.htm]

TAMU Plants of the Texas Rangelands (A&M University) http://essmextension.tamu.edu/plants/plant/guajillo/

USDA Plants Database http://plants.usda.gov/core/profile?symbol=ACBE

UTEP (University of Texas at El Paso) http://museum2.utep.edu/chih/gardens/plants/RtoS/senegaliaberlandieri.htm

Van Dersal, William R. (1938) Native Woody Plants of the United States, Their Erosion-Control and Wildlife values. USDA Misc. Publ. 303.

Ladybird Johnson Wildflower Center http://www.wildflower.org/plants/result.php?id_plant=ACBE

Endnotes on “common names”

Note A: A comment seems to be in order concerning the name Berlandier Acacia / Berlandier’s Acacia.
Unless there is evidence to the contrary, I have grown to distrust the actual historical legitimacy of most of the common names that appear to be direct English conversions of Latin binomials. Berlandier’s Acacia MAY be a good common name but it can be readily noticed that the vast majority of these names arose when botanical database compilers in the USDA and other governmental agencies who were creating plant databases perceived a need for common names where they were lacking It could be justly said that those are now common names but I’d suggest that to be legitimately considered a common name, that name should actually already be in common use by someone before appearing in print.
In the case of Berlandier Acacia I can presently only track the use of this name back to around 1970 when it appeared in USDA plant species listings. Earlier publications, including those from USDA (such as Van Dersen 1938), do not appear to include the name. Information to the contrary is welcomed.

Note B: Guajillo, the most common name, has had many origins proposed.
The most accurate one, even if broad, appears to be that it is a diminutive form of the Mexican word guaje (derived from Nahuatl uaxin) which has several meanings.
Guaje can variously mean, a boy or youth, a gourd, “foolish”, “silly”, and a species of Acacia [in reference to what is now called Leucaena esculenta], (from El Diccionario de la lengua española) It is also the name of a chili pepper.
Guajillo has been suggested to be a Spanish word variously presented as meaning “big pod” and “little gourd”. Most of those two translations involve the chili pepper with this name rather than the Acacia.
The translation as “big pod” appears many places, for example in Scott Linquist & Joanna Pruess (2007) Mod Mex: Cooking Vibrant Fiesta Flavors at Home, but does not appear to make sense.
I have not yet located the actual initial appearance of “little gourd” as a definition but I did find it interest that the sentence “Guajillo means “little gourd” for the rattling sound the seeds make in dried pods” can be found reiterated on 260 primarily seed-vending websites with little to no variation. The “pod” in that sentence also refers to the Capsicum fruit not that of the Acacia.
Guaje is also a well known southern Mexican and Guatemalan plant (now Leucana esculenta) which similarly can become increasingly toxic to the browsing animals that choose it so guajillo may have been coined in reference to it looking very similar but with much smaller leaflets.
Parks 1922 creatively suggested it to possibly be derived from aguajillo and to be connected to water in some way. Parks offered aguajillo as possibly meaning “little water jug” for the sake of the leaves capturing and holding dew, or, possibly, “little water” to reflect it tending to grow in dry places. Both are inaccurate despite making true statements.
Parks’ speculation about the word guajillo and the plant holding water amidst the structures of the leaves does contain an interesting observation even if it appears baseless as a suggestion for the etymology.

Acacia berlandieri in the rain

Acacia berlandieri after a rain

Acacia berlandieri making soil in Val Verde County

Acacia berlandieri making soil in Val Verde County

 

 

The drug war: background & perspective

This discussion of the background & some perspectives on the war on drugs is still being edited. At the moment it is largely just as it has existed in the previous editions of the book Sacred Cacti and is being worked on updating it to bring the material into a more current state of history and to eliminate some spots of redundancy of thought overlapping with the previous chapter. The first part of that is going to require considerable research in order to do justice to the topic.
Not much that was discussed in this chapter has changed for the better. If anything the elements discussed within this chapter have continued to devolve with only a relatively few bright spots.
I intend to keep working on this piece and to address the line-break glitches arising from an InDesign to WordPress paragraph formatting incompatability but there seemed to be no reason not to permit this to be online just as it now stands, rather than delay that for some months while I work on it.

 

 Before beginning the book in earnest, a necessary divergence:

 Some background and perspective.

A discussion of the so-called “War on Drugs”

 (The context in which the PharmacoGnostic faiths presently exist)

 “… a lot of people, even the so-called “a-religious,” “atheist”
types, will describe psychedelic drug effects in terms that people, for
lack of anything else, call “religious” or “spiritual.” This is
probably their property that causes the most alarm in the most people.
Be that as it may, it’s true, and to deny it is to deny what people are
saying, which of course is bad clinical practice, and even worse
clinical research. This has recently gotten me to thinking about who
should sit for sessions, and what should the feedback be to people who
are “tripping”. Are psychiatrists alone up for it? I don’t think so,
since they have no religious training, and are trained actually to look
at religious sensibilities as more primitive than everyday
sensibilities.”

 Dr. Rick Strassman 1995; quoted by Devereux 1997

 “Before we commit ourselves irrevocably to the chimera of a
drug-free culture purchased at the price of a complete jettisoning of
the ideals of a free and democratic planetary society, we must ask hard
questions: Why, as a species, are we so fascinated by altered states of
consciousness? What has been their impact on our esthetic and spiritual
aspirations? What have we lost by denying the legitimacy of each
individual’s drive to use substances to experience personally the
transcendental and the sacred? My hope is that answering these
questions will force us to confront the consequences of denying
nature’s spiritual dimension, of seeing nature as nothing more than a
“resource” to be fought over and plundered. Informed discussion of
these issues will give no comfort to the control-obsessed, no comfort
to know-nothing religious fundamentalism, no comfort to beige fascism
of whatever form.”

 Terence McKenna 1992 “Food of the Gods.” p. xvii.

 When the Spaniards arrived in the New World, they encountered
numerous ancient religions. Many of these used various sacred plants as
sacramental substances. Among them were those that recognized cacti as
sacraments.

 The invaders immediately set about to destroy the sacred plant-based
faiths just as their religion had done with all similar practices in
Europe.

 Since their founding by Imperial decree, the Christian Church has
systematically attempted to destroy any real and valid hands-on [Note
1] religion, especially those that had sacraments which were actually
active. This has normally begun by first branding it as a ‘work of the
devil’.

 It may be noteworthy that, in Peru, confessions of idolatry
invariably were “molded out of beatings and unrelenting interrogation
lasting as long as two years, to fit the picture that the interrogators
expected to find. …the Ecclesiastical Judges imposed their own
ideologies on the material presented to them, insisting on diabolic
pacts and alliances and interpreting traditional rituals in the context
of devil worship.” Glass-Coffin 1998: p. 43.

 This labeling as somehow being the work of the Christian ‘devil’ has
been applied whether the religious practices were simply shamanic, even
if not drug using [Note 2], or if they used pharmacological aids for
spiritual enhancement, be they mushrooms, cacti, morning-glory seeds,
tropane containing plants, Iboga, or DMT and/or 5-MeO-DMT based snuffs,
leaves, flowers or root bark.

 The notion that a pharmacologically aided experience is somehow less
real than one that is imagined into existence, and requires faith that
something unprovable exists, is both arbitrary and utterly lacking in
substance.

 In light of modern knowledge that these substances interact with and
enhance secretions by the pituitary and pineal glands, (both involved
directly with consciousness [Note 3], our perceptions and experience of
who we are), the mistaken assertion dismissing the value of experience
entirely for being the result of ‘just a drug’ has little merit.

 Everything we think, feel and perceive is strictly and solely
chemically mediated. This includes not just simple biological and
psychological processes but ALL spiritual experiences; for that matter
all experiences period.

 All so-called ‘electrical’ interactions in biological systems occur
via chemical molecules.

 This is who and what we are. Wet machines (protein based and
assembled), composed of chemicals.

 Drugs work because we are made and specifically designed to be
capable of interacting with them to produce the effects they do. As
humans, we are more than capable of endogenously manufacturing a
variety of powerful hallucinogens within the confines of our nervous
system.

 To put it another way, we are specifically designed for this
experience. Spiritual experience is designed into our being on both a
structural and molecular level.

 B-vitamins produced by plants act as co-factors for enzyme catalyzed
reactions in some biological organisms, such as humans.

 Hallucinogens act as neurological software and enhancers of
spiritual experience. They act as spiritual vehicles because this is
their function while in a human nervous system. This is the specific
information that their shape and charge distribution conveys to the
body. They are simply activating the available neurological options
that are already inherently built into us. This is a very important
point.

 “The peyote cult is in reality not a cult or a sect as we know it,
but rather an unorganized number of superstitious people who actually
believe in all the curative, medicinal, and supernatural powers of the
hi-kuri plant, as taught them by the hi-kuri shaman.”

 Thord-Gray 1955 p 184

background: Nazca image

Nazca image

Image from the Nazca culture (Phase 5)modified from Cane 1985 after Eisleb 1977 shading added for definition of detail

 

 They are drugs however and should not be given unrealistic
expectations. They will not teach us if we are not willing to learn and
they will not somehow magically do the work for us. Their use is just
that; their use. Their use does not make us better or worse people, it
just gives us the potential for a broader view of things. How we react
to what we find is an individual matter.

 These drugs are no more guaranteed to cause spiritual growth than
going to church or taking Communion is guaranteed to cause spiritual
growth. It is up to the individual to open themselves to the
opportunity.

 They cannot give or show what is not already there. If a person has
a dark heart and a selfish, demonic intent towards the world, this is
what they may find mirrored back to them in a clear and unmistakable
representation. If there are areas within themselves that a person
wished to avoid and not think about, then this is often what they will
find pushed into their face to deal with [Note 4].

 Not everyone is willing to face who and what they are. These people
should avoid such sacraments. They will be shown the truth to give them
an opportunity to learn and grow into a better being. It is their
choice whether they do so. Use of the drug will not MAKE them a better
person. It is always THEIR choice to recognize and accept the teaching.

 Drugs do not do the spiritual work. We do the work. Entheogens are
just tools (software) to enable an enhancement of sensitivity for the
enrichment and broadened range of our experience.

 This is why a person who approaches these sacraments shallowly or
callously is unlikely to achieve the same results as one who approaches
them with preparedness, respect and sacred intent.

 They are not ‘magic bullets’ for spiritual growth and understanding;
simply power-filled teachers. It is always the student who must do the
learning.

 Entheogenic drug experience is often dismissed as a “short cut”;
completely missing the fact that such drug use is not a short cut.

 To successfully integrate what has been learned into one’s waking
reality requires diligence, hard and strenuous work, endurance of
immense fear, intense stress and, in some cases, what is often a strict
and limited diet (as specified by the plant).

 There is also a much higher degree of risk faced, due to the
novice’s intimate level of exposure to the spiritual world and its
myriad inhabitants (be they “good”, “evil” or, in the largest case,
indifferent).

 Many observers have pointed out that the human teacher’s primary
function is protecting the novice from harm while learning.

 The actual teaching is done by the plant(s), sometimes by other
plants used as specialized admixtures, and spiritual forces that may be
associated with the plants, the payee, the novice or the chosen locale
itself.

 This direct awareness of and interaction with the spiritual world is
probably what causes most people problems. Not everyone can handle a
dissolution of ego/boundaries and shift in world view.

 The plants can and do actually talk to you (whether ingested or
not); although not in the linear format we, as humans, use. Rather it
is a quantum experience with the learning coming as complete
understandings presented in discrete quanta or packages. Some might say
that it is one’s imagination, subconscious or ‘higher self’ doing the
teaching. I say it would not matter even if this was the case. The
plant opens the door for the learning to occur and all that really
matters is whether or not the information is valid and accurate [Note
5].

 In spite of this (and perhaps because of it), such direct learning
was forbidden by the Church [Note 6], as it did not allow them
monopolistic control over people’s beliefs. Their belief was that
anything that they could not control or which allowed people to learn
on their own was opposite to what they believed and therefore must be
demonic in origin. [Read; ‘a competitor’.]

 The issue can be more simply reduced to a pathological lust for
power and for control over information and its acquisition. Knowledge
itself has long been promoted by the Church as an evil and forbidden
thing as they cannot control what “God” is willing and able to teach
those who ask directly [Note 7]. One of the most effective means to
control people’s access to personal power is to limit and tightly
control their access to accurate information.

 Any access to an active sacrament that did not require Church
representatives to act as the mouthpieces of God was seen as a direct
affront to their prohibitions against direct and personal spiritual
interactions with the Infinite (and their intended monopoly over
available spiritual options).

 A very few examples of their stated views on the subject [Note 8]

 André Thevet [(1574) Histoire du Mexique] wrote in reference to the
consumption of Psilocybe mushrooms (containing Psilocybin and/or
Psilocin): “The devil deceived them, making them eat an herb they call
Nanacatl, which made them take leave of their senses and see many
visions.”

 The Inquisition, on the 29th of June in 1620, declared peyote
(containing Mescaline) as the work of ‘the devil’, stating that
“neither the said herb or any other can possess the virtue or inherent
qualities of producing the effects claimed, nor can any cause the
mental images, fantasies and hallucinations…In these latter are
plainly perceived the suggestion and intervention of the Devil.” and
ordered that “henceforth no person of whatever rank or social condition
can or may make use of the said herb, Peyote, nor of any other kind
under name or appearance for the same or similar purposes, nor shall he
make the Indians or any other person take them, with the further
warning that disobedience to these decrees shall cause us, in addition
to the penalties and condemnation above stated, to take action against
such disobedient and recalcitrant persons as we would take against
those suspected of heresy to our Holy Catholic Faith.” [Note 9]

 According to W.E. Safford1916a, Las Casas said of the use of
Anadenanthera peregrina snuff (containing DMT and/or 5-MeO-DMT and/or
Bufotenine): “He described to them his vision, …and other things
which might come to his imagination, all disturbed with that
intoxication; or if perhaps without it, what the devil, to deceive them
and win them to his worship, had brought to them.” [Note 10]

 Writing while still in Mexico in the year 1629, Br. Hernando Ruiz de
Alarcón said; “The so called ololiuqui is a seed” [Morning-glory.
(Containing Lysergic acid derivatives)] “… which when drunk deprives
one of reason. One can marvel at the faith which these wretched natives
have in this seed, for on drinking it they consult it as an oracle for
those things which human knowledge cannot reach, such as to know the
cause of sickness….and similar doubts such as concern thefts and
aggressors, they consult this seed through the medium of their medical
charlatans, for some of them have it as a profession to drink this seed
for such consultations. Such a doctor is called a payni…they believe
therefore that the ololiuqui or peyote is revealing to them what they
wish to know. With drunkenness or deprivation of judgment coming over
him, he goes on recounting two thousand humbugs, among which the Devil
usually mixes some truths, which straightaway have them fooled and
deceived….They have such a fixed respect and veneration that the aid
of God is certainly needed to uproot it. What prevents them from
confessing is the dread or fear of enraging that false deity which they
imagine in the ololiuqui and of falling under his wrath and
indignation… such is the diligence of the Devil, ever watchful for
our harm, that because of his cunning one discovers new destruction of
this kind each day; so it is fitting that both jurisdictions be most
diligent in investigating, extirpating and punishing these results of ancient 
  idolatry and worship of the Devil.” [Note 11] [Bold emphasis is the editor’s]

 The Spaniard’s zealous and vigorous persecution drove peyote’s use
into secrecy, primarily in remote areas. In the wake of Archbishop Juan
de Zumarraga’s systematic destruction of thousands of Aztec documents,
a loss of inestimable value, severe penalties were proscribed and given
to known peyote users.

 One must wonder who the ‘devil’ was directing. In one case the
‘civilized’ Spaniards gouged out one Accaxee Peyote worshipper’s eyes
following three days of deliberately sadistic torture and, after
slicing a crucifix pattern in his belly, they killed him by allowing
ravenous dogs to feast upon his living and bleeding innards [Note 12].

 His ‘crime’, considered to justly merit such a punishment, was that
he insisted on eating a sacred plant placed here by the same forces
that created us.

 The Peyote faith survived even this; can anyone honestly believe
that threat of incarceration will destroy it?

 According to Stafford1992 [page 104]; as late as 1760 [See Garcia
1760] peyote was still equated with cannibalism in a Catholic text
(unlike the acceptable “mysterious” transfiguration of the Communion
Sacrament into the literal body and blood of Christ [Note 13]).

 The psilocybin mushroom was similarly saddled with the name “Flesh
of God” which even to this day often appears as the translation of the
word Teonanacatl that actually meant the “Wondrous Mushroom” or the
“Divine Mushroom” [Note 14]. (Both are very apt and accurate names for
these small and positively marvelous creatures.)

 The Spanish invaders probably thought they would have success in
Mexico similar to that which their European predecessors and
counterparts had in Europe. They achieved great strides in that
direction but succeeded only in driving sacrament use into secrecy.

 They had succeeded quite well in Europe, due primarily to their
aggressive and consistently thorough eradication, by outright murder or
often far worse ‘punishment’, of all who they thought they could
identify that disagreed with them (real or imagined).

 In the various European purges of knowledge, similar accusations of
witchery, heresy, devil worship and, often, secret orgies were leveled
against all non-Christian faiths (even against many Christian sects
including Calvinists), herbalists, midwives, alchemists and early
modern minded mathematicians & other scientists.

 Only the barbers, who used leeches and bloodletting to remove ‘bad
blood”, were spared. Deliberate spilling of blood to remove or resolve
problems has always been something the Church could identify with and
accept.

 It is well documented that the spread of their particular brand of
“love” was, as often as not, at the point of a sword. “Thou Shalt Not
Kill” was never taken to apply towards ‘heathens’.

 While ‘Heathen’ has come to mean a god-less person, it originally
arose as a word to refer to those diverse peoples (with different gods
than their Roman invaders) who dwelled on the heath; those beautiful
rolling hills of heather and gorse, interspersed with bogs and low
areas that were sometimes flooded [Note 15], often with shallow soil
overlying chalk deposits, in the coastal and island countries of
western Europe.

 [Ed.: The words for heathen and heath have the same root in Dutch or
German but in Spanish or French they do not, equating the English word
heathen only with pagan.

 This suggests that the Romans adopted and preserved only one meaning
for the word when they returned home.]

 In many areas, great earth and stone works were masterfully
constructed, many as far back as Neolithic times. In some cases, huge
rocks were transported substantial distances.

 In others (for certain, in later times), the turf was cut away and
the underlying chalk scoured clean to form gigantic white figures on
hillsides.

 Very few of the latter remain [Note 16] only one with its sexual
organs still intact [the erect Cerne Giant], and most stone and earthen
work constructions have also been seriously damaged over the years.
Many of the standing stones and stone rings have been destroyed or
removed. In some cases this was for use as building material but often
this was done deliberately by those who held them pagan and evil.

 One famous ‘stone killer’ methodically reduced many standing stones
and stone rings to rubble by not only toppling them but by repeatedly
heating them in huge bonfires and then quenching them with water. Among
his many victims was not only the broad serpentine avenue [Note 17],
lined on both sides with standing stones, once linking the Avesbury
rings to the “Uffington White Horse” [Note 18] but also, a heck of a
lot of trees. The woodlands never recovered, as cleared land has always
meant space that people could use.

 ‘Heathen’ came to mean what it did simply because these people
worshipped different gods than the Romans. Their conception of ‘God’
and spirituality was never lacking; it was simply different from the
military force that occupied their lands. Their rich spiritual heritage
and understanding are clearly reflected in their archaeology and art.
Hallucinogenic motifs are far from uncommon in the artistic record of
early Europeans; many of whom we know relatively little else about.

 Their descendants (both in Europe and America) are today merely
reclaiming what was taken from them [Note 19]. Their ancestors’
sacraments and traditions were destroyed and often even their memory
[Note 20] obliterated in the earlier purges [Note 21].

 Mythology preserved only the references to their potentially
entheogenic potions, often only as their serving vessels not their
herbal identities. Most are today equated with the more recent but
moderately ancient ‘sacrament’ that Christians chose; alcohol.

 In light of the wealth of entoptic imagery in archaic rock art, the
encrusted remains of henbane on Grooved Ware shards in a region that
henbane does not grow [Note 22] (suggesting an established drug trade
[Note 23] at an extremely early date), the numerous braziers [Note 24]
and ritual paraphernalia found at Er Lannic, Brittany, and the known
ancient use of braziers for inhaling, at the very least, Cannabis,
Opium and Belladonna plants farther east in Europe, and the well known
but poorly understood displacement of the European ‘smoking cults’ by
the ‘drinking cults’ [Note 25] in late prehistoric times, it is obvious
that, although presently poorly elucidated, drug usage was far from
uncommon in pre-Christian Western Europe. All the evidence clearly
points at it and it would be surprising if future archeologists with an
eye for unraveling this mystery do not succeed thanks to modern
analytical equipment. See Paul Devereux 1997 “The Long Trip. A
Prehistory of Psychedelia” for a fascinating overview of prehistoric
psychedelic use worldwide.

 My belief is that this IS the one true religion, albeit one of many
forms, many names and many voices. The wrappings may change but the
heart is still the same.

 I suspect that Psilocybin was perhaps the most important sacrament
in Western Europe, but this is just a hunch based on how mushrooms feel
to me.

 The feeling with mushrooms is that I am experiencing the original
‘old-time’ religion, in its purest and simplest form as was created and
intended by the Universe. 

 Over the years I have come to the belief that the visionary plants
were formed during creation to remind us of who we are and why we are
here despite the artificial religious & social beliefs systems
repeatedly created by human committees and imposed on the masses by
powerful groups over the millennia.

 Surely it is no coincidence that the active sacraments are
distributed across and throughout every area of the globe where people
who use plants can live. My suspicion is that this near ubiquitous
presence is an inherent element within the design of creation so that
no matter how far humans strayed from the truth by following their own
version/creations of religious beliefs, there would always be access to
some true face of the Infinite to remind them that a greater truth
underlay the constructs of the human imagination.

 An interesting criticism has been made repeatedly over the years,
sometimes by Native healers and practitioners or most often by those
who study with them. They often seem set to take to task the suggestion
that there is a link between, the activity of these plants in spiritual
and learning matters and their contained alkaloids or to other,
nonalkaloidal, components within them.

 The search for understanding the underlying mechanisms is seen as
missing or overlooking the magic and mystery which plant teachers
evoke. .

 Everything in the living world, including our perceptions, thoughts
and feelings, is mediated entirely by biochemical compounds. This is
who and what we are. The only information proven to be encrypted within
our DNA is the codes for making the many proteins required for us to
perform the biochemical manipulations necessary to exist as us, and the
instructions for making the nucleic acid machinery necessary to read,
translate & replicate the DNA itself. All that we are is contained
within this lengthy but extremely simple set of information.

 We are all very much, water based & protein constructed, organic
machines which are capable of performing a myriad of different
biochemical synthetic and degradative processes within the
micro-reactive environments of the highly specific chemical
laboratories of our enzymes (proteins). Most of these enzymes are used
repeatedly, in some cases many thousands of times per second. In almost
all cases, each enzyme performs (catalyzes) only one specialized
chemical reaction and accepts only a few substrates.

 When we experience ‘special’ chemical information, we interact with
these additional chemical signals because we are designed to respond
this way to them. As was mentioned eariler spiritual experience is an
inherent element in our biochemical repertoire. This is true whether
produced internally as a result of non-drug ingesting religious
practices or whether we obtain them by ingesting an alkaloid bearing
plant teacher. The source does not negate true teaching.

 That this experience is inherent is further supported by the well
known accessibility to many of these plant teachers without requiring
actual ingestion. If we did not identify with them as part of
ourselves, we could not resonate with them and receive this often rich
flow of information. They are beings, not inanimate objects. What they
have to say is often missed due to their quiet presentation and their
quantal (rather than linear) way of communicating with us.
Understanding the electronics (physiological and chemical) behind the
mechanics enabling spiritual experience does not somehow diminish its
importance and vitalness.

 It is puzzling to see a fight against the idea that spirituality has
a real, underlying, physical cause.

 The universe does not work by ‘magic’. It appears magical and
marvelous in many aspects and this wondrousness persists even when we
understand how and why it works. In many aspects the understanding and
appreciation of these processes is actually enhanced by understanding
the underlying mechanisms. If we view our brain as hardware, these
substances are additional software utilizable by our operating system
(consciousness). They, in the case of plant teachers, contain their
identity within the living, resonant, electronic signatures we define
as chemical compounds.

 For any spiritual experience to be a real experience (and for us to
be able to perceive it as such), it must arise from an interaction with
US, our bodies & our minds in the physical world; not just in some
abstract non-physical dimension.

 No matter what a person holds to be true about the nonphysical
aspects of reality, it should be obvious that our interface with that
‘world’ is through the biochemistry & physiology that enable our
mind to exist.

 If the sacred plants did not interact with us via our physical
reality they could not produce the results that they can.

 These plants produce software that directly interacts with our
neurological and physiological machinery to expand our range of
perceptions into the ‘Infinite’ in set and fairly predictable ways.

 I find this as marvelous as the understanding that a Leguminous
plant and a nitrogen fixing bacteria are each incapable of fixing
nitrogen unless both are able to provide the highly specific and
complementary DNA segments which the other lacks. If the perfectly
complimentary DNA products (proteins) are not available, part from the
plant and matching part from the bacteria, effective nodulation will
not occur nor will nitrogen fixation.

 Similarly, these plants merge with us to provide components
identical or similar to those which we are designed to use in order to
temporarily experience this enhanced perception. It truly is a “Union
with the Plant.”

 Humans may produce these substances normally or they may be similar
to those we can produce (hence the appearance of distinctly separate
plant teachers) but in all cases it is our pre-existing internal
machinery of consciousness which enables them to be active within us.

 This wet, electronic machinery literally forms the interface between
us and the rest of the universe.

 All we know for certain is that every year new research is reported,
it indicates that the age and the relationship of hallucinogen and
other drug use to human history is far more extensive and important
than anyone ever thought or believed [Note 26]. This makes hallucinogen
prohibitions an even more heinous crime, not simply against its
victims, their families and society, but against humanity.

 In modern times (the last 1500 years) this has also been a religion
repeatedly suppressed by another religion that promoted a placebo
sacrament [Note 27], holding the use of intermediates between Pious and
the Divine of paramount importance (one of which was themselves;
assuring them job security), and therefore one threatened by the
existence of active sacraments (or even knowledge of their existence).

 Especially one, like Psilocybe, that could be easily and effectively
accessed without any type of specialized preparation by literally
anyone who found and ate it.

 Knowledge of the sacred mushrooms was almost totally obliterated in
Europe, in spite of the occurrence of a multitude of native and active
ones, including many Psilocybin/Psilocin containing species.

 Psilocybin/Psilocin containing species are distributed worldwide in
temperate and tropical zones.

 Well over 100 active psilocybian species are known presently and
other hallucinogenic plants (especially those with DMT and/or 5-MeO-DMT) grow literally everywhere that higher plants can
survive.

 While this is a fairly well kept secret as far as most people are
concerned, what is even more amazing is that anything at all is known,
considering the intensity of the activity directed against even
knowledge of their existence, or that any of what has been known has
been preserved, considering how unrelentingly these spiritual teachers
have been persecuted by control oriented religious organizations in
pursuit of their lust for power.

 Many sacraments have been lost forever, only a relatively few of the
lost ancient sacraments have been resurrected from obscurity such as
the kykeon of the Eleusinian Mysteries now proposed to be a water
soluble extract of ergot (always this has been by those people who do
not confirm their conjecture with a bioassay) and Soma, lost through
the deliberate secrecy maintained by those who held it sacred long
before Christianity’s birth. Soma was convincingly and painstakingly
argued by R. Gordon Wasson to have been Amanita muscaria, this plant
being perhaps the oldest of the sacraments currently known to have been
used by Europeans [Note 28].

 The only sacraments that have been so recovered have been
‘re-discovered’ solely due to the fact that much had been written
concerning them, or somehow involving them; something that did not
occur during the Dark Ages that ensued upon the Church’s ruthless and
bloody rise to power in Europe.

 The ancient epic quest of Gilgamesh was for the “herb of
immortality”; many other legends include quests to gain or recover
magic vessels that imparted knowledge and understanding to those
drinking out of them. A few of the best known are the Grail or Greal
[Note 29], the cup or bowl of the Atlanteans, the vessels of Bran, of
Ceridwen and of Medea. (Many more exist throughout many cultures, such
as the sacred drinking cups of Apollo, which Pharmakos was said to have
been stoned to death for stealing.)

 Celtic mythology is rich with references to magic cauldrons and
marvelous potions of knowledge and understanding. Usually they were
said to be comprised of a mixture of 6 herbs. All versions today
involve only toxic or apparently inactive plants but I know of no
actual bioassays. [Note 30]

 (Ancient stone heads have been found with cavities carved into the
top suggesting a container for a liquid [Note 31]. This curious feature
has also been reported in a number of South American archaeological
finds.)

 The Welsh bard Taliesin was said to have gained his knowledge of the
future and understanding of the mysteries when accidentally ingesting a
splattered drop of a potion brewed in a magic cauldron [Note 32].

 Ott mentions Mimir’s Well, the “pool of living water” at the base of
the world ash tree, from which flowed a magic mead of wisdom; drunk
daily by Odin’s uncle, Mimir.

 Similarly a magic mead, Odroerir, was drunk, by Odin, from the well
of Urd for his acquisition of knowledge about fate and destiny, and
played a role in the ritual that ended the war between the gods of sky
and earth.

 In Ralph Metzner’s 1994 “The Well of Remembrance: Rediscovering the
Earth Wisdom Myths of Northern Europe”, this is explored in some
detail. Metzner shows that Odin is connected linguistically to
“inspiration, prophetic trance, rush, ecstasy, seizure, divine madness,
intoxication, rage. He is the god of shamans, sorcerers, poets,
singers, story tellers, prophetic seers and seeresses, soothsayers and
berserker warriors – all of whom [are] ‘seized’ by Odin, when in their
special state of ecstatic inspiration.”

 This special state of being “possessed” by the state of creative and
open inspiration, which wells up and overflows from within, as
experienced by poets, artists and prophetic visionaries, is the source
of origin for the resurrected word “entheogen”; now used to describe
substances which can induce these states [Note 33].

 It comes from an obsolete Greek word meaning “realizing
[manifesting] the divine [from] within”. See Ott 1993; Ott 1995; Rucket
al. 1979; and Wasson et al. 1978.

 Contrary to some recent assertions, it is not a word “they just made
up.” [Note 34]

 As is also discussed by Ott and many others, Christian Rätsch, in an
appendix to Metzer’s book, explores the use of such known psychotropics
as opium, henbane, belladonna and Amanita as ingredients in
psychoactive meads and beers [Note 35]. Ott presents a good argument
that the “strong drink” of biblical references was similarly a
fortified psychoactive form of wine, mead, beer or other fermented
product. (The dilutions of Greek and Roman wines that are known to have
been necessary prior to their consumption serving to reduce the dosage
to effective but non-fatal levels.) [Note 39]

 Only information relating to the mind numbing alcohol was preserved
in detail. Great pains were taken to extirpate any pre-existing
knowledge that might cast doubts on what was taught. [This was not
limited to drugs [Note 37]. In one extreme example, due to his support
of reincarnation as a doctrine [Note 38], the teachings and writings of
Origen, a once influential and important early Christian philosopher,
were so thoroughly and systematically destroyed, during the fifth
century, that nothing remains except those references to him and his
teachings that were made by others.]

 The destruction of knowledge and its replacement with subservience
controlled by fear, guilt and alcohol were so thorough, and the
resulting influences on thought so persistent, that modern day scholars
for many years instantly attacked the idea of any type of true
religious experience even being possible as a product of any drug, or
the divine Soma to be a lowly mushroom.

 The great scholar Mirceas Eliade actually declared that the drug
using shamanic religions were devolved from and inferior to the
‘original’ true shamans whom he claimed did not need them. His view was
based on suppositions and is not supported by any in-depth study of the
subject. [A point that must be remembered is that, until recently,
virtually all Western scholars and chroniclers wrote from a
Judeo-Christian perspective.] See Ott 1993 and 1995 for some
interesting anecdotes on the matter.

 Contrast Eliade’s oft repeated perspective with that of Wasson’s
proposal that the spiritual exercises and meditational practices [Note
39] replaced the use of an active sacrament once the drug plants were
no longer available when emigrating to a new region [Note 40] that the
plant did not (or would not?) grow.

 A point not noted nearly often enough was the comment by Peter Furst
[Page 23 in Furst 1994 in Seaman & Day (eds.) 1994] that, shortly
before his death, Eliade confided to him that the immense age of the
Chihuahuan Desert and Pecos River finds had forced him to reconsider
his position and change his mind on the issue, now concluding that the
forms of ecstasy attained by hallucinogens and other archaic techniques
had no essential differences.

 The huge blind spot deliberately created during the formation and
expansion of the Church has completely permeated Western culture and
understanding until fairly recently. It has yet to heal in many areas
of thought [Note 41]. The medical community and public health officials
have perpetuated many of these myths with vigor [Note 42].

 Dobkin de Riosin a 1973 article (from a paper presented at the Fifth
World Congress of Psychiatry, Mexico) pointed out quite accurately that
until recently there has been a “…real paucity of information about
the traditional use of hallucinogens, not only in Peru, but throughout
many parts of the world. What seems to be at work here is that researchers, including anthropologists, botanists,
 missionaries and other early travelers to these regions have come from cultures that can only be labeled hallucinophobic….we find marvelous descriptions of beer parties, or other alcoholic festivities which correspond to the socially approved methods of altering consciousness in Western society…However, little worthwhile reporting has come from studies of substances such as mescaline, harmine and datura.” (page 1188, in volume two of the proceedings of said Congress.)

 By no means was this blindness or even the persecution of entheogen
using peoples restricted to the Catholic Church; their ‘reformed’
splinter and spin-off groups suffered the same myopic tendencies and
eagerly took up the banner to suppress other faiths who they also
considered to have been deceived by the devil, whether entheogen using
or simply ‘heathens’.

 Christian missionaries vigorously attacked peyote with great fervor,
and far too much success at promoting religious persecution by the
State, by organizing and supporting the introduction of anti-peyote
legislation, until less than 70 years ago when the courts began to
(more or less) uniformly affirm American Indian’s rights to worship
freely (exept in those areas where TRIBAL law forbid its use).

 And yet, they still find themselves forced into courts to defend
themselves. Win or lose, court battles are incredibly expensive. This
recurrent waste of their resources and time is yet another blatant
attempt at harassment, persecution and restriction of their religious
freedom. While the Supreme Court has, for the most part, upheld their
right to use peyote, it also left it open for the states to pass any
laws against its possession and use that they see fit. And so it
continues. We can expect the peyote faiths to appear again in that
venue before too many years pass. The anti-peyote forces have never
rested regardless of what the courts have decided.

 The anti-peyote and anti-hallucinogen laws have all been invariably
passed accompanied by gross misrepresentations of them as public health
issues accompanied by outrageous lies as to their effects and purposes
[Note 43]. In all cases it was a given that the measures would pass and
little, if any, effort was made to present testimony on their behalf or
prevent their passing. Ecstasy, [also known as MDMA:
3,4-Methylenedioxy-N-methylamphetamine], a synthetic entactogen, is one
of the few drugs that passionate and rational effort to protect its
professional availability was made by medical professionals and clergy
(to no avail).

 In no cases have the drug laws eliminated the use of these drugs;
they simply remove quality controls, add another money maker to the
black-market and guarantee employment for criminals, more law
enforcement personnel and the companies who sell both of them new toys.

 As put by Teddy Roosevelt, in a letter to W.H. Taft, July 16, 1908:
“To pass prohibitory laws to govern localities where the sentiment does
not sustain them is simply equivalent to allowing free liquor, plus
lawlessness.” Or consider the sage observation of Samuel L. Clemens, 28
May 1867: “Prohibition only drives drunkenness behind doors and into
dark places, and does not cure or even diminish it.” The only thing
Prohibition laws are proven to do is to generate huge profits for
criminal organizations. Perhaps this is why they are repeatedly imposed
despite their historically proven lack of effectiveness.

 The law forbidding LSD and similar substances was actually passed as
‘emergency measures’ WITHOUT debate.

 A curious point about the illegalization of the hallucinogens is
that the laws that declared them illegal did not just apply to
black-market sales and street use but to ANY medical or professional
applications. They were uniformly declared, by people with no medical
training, to lack any acceptable medical application, even when, in the
case of MDMA, numerous physicians and clergy had urged for a more
lenient classification to allow professional use.

 Such laws affect legitimate researchers far more than drug abusers
as they directly create and support an unregulated and uncontrolled
pharmaceutical industry and black-market that happily provides them to
any drug user with the money.

 They certainly did not stop the flow or decrease availability of
LSD; as usual it merely added to the jail population and, in actuality,
probably increased the numbers of teenagers and young adults who tried
it, drawn by the lure of the forbidden. Certainly the quantities
available on the streets in the midwest absolutely skyrocketed in the
late 1960’s and early 1970’s after it was declared illegal and hence
another money maker for the black-market.

 Numerous scholarly presentations have been made on this subject so
this will not be addressed in any depth nor will the frequent
manipulation of both Congress and state legislatures with blatantly
false testimony and religiously or financially motivated propaganda.

 See Ott 1993 and 1995 for an excellent list of references and
discussion. See also Anderson 1980 and Stewart 1987 concerning peyote.

 If you look at the driving forces behind today’s “War on Drugs”
[Note 44] (actually just another war on PEOPLE of different beliefs)
you will find “Christians” to once again be at its heart and center.

 Perhaps ‘still’ is a better and more accurate word as they have
never suspended or discontinued their active persecution of the
PharmacoGnostic faiths. Only the faces have changed, never the intent
or prejudice.

 Even in the few cases when laws and court decisions have supported
the right of devotees to religious freedom and personal choice of
worship, Christian religious organizations (and both secular and
nonsecular community organizations comprised largely of and/or heavily
influenced by Christian members) have rallied and lobbied for redress
of the laws or establishment of new laws to restrict them in every way
possible in an attempt to bring them into compliance with the Christian
‘ideal’ or at least to be able to punish them for not being.

 There has been an unrelenting attack and program of deliberate
misinformation for the entirety of the history of their co-existence.

 In recent years the issue has been redefined so that it is now
considered a public health issue. This conveniently smoke-screens the
original intent of religious suppression.

 Many new standard bearers who oppose these substances no longer even
realize WHY they are in opposition to them.

 In the current era of Zero Tolerance, all illegal drugs are equated,
eliminating any possibility of debate or rational address of the issue,
and presented as “evil” incarnate, the source of all our societal woes
[Read: ‘scapegoat’] [Note 45]

 In many aspects, the reaction against drugs is almost phobic, a
panicky, irrational fear and hatred seeing drugs, drug abuse, ‘hidden’
drug ‘messages’ [Note 46] and the drug culture everywhere [Note 47];
disturbingly similar to the ‘witch craze’ that obsessed the European
mind for so many years or the “Red Scare” promoted not so long ago by
Senator McCarthy [Note 48].

 One speaker (a Trinka Porrata) at the 5 May 2000 California
Association of Toxicologists’ conference on raves and rave drugs described the butterfly as being “a universal symbol for ecstacy” despites
 the butterfly having nothing to do with ecstasy beyond being the trademark used by an herbal blend bearing nothing in common with the drug MDMA! (And containing absolutely no MDMA) [2000 The Entheogen Review p. 10]

 In an interesting University sponsored ‘open debate’ on drug issues
held on the West Mall of the UT campus during the Reagan years, the
theologian who was fielding the questions dismissed even the idea of
sacramental drug usage by Westerners and insisted that his personal
religious beliefs did not represent a conflict of interest because drug
usage was “not a valid religious approach.” (and therefore unworthy of
consideration for debate or discussion.)

 This same person also entirely rejected the idea of it being
possible to use any drugs responsibly. (Not an encouraging stance in
our drug permeated society!)

 It was hardly a debate as it was couched in a question (one per
person) and answer format conducted by a person who provided answers he
already knew and had his mind made up on.

 The idea that what is experienced is illusory or false is
widespread; even in Gutiérrez-Noriega 1950 when discussing the use of
the mescaline containing San Pedro by Peruvian healers, he asserts that
this was done to “influence and deceive those that solicit their
services”.

 Or reflect on the incredible opinion of the experience as being not
simply delusional but a form of insanity itself, as expressed by the
psychiatrist Evansin 1979 [Note 49]:

 “The natives have no knowledge of the action of hallucinogens on the
central nervous system; they regard it as a magical process. Indeed to
them the state that is induced is not insanity (which they recognize as
the lasting or irreversible form) but a higher and ultimate reality,
that of the spiritual world. How very different the lot of the
unfortunate drug addict in our society, who seeks in his psychedelic
‘trips’ to compensate for the absence of a rich individual culture. And
how naïve the revolutionary idealist’s view of insanity as psychedelic
deliverance from the oppressive alienation of a sick society.”

 Another example is given by Douglas Sharon 1978 who cites the 1653
account of Father Bernabe Cobo as evidence of the Christian bias
against the use of the plant (Schultes& Hofmann similarly draw a
quote from this):

 “This is the plant with which the devil deceived the Indians of Peru
in their paganism, using it for their lies and superstitions. Having
drunk the juice of it, those who drink lose consciousness and remain as
if dead; and it has even been seen that some have died because of the
great frigidity to the brain. Transported by this drink, the Indians
dreamed a thousand absurdities and believed them as if they were
true….”

 [Death has never been known to occur from any of the mescaline
plants, nor is unconsciousness an observed effect at any known human
dosage level. If it was given along with Brugmansia, as it sometimes
has been, or if the Brugmansia was used on its own, unconsciousness or
even death from the ingestion of the Brugmansia could be a real
potential. Fatalities from belladonna plants are well known [Note 50].]

 Interestingly enough, the statement that mescaline has produced
death has never been once been substantiated in the medical or
anthropological literature.

 In spite of their long history of use, even in cases involving the
ingestion of absurdly large amounts of peyote, San Pedro or high dose
administration of pure mescaline (which has been in human use for a
full century as of late 1997) there has never been a reliable report of
so much as a single human death. The reports of death which have been
claimed to be due to the use of mescaline containing plants, are
entirely suppositions without factual support, such as William E.
Safford’s comment [Note 51] in the 1921 Journal of the American Medical
Association 77 (16): 1278-1279, or else have been part of anti-peyote
rhetoric by opponents determined to obliterate the faith.

 One such, example appeared in The Denver Post of 12 January 1917:

 With the headline reading:

 “Denver Women Fighting To Stop Dope Leaf Trade Among Colorado
Indians” [Note 52]

 the now classic article went on to state

 “…women of this city and in all parts of the state have taken up
the fight which is being made to stop the traffic among the Indians in
“peyote”, the dried leaf of the cactus, which is similar in effects to
opium [Note 53] or cocaine…According to Mrs. Brown, societies which
have interested themselves in the welfare of the Indians have
discovered that peyote is killing dozens of Indians yearly. The
“peyote” eater has dreams and visions as pleasing as those of a
“hop-head”. To get a better hold on their victims, the peyote peddlers
have lent a religious tone to the ceremony of eating the drug, so that
the peyote is worshipped in a semi-barbaric festival before the orgy is
held.” [Note 54] [As quoted by Omer C. Stewart’s 1956 article entitled
Peyote and Colorado’s Inquisition Law: page 81]

 The Inquisition continues, even today, in a uniquely American
fashion. The Colorado anti-peyote legislation was supported by an
alliance of 126 churches, the W.C.T.U., the P.T.A. and the Women’s
Club.

 The frequent charges of orgies and wanton sexual behavior were pure
fabrications designed for their emotional and propaganda value due to
the shock effect they would have on the sensibilities of conservative
Christian listeners. The church had regularly used similar tactics
against their opponents in Europe with great success. Anderson 1980
includes several examples of similar unwarranted charges actually being
presented in U.S. Congressional testimony.

 All who have studied the issue or who have experienced the sacrament
will attest to the fact that, while peyote CAN enhance pleasurable
sensations, it is not a sexual stimulant [Note 55]

 Such unfounded and blatantly false accusations bring to mind two
related statements:

 “Some propositions lack even the capacity to be false” — Bertrand
Russell.

 “Only a statement that has a minimum degree of coherency can be
proved false.” — Karl Popper.

 Peyote-ists are in general found to be socially responsible, often
totally abstinent from alcohol and good decent people. Peyote in no way
incites sexual desire or licentious conduct. It has been uniformly
observed by medical professionals [Note 56], anthropologists and peyote
users to have just the opposite effect.

 Sex is physically possible (with concerted effort) and can be
remarkable while under the influence of mescaline but enhancement of
sexual desire or promotion of sexual activity is not a component of
either Peyote or mescaline experiences.

 From the Encyclopedia Brittanica, “Pharmacological cults” pp.
228-232:

 “Contrary to the assertions of Christian missionaries, who find them
hard to convert, the peyote Indians, doubtless influenced by the
religions of whites around them [Ed:!], are reported to be superior to
the nonpeyote Indians in achieving their aims of brotherly love, hard
work, and self-reliance, family responsibility, and abstinence from
alcohol.”

 All attacks against peyote were conducted in the face of the facts
that, from the beginning, all who had actually studied it had uniformly found it to be nonaddictive and nonharmful as well as being
 actually beneficial and used sacramentally in Indian religious ceremonies.

 This last point holds the true key to religious groups’ opposition: it is viewed as either an opposing faith to which they could lose potential members or as a diabolical philosophy expressed by subhumans that they want to see destroyed.

 Stewart also mentioned a 1922 government document that characterized
the attitudes of US Indian Service officials and missionaries that has
been true from the earliest days of their attacks on the faith right up
to the present day. It was specifically summarizing the results of a
1919 study by the Bureau of Indian Affairs.

 “To the missionary, peyote is more than a physiological problem,
more than a social problem. It is more than another ‘dope’ problem to
be disposed of by legislating it into the class of drugs covered by the
national narcotic law. It is, as one writer stated, ‘a system of pagan
worship, inimical to Christianity, which has its roots deep into the
historic past of the red race, and because of this it makes the
strongest kind of appeal to the Indians….’ To the missionary the use
of peyote is paganism arrayed against Christianity – the power of a
drug against the elevating power of the cross.”

 The basis of the missionaries’ opposition to it as being directly a
result of its use as a ritual and ceremonial drug rather than being due
to its actual effects was even noted by Safford1916a.

 The issue has always been the practice of mislabelling a
non-Christian religion with the “dangerous drug” battle cry; a ruse to
mislead the public into supporting a state supported religious pogrom.

 Harmon 1957 noted that following the failure of the Bureau of Indian
Affairs to push 9 separate attempts at outlawing peyote usage through
Congress, it resorted to attacking the peyote religion through
administrative actions by other governmental agencies.

 Harmon went on to quote Slotkin’s sage observation that “The history
of Bureau suppression of Peyotism is a case study in how an agency can
flout the Constitution, Congress, the judiciary and executive
departments, if it has the support of powerful pressure groups…”

 That the truth of the matter is perverted and the State is now
involved in supporting and furthering a suppression of another faith is
very wrong. That it has been enabled and perpetuated with
misinformation and the smoke-screen of false relabelling as a ‘public
health’ issue is even more shameful.

 It is a tragic error that has directly and indirectly harmed many
people in countless ways. It continues still [Note 57].

 Petrollo 1934 points out that opposition to peyote by missionaries
and civil officials has never ceased regardless of what limited
protection or support they have found in the courts. This may be easily
explained by noting, as Stewart did, that from its origin, the Bureau
of Indian Affairs has been very strongly influenced by American
missionary societies.

 During the last two decades of the last century and the first three
decades of this century, most of its top officials, whether in
Washington or on the reservations, were appointed directly from the
ranks of various organized missionary groups.

 Until 1930 ALL education on the reservations was directly in the
hands of Christian missionaries. The horrendous atrocities they
committed against Native people and their children have been dealt with
in depth by innumerable authors, including many first hand accounts.
[For example: River & Rael 1984]

 A systematic attempt was made to destroy their very culture, using
both law and departmental policy until the 1930s. In many cases, young
children were forcibly removed from their families and shipped off to
distant missionary schools so they could not be influenced by their
culture while they grew up in the White man’s ‘Christian’ schools.
(Beatings, undersized shoes and nutritional deprivation were commonly
used as tools to force compliance & “break their spirit”.)

 Even on the reservations it was generally forbidden to speak in
their native tongues. Not only peyote use, but any and all Native
American traditional religious practices were also illegalized for many
years [Note 58].

 In Morgan & Stewart 1984 and also in Stewart 1987, it is noted
that despite the fact that no actual laws then existed against peyote,
Chief Special Officer William E. Johnson of the Office of Indian
Affairs (one of the most aggressive of the early anti-peyote activists)
began efforts to both destroy the peyote trade and abolish its use
[Note 59].

 (His efforts included buying huge quantities of dried plants for
burning, unwittingly mirroring the mass destruction of morning glory
seeds by Br. Alarcón in Mexico several centuries earlier.)

 Johnson was a newspaperman and a long-time active prohibitionist. He
used both experiences to write inflammatory and sensationally false
scare stories about peyote use to aid in influencing public sentiment
and legislation [Note 60].

 During the period from 1906 to 1911, while he served as special
officer for the BIA to suppress liquor use on Indian reservations,
Johnson effected over 4400 convictions. There is evidence that when he
arrived in Oklahoma he was completely unfamiliar with peyote and the
peyote religion but immediately picked up the torch and began to
orchestrate and conduct raids on peyote ceremonies as part of his
prohibition activities.

 His justification apparently was based on his interpretation of the
1897 Congressional ban on sales of liquor or intoxicating articles to
Indians, taking it to include peyote which he believed was an
intoxicating substance [Note 61]. This activity continued as
departmental policy until a federal judge ruled, in 1916, that the
liquor prohibition could not be applied to peyote.

 Following this ruling the first federal anti-peyote bill [Note 62]
was introduced into Congress and failed in 1917 [Note 63] (as did 11
more before 1963). In response to the inability to obtain federal
legislation, opposition that had organized on the state level increased
their efforts resulting in states beginning to pass their own bans on
peyote. (Nevada had already outlawed it in 1913.)

 In spite of the fact that Colorado, then, had no discernible
frequency of peyote use, even among its Native people, both Utah and
Colorado passed similar laws in 1917. Between 1917 and 1969, 17 states
passed anti-peyote legislation motivated primarily by organized
anti-peyote efforts and intense lobbying from religious and social
organizations.

 The notable exception was Oklahoma that had initially passed such a
law until it was struck down (not by its opponents actually voting it
down but rather by it simply failing to be renewed) in response to the
widespread protests by Indian groups there. It must be noted that
Oklahoma was then the center of the US peyote faith and the only state
with enough presence of native people, including the passionate,
eloquent and EDUCATED Quanah Parker [Note 64], to successfully
challenge the desires of church sponsored organizations. [Even in some
Native American communities, peyote use is sometimes a sharply divided
issue and hotly debated.]

 I will note again that during the time when all of this activity
occurred, up until modern day, all who actually studied the peyote
faith or the use of the drug itself found it to be non-addictive and
generally concluded it to actually be beneficial. There has never been
factual presentation of harm to its people (except as has been
committed by its opponents). This has included reports not only from
anthropologists but such noted medical professionals such as Dr.
Humphrey Osmondand Dr. Abram Hoffer [Note 65] who did extensive
research on the drug in the 1950’s. 

 Lies and deliberate attempts at deception have been the norm, not
the exception, and incredible attempts at misinformation have appeared
in the most unlikely of places. In 1957, long before there were any
laws forbidding the plant (which was then openly sold as an ornamental
in ‘five & dime’ stores throughout the nation with nary a report of
any problems), a note appeared on page 116 of the Cactus &
Succulent Journal (Volume 29, issue number 5) stating flatly (and
falsely) that:

 “Lophophora williamsii has been ruled out of collections by the
United States Narcotics Regulations. It is illegal to buy, import, or
possess one of these plants.”

 The motivation and driving forces behind the anti-‘peyote faith’
movement was, as always, purely ideological in bias and had no interest
to evaluate the facts, no doubt considering their actions those of
faith and therefore not requiring or desirous of facts.

 To them it was then, as it is now, a matter of ‘faith’ [Note 66] in
the perceived wisdom of a higher ‘authority’. It is very likely that
they mistakenly thought they were doing the Indians a favor ‘saving
them from themselves’ by removing this “impediment to their salvation”.

 They were and are gravely mistaken in their assumptions. Many
examples exist [Note 67] clearly demonstrating that the only thing the
Indians needed salvation from was from their self-appointed saviors.

 J.S. Slotkin has been often quoted as saying that the White person
may go into his church and talk about Jesus, but the Indian goes into
his teepee and talks with Jesus. [This comment is also often attributed
to his friend Quanah Parker.]

 Many of the hallucinogen using groups are now converted Christians
but they have accepted this without compromising what they know in
their hearts to be true concerning their ancient sacraments.

 Ott 1995 quotes one Bwiti [Note 68] member as stating to Samorini
that “We are the true Christians. The Catholics have lost the way that
leads you to Christ; the missionaries who offer us their insipid Host
and ask us to abandon Iboga, do not know what they are talking about! ”
(page 24) [Note 69]

 The fact that neither the Church nor the authorities can control
what the universe is willing and able to teach to those who will
approach directly and ask holds the key to understanding their
opposition. [Note 70]

 [See Ott 1995 for a scholarly and broader discussion of this
religious persecution. Anderson 1980 includes a good discussion about
the missionaries’ zeal to eradicate peyote use along with other native
cultural traditions, here in the United States, as does Stewart 1987.
Szasz 1985 discusses this from a different perspective that sheds
considerable light on the subject.]

 While the San Pedro religion is often viewed as an adaptation of
introduced religious traditions, Sharon mentions a recent documentation
of a 1782 legal case against a healer who was accused of healing with a
San Pedro brew. Although the healer fortunately escaped, his
paraphernalia and the description of his healing rituals apparently
closely resembled those still seen in use today.

 It has been noted by several sources that although these practices
were persecuted vigorously, the toleration and even acceptance into the
church of such Peruvian healers also occurred so long as they were
considered not to invoke the ‘devil’ in their practices.

 I suspect that adoption of Christian elements was done initially for
self preservation. (Very harsh punishments were often given to
hallucinogen users, almost always they involved brutal and extremely
sadistic torture prior to death. I also feel compelled to note that as
was the case in Mexico, the faith survived in spite of the horrible and
miserable deaths of numerous of the faithful.)

 I believe that the similar incorporation of Christian dogma and
practices into the peyote faith helped not only to allow its continued
existence and practice but eventually afforded it protection and
support in the US judicial system that has frequently not supported
traditional native or other non-Christian religious practices.

 It is not my intention to suggest that either South American healers
or North American Christian peyote-ists are not now sincere and devout
Christians. They practice what they believe to be true; different faces
of perceived truth only appear in conflict to those who have an
incomplete or flawed understanding. If a person holds two teachings to
be true, there is no conflict as long as both are true. Only one that
is false will be threatened by the co-existence of a larger truth.

 The origins of the San Pedro faith, while of great antiquity, are
not clear, but as with peyote, I feel compelled to comment on the often
heard idea that such plants were discovered accidentally by starving or
thirsty people eating them.

 I must make two points; first, they are not palatable. They have a
strongly bitter and acrid flavor as well as a very mucous-like
consistency to their juice. Far more palatable plants are invariably
found within a few yards of them. Second, it takes a considerable
amount to induce psychoactive effects. In either case it is almost work
and dedicated effort to ingest enough for a truly effective experience.

 It is my belief that they were learned of by people who were still
in touch with the world around them and still listened to plants. While
they may learn OF plants from other people with prior experience, if
one examines how healers traditionally learn about plants it is always
by being instructed BY THE PLANT [Note 71]. Ingestion is not a
prerequisite for this transfer of information and learning to occur.
This is a phenomenon that can still be found anywhere that people live
in contact with plants in a truly meaningful sense.

 This is often belittled or dismissed by those who do not understand
it or have never experienced it but this does not affect the reality
that this DOES occur, has ALWAYS occurred and STILL occurs to people
who have learned to listen.

 The first human pharmacological evaluation of pure mescaline was by
Arthur Heffter; published in 1898.

 There was considerable professional interest in mescaline until just
prior to World War Two, at which point, interest seemed to disappear
except for within military circles and as a medical curiosity. Results
of the military and other investigators’ work with hallucinogens
(primarily LSD and mescaline) grew into a resurgence of broad based
interest in the late 1950’s (much of which was stimulated and carried
on by the same people who had been their test subjects). This literally
exploded into the 1960’s, until political disfavor and lack of approval
and funding lead to almost no research interest (or at least funding
and approval) in the late 1970’s.

 Curiously much of the work that was done in the 1970’s and early
1980’s was carried on and funded by misguided groups who wanted to
determine what threat of ‘abuse’ potential might be present in
uninvestigated cacti or who sought to prove hallucinogens were as evil
as they were portrayed in the press. Facts to the contrary are never
considered. Much of the research seemed done less to investigate what
was true and more to attempt to support a previously specified outcome.

 Why this seems odd and extremely unscientific is due to the fact
that all available hard evidence (and most subjective accounts) has
always shown mescaline to be non-addictive and of minimal abuse
potential. In no case has any toxicological study showing harmful
effects from chronic or acute use been, even remotely, applicable to
mescaline as it is used by humans.

 This is a view not held by those who insist that any use is abuse.
In their world view there is no justifiable or allowable use of these
substances for people who are of European origin or whom they feel
‘should be’ Christians or else have no ‘historical right’ [Note 72] to
them.

 My suggestion is that the types of people who propagate these ideas
of religious [or, more recently, pharmacratic] control freak origin are
the main causes of most of the ‘problems’ surrounding drug use and
abuse.

 One does not solve a perceived ‘problem’ by making it worse or
creating additional problems.

 In December of 1840, Abraham Lincoln wisely observed
“Prohibition…goes beyond the bounds of reason in that it attempts to
control a man’s appetite by legislation and makes a crime out of things
which are not crimes…A prohibition Law strikes a blow at the very
laws upon which our government was founded.”

 In view of the tattered remnants that remain of the Bill of Rights,
as a direct result of the War on Drugs, his assessment could not have
been more accurate.

 The frightening part, as was also true during the ‘witch craze’, is
that many of these people are so brainwashed by intense media
manipulation and propaganda that they do not even realize the basis of
their bigotry and the discriminatory origin of the anti-hallucinogen
laws. In their minds they are not hurting real people that matter but
rather subhuman criminals who deserve to be punished even more severely
than the law will allow. These plants and their people have been
unfairly villianized and demonized to such a degree that it is rare to
find an average person who can view them without an emotional response.

 Some of the more legitimate workers quietly persisted in spite of
the lack of approval via official channels. I am grateful for their
vision. Interest and research efforts have quietly been growing over
the last decade or so.

 We are once again experiencing a renewal of interest in this
important area as multidisciplinary work is throwing new light upon the
mechanisms of consciousness, the origin of religious and spiritual
experience and the long ignored role which hallucinogenic plants and
substances have played in the developments of both culture and
consciousness. (Terence McKenna has proposed even the development of
language.)

 For thoughtful and thought provoking [Note 73] essays on the role of
shamanism in early cultures as well as what it has given us that
persists through today, permeating, enriching and shaping our culture,
but usually not recognized as the progenitor, see LaBarre 1979, McKenna
1992, Wasson et al. 1986 & 1961.

 These works advance and support the argument that religion was born
not in some far off land of Eden but within the ‘Paradise’ humans found
within the marvels of their own biochemistry and their personal
relationship with their Creator (the Universe).

 Whether internally maintained or externally modified, altered states
of consciousness, and even normal waking consciousness itself, are
chemical products.

 Everything we think, feel, see, smell, hear and perceive is
chemically mediated and translated into conscious experience within our
brain. Everything we see, all of the time, is a hallucination,
assembled in our brain from the linear signal that our imaging system
creates from scanning the matrix of our retina. What we see is not the
thing itself but rather a waking dream that corresponds to what is
around us (if sane) [Note 74].

 The only real difference between waking and dreaming vision is that
waking vision is based on incoming signal (reflected light) while
during sleep we are relatively unresponsive to incoming signal and all
visual information is generated from within.

 In both cases, what we see is assembled and presented to us IN OUR
MIND and only APPEARS to be outside of us. This is not a trivial point.

 If “God”, or whatever word one chooses to use to describe the
Universe or the universal creative principle, does not exist within
each and every one of us as an integral part of our make-up, and if it
is not accessible to all, regardless of who or where they are, then
that “God” cannot and does not exist.

 If someone tells me that I must go through them or their chosen
representatives to interact with the Universal One, they are trying to
lead me astray. I will not willingly or knowingly worship such false
and man-made gods.

 The sacramental plants often promote a pronounced enhancement of
spiritual and inspirational perceptions. This has been refuted by a
number of researchers who noted no such effects. Roland Fischer may
have hit the nail on the head when he noted that some people (he calls
them eidetic types) have an increased propensity towards creativity,
inspiration and visionary experiences and others do not. The first
group will find these perceptions and experiences enhanced while the
second will not.

 Mescaline and peyote may enhance what is there but they will not
create something that is not there to begin with.

 This is not to say the experience is without benefit to all. Some
simply benefit in ways that are apparently not available to others. I
like to think that everyone has the potential for these experiences but
apparently they either do not or, more likely, do not allow it as a
possibility.

 It reminds me of the observation attributed to Alan Watts that “when
you get the message it is time to hang up the phone.” [Note 75] This
comes from the same person who supposedly referred to the amazingly
wondrous DMT [Note 76] as “relatively uninteresting” (and who also
purportedly has worked as an intelligence operative).

 While I understand his sentiment, for me it is not a matter of some
mysterious and limited message, although this may hold true for some
people.

 Most people do not “get” DMT because they simply do not ingest
enough to understand what it does. Instead they taste of its periphery
and due variously to either its abruptness, distractiveness,
short-duration, overwhelming intensity, extreme weirdness or some other
factor they can’t assimilate – often simply for lack of reference
points – mistakenly conclude it is of no value and never penetrate
deeper into its mystery.

 I find new information and learning opportunities unique to EVERY
spiritual experience, no matter how or where it originated.

 I do not rely or depend on any plant or substance for these
experiences but, while my use is normally infrequent, I also do not
perceive them to contain any type of limited or bounded ‘information’.

 Nor do I believe my avenues of available spiritual techniques are to
be limited by and based upon the decisions of those of other faiths or
upon their limits of perception or their perceived ‘political
correctness’ [Note 77].

 Entheogens are simply tools, actually biochemical software for our
nervous system, for exploring our consciousness and our relationship to
the Universe and our creator. They should not be overused, given
unrealistic expectations of what they can or cannot do, or be expected
to somehow do the work for us. They do not, they are simply teachers
and vehicles into a sacred space of expanded possibilities. Who we are
and what we do is what matters. Use of these drugs can augment but can
never take the place of inner work. We must do the actual work both
while ‘in state’ and, more importantly, when we return.

 I consider the act sacred but not in some dead and somber fashion.

 To me, it is alive and vibrant. For me, it is this way with
everything sacred that is real and true. The deadly serious and somber
tones that characterize worship for some people may be right for them
but I find much of what is portrayed as sacred to be a worship and
glorification of death, misery and suffering.

 Anna Lee Skarin may have best summed up the difference between the
two groups of Christians one frequently encounters as being most easily
determined by which they hold most important; the joyous celebration of
the sacredness of life, the resurrection and the empty cross
symbolizing the triumph over death or whether their focus is on the
blood sacrifice, Christ’s death, misery and suffering, venerating his
dying body willingly hanging in bloody agony from the cross.

 This is not an insignificant difference in viewpoints. While their
message is purported to be one of love, peace, stewardship and
brotherhood, the second historically has seemed to be all too willing
and eager to inflict suffering and misery on all they encounter who do
not agree with them.

 Consider a portion of the text of the “Requirement”, a standard
legal document presented, without translation, to Peruvian people being
demanded to accept Christianity by the Spanish invaders:

 “If you do not accept the faith or if you maliciously delay in doing
so, I certify that with God’s help I will advance powerfully against
you and make war on you wherever and however I am able, and will
subject you to the yoke and obedience of the Church and of their
majesties and take your women and children as slaves and dispose of
them as their majesties may order, and I will take your possessions and
do all the harm and damage that I can.”( Davis1997)

 This has not changed in either substance or intent; it has only been
modified into a modern and more socially acceptable format.

 In an all-too-real sense their victims are simply modern and
socially acceptable forms of literal human sacrifice. Lives are not
always taken but a life destroyed or a person who is no longer
considered a person or who cannot contribute to society or to their
family is still a very real loss of life.

 For those who doubt that this IS a cultural purge, take a look at
the thought, motivation and sentiment behind it and consider these
comments, all spoken quite seriously, by just a few supporters and
champions of the “Drug Wars” (most were included by Szasz and/or
Miller):

 The Doctrines and Discipline of the Methodist Episcopal Church,
1932: “We regard voluntary total abstinence from all intoxicants as the
obligation [Note 78] of the citizen, and the complete legal prohibition
of the traffic in alcoholic drinks as the duty of the civil
government.”

 Richard Nixon (1971): “America’s Public Enemy No. 1 is drug abuse.”

 Malcom Easterlin (1941) [Title of article in Scribner’s Commentator]
“Peyote – Indian Problem #1.”

 George Bush (1989):

 [Drugs] “have no conscience…They just murder people.” Bush has
also been quoted as claiming “Casual drug use is responsible for the
casualties of the drug war…Dabblers in drugs bear responsibility for
the blood being spilled.” [Ed.: How is this so different from “I can’t
stop hurting you unless you do as I say” or “It’s your fault I’m
hitting you”?]

 Orrin Hatch (On PBS’s Frontline “The War on Marijuana”):

 “Keep in mind, these growers and these pushers – they’re killing our
kids.

 They’re the reason we have such a drug culture in this society,
that’s just wrecking this country in a lot of respects. [Ed.: Talk
about confusing cause & effect!]

 In all honesty I think that when you have people who are pushing
drugs on our kids, who are pushing at all, we ought to get tough as
nails on them […] we ought to lock them up and throw away the key.”

 George Bush (excerpted on tape – “The Hemp Revolution”): “Our nation
has zero tolerance for casual drug use…If you do drugs you will be
caught and when you’re caught, you will be punished…Now I can imagine
a few whispers out there, we’ll never get drugs under control, it’s too
easy to get dealers back on the street, well those days are over too;
the revolving door just jammed. Some think there won’t be enough room
for them in jail. We’ll make room – we’re almost doubling prison space.
Some think there aren’t enough prosecutors – we’ll hire them with the
largest increase in Federal prosecutors in history.”

 [At this point the narrator stated that at THAT time 20% of all
Federal convictions were marijuana related, with 440,000 arrests, of
mainly young people, every year in the US for marijuana. Ed.: As of
1993 over 60% of all prisoners in Federal facilities were incarcerated
on drug related charges. In 1999, 87% of all drug related arrests were
for simple possession.

 Thanks to mandatory minimums, the abolition of parole in drug cases,
and modifications of the federal conspiracy laws, we are witnessing the
birth of the American Gulag.]

 Nancy Reagan (1988): “Any user of illicit drugs is an accomplice to
murder.”

 Darrell Gates (1990 – former Los Angeles chief of police and founder
of the DARE program [Note 79]; speaking to the US Senate): “…casual
user and what you do with the whole group. The casual user ought to be
taken out and shot, because he or she has no reason for using drugs.”
Gates later emphasized that he was serious when making that statement
and that marijuana smokers were guilty of treason.

 William Bennet (1990 – nicotine addict and former Drug Czar): “It
[drug abuse] is a product of the Great Deceiver….We need to bring to
these people in need the God who heals.”

 and in 1989, “The casual adult user is in some ways the most
dangerous person because that person is a carrier. First use invariably
involves the free and enthusiastic offer of a drug by a friend. This
friend – or ‘carrier’, in epidemiological terms – is seldom a hard-core
addict…A nonaddict’s drug use, in other words, is highly contagious.”

 William Bennet has also stated (in an interview with David Brinkley)
that ethically no trial is required before killing citizens suspected
of dealing drugs [Ed.: the important word here is ‘suspected’], later
stating of drug dealers, “You deserve to die”, and expressing
satisfaction when some suspected drug dealers were murdered. [Again the
key word is ‘suspected’.]

 Myles Ambrose, Special Attorney General in charge of the Office for
Drug Abuse (1973): “Drug people are the very vermin of humanity…”
[Where have we heard these words before?]

 Anonymous comment taken in a Gallup poll (1973): “The seller of
drugs is not human…therefore he should be removed from society.”

 Neil McCafrey (1973 – letter to editor, National Review): “Alcohol
is a good that can be abused. With dope it is otherwise…Taking dope
is a form of mutilation, and mutilation is forbidden by natural law.”

 Edward Koch (1984 – commenting on a deliberate suicide that used an
overdose of cocaine and two other drugs): “[He] was killed by a drug
pusher. I believe the person who sold him those drugs is guilty of
murder.” Koch also expressed a desire for capital punishment for such a
‘crime’ on a national level.

 Rev. Jesse Jackson (1990): “Drugs are poison. Taking drugs is a sin.
Drug use is morally debased and sick.” and “Since the flow of drugs
into the U.S. is an act of terrorism, antiterrorist policies must be
applied….If someone is transmitting the death agent to Americans,
that person should face wartime consequences. line must be drawn.” 

 A.M. Rosenthal (1989 – New York Times columnist): “…denounces even
the slightest show of tolerance toward illegal drugs as an act of
iniquity deserving comparison to the defense of slavery.”

 Rosenthal has also written: “Inevitably the time will come when
people of the country will no longer stand for it. They will seek the
solution in death penalties and martial force. They will stop caring
how many prisoners are crowded into a cell or how they are treated,
just as long as they are off the streets. They will support judges and
legislators and politicians who understand their sense of hopelessness
against drugs and who will support repression as a national policy.
Repression will satisfy a totally understandable and justifiable public
sense of fury and frustration.”

 [Accordingly this person is a key figure in the Partnership for a
Drug-Free America, a well-funded propaganda machine openly dedicated
towards hate-mongering and shifting public perception into a
‘witch-craze’ mentality of ‘zero-tolerance’ by saturating the media
with a perennial flood of outrageous, unsubstantiated lies and
erroneous ‘facts’, often deliberately and deceptively fabricated to
suit their purposes.

 A telling fact as to one of the real purposes (anti-free market
activity) of this misinformation organ can be easily observed by noting
that half of their reported financial support comes directly from the
alcohol, tobacco and pharmaceutical industries.]

 Father George Clements (1990): “I’m all for whatever tactics have to
be used. If that means they are trampling on civil liberties, so be it.”

 One drug cop told a reporter “We’re talking scum here. Air should be
illegal if they breathe it.”

 Miller 1996 also includes similar sentiments expressed by an SS
officer concerning the Jewish prisoners he was in charge of: “Those
aren’t people – they have to be handled quite differently.”

 Glester Hinds (1973 – comment on Rockefeller’s proposal of mandatory
life sentences without parole for heroin dealers): “I don’t think the
Governor went far enough. It should be included in his bill as capital
punishment because these murderers need to be gotten rid of completely.”

 William F. Buckley (1973): “…it is not, I think, inappropriate to
suggest that a condign means of ridding the world of convicted heroin
pushers is to prescribe an overdose. …there is a rabbinical
satisfaction in the idea that the pusher should leave this world in
such circumstances as he has caused others to leave it.” [It should be
pointed out that NO ONE causes another person either to buy or to use
drugs. People CHOOSE to use drugs and those who do so ACTIVELY seek
them out.]

 Forrest “Chubby” Grigg (1977 – Sentenced to 5 years probation for
shooting his sleeping 20 year old son in the head for using drugs. He
plead guilty to voluntary manslaughter after the jury deadlocked 9 to 3
in favor of acquittal.):

 “I didn’t care what the sentence was. It didn’t enter my mind. There
wasn’t any question about me killing him.”

 “I would say I’d probably be condemned for doing it. But I had two
different men come up to me after the trial and say they came awful
close to doing that themselves…”

 After acknowledging that his son was not addicted and only used
marijuana and valium, he continued:

 “But my estimation is any drugs are dangerous. He was using pills,
marijuana, cheap wine. He was not on the needle.

 But you mix any one of those with alcohol and it gives you more
kick. He got to where he had no ambition or attention for anything.”
[Justification for murder? Apparently 9 out of 12 of his peers thought
so.]

 Miller 1996 [Drug Warriors and their Prey] mentioned some even more
chilling accounts: The director of the Bureau of Narcotics and
Dangerous Drugs told Nixon’s drug war advisor Egil Krogh that the only
effective way to stop drug dealers was by assassinating them. While he
later excused his remark, it was eventually discovered that such a plan
was supported by people in the White House and that the White House had
asked the BNDD to prepare this type of program. Krogh admitted that
assassinations of this type had been conducted in South-East Asia and
it was implied by his assistants that they actually were more
widespread, especially in Latin America.

 Dr. J. Thomas Ungerleider, a member of a governmental commission
studying marijuana, recalled a conversation with BNDD officials: “There
was some talk about establishing hit squads (assassination teams), as
they are said to have in a South American country. It was stated that
with 150 key assassinations, the entire heroin refining operation can
be thrown into chaos.” [Ed: With “150 key assassinations” it might be
suspected that virtually ANY industry, or even government, “can be
thrown into chaos”.]

 Reportedly the National Security Council, during former CIA director
George Bush’s presidency, prepared approval for death squad murders of
suspected drug dealers. [Once again the key word here is “suspected”.]

 If death squads have become an acceptable form of American
‘justice’, can fascism be very far behind? [Has it not already reached
us?]

 Is the rejected plan, offered by CIA agents assigned to the Office
of National Narcotics Intelligence, that poisoning illegal cocaine
supplies would be an effective approach to the drug problem, really so
far removed from the approved plan to spray Paraquat, said to be
undetectable by users if harvested soon after spraying, and to cause
serious lung damage if smoked? Is it really justifiable? Our courts
believe that it is. [Interestingly enough, the growing increase of
restrictions against receiving government benefits in instances of drug
convictions substantially reduces the federally induced cancer and
respiratory disease cases that federal health agencies will have to
treat and pay for in the future.]

 While murderous or, at the least, deliberately injurious, it is not
as if this does not have historical precedent. During Prohibition, when
liquor sales were made illegal but drinking was not illegal, the
government ordered the poisoning of industrial alcohol in order to
seriously harm anyone who drank it. “Denaturing” is still with us.

 As Miller points out, if a citizen attempted to take similar action
even if done to protect their life and property, they would be indicted
for murder (or at least attempted murder). Tactics like this could
never be applied without widespread public outrage in any area other
than substance use.

 Miller also makes the observation: “Murder squads are not allowed to
arrange murders; arson squads are not allowed to arrange arsons….drug
squads can facilitate crimes they “solve,” using informants to arrange
felonies on demand…informants can persuade friends to do things that
friends would not do for strangers….When law enforcement
agencies…become major purchasers of narcotics, they make someone…a
much more important-appearing dealer…had not close to twelve thousand
dollars of narcotics been purchased from him by the State… Narcotics
police inevitably are part of the ‘dope rings’ they themselves help to
create.”

 Similarly, it is well known that the DEA has operated chemical and
laboratory supply companies that provided people with manufacturing
information and technical assistance, enabling people to synthesize
drugs, and allowed them to get running long enough to make ‘worthwhile’
arrests.

 This included newcomers, amateurs and many others who never would
have or could have been able to do so without their assistance. The DEA termed their operations a success. As a cultural
 purge is less one of removing those guilty on a crime by crime basis and more one of detecting and removing an offensive ideology they may well have been a success, but if ever the word disingenuous fit.

 I know one person, who, while never dealing in drugs, not even being
a drug user, originally came from an area in Mexico where marijuana
production was the local economy and knew many people involved with
various aspects of drug trafficking. A friend from school, that he had
not seen in quite a while, knew all of this, showed up and literally
begged him daily for weeks to provide the phone number of a mutual
acquaintance, a pilot. Finally, my friend consented, only to be later
arrested, named as the ‘kingpin’ and eventually convicted as a drug
trafficker. The entire thing was a set-up, with his ‘friend’ attempting
to plea bargain his way out of previous drug charges by providing
additional arrests. The ‘drug ring’ that was ‘broken’ never existed. It
was entirely created BY THE INFORMER to save his ass. This is not an
isolated incident.

 The law has led to the creation of a class of professional informers
who create cases [Note 80] not only to save themselves but manufacture
new ones and make serious money. The abuses of this are rampant and
well documented. We will all hear more about this and property seizure
abuses in the future.

 Frontline on PBS covered the issue nicely in an episode entitled
“Snitch”; it is available as a videotape and on the Frontline website
at www.pbs.org.

 There has been more than one instance where investigations concluded
that any evidence of illegal activity was lacking and that the only
motivation for the raids was the uncorroborated word of a unidentified
paid professional snitch.

 In one such case, a 45 year old computer executive in San Diego was
shot three times during a middle of the night assault on his home by
agents equipped with night vision goggles and automatic weapons (in a
joint DEA, ATF, Customs & Border Patrol attack). We are unlikely to
ever learn exactly how widespread this has actually been as the
government quickly settled the resulting lawsuit out-of-court for $2.75
million with the stipulation that details of the incident never be
discussed in the future and that even the government’s reports of its
own actions be classified. According to the National Law Journal, an
unreleased DEA report stated outright that agents knew that the
informant, who’s word generated the search warrant, was lying and that
they knew this prior to launching their assault.

 See Levine 1996 for a disturbing account or see a US congressional
report he cited ponderously entitled “Serious Mismanagement and
Misconduct in the Treasury Department, Customs Service and Other
Federal Agencies and the Adequacy of Efforts to Hold Agency Officials
Accountable”.

 The National Law Journal released the following information after a
9 month investigation:

 In 1992, millionaire Donald P. Scott was shot and killed during a
middle of the night raid after an anonymous informant claimed he was
growing marijuana. No drugs were found. After an independent
investigation, the Ventura County District Attorney concluded that the
original search was an attempted “land grab” aimed at Scott’s 200-acre,
$5 million dollar ranch. (Needless to say neither the sheriff’s
department nor the State Attorney General agreed.)

 Use of confidential informants in obtaining federal search warrants
rose from 46% in 1980 to 92% in 1993. The number of federal search
warrants that relied ENTIRELY on the word of a SINGLE unidentified
snitch (now called a “confidential informant”) jumped from 24% to 71%
between 1980 and 1993.

 These issues are far too large to deal with here but it is worth
recalling the old adage “He who would steal from Peter to pay Paul can
always depend on the support of Paul.”.

 One of the most important questions remains unanswered despite the
Justice Department’s official rationalization affirming it as an
acceptable double standard:

 How is it that it is constitutionally illegal for the defense to pay
any witness for their testimony but is now perfectly acceptable if the
prosecution pays their witnesses [Note 81]?

 In some cases the government is on record as having paid convicted
drug traffickers hundreds of thousands of dollars, releasing them from
lengthy terms in prison (some were there on MURDER charges serving
multiple life sentences), and relocating them and their entire families
under the witness protection program, all at the tax-payer’s expense,
in exchange for their testimony.

 Or, how is it that widespread deliberate suppression of evidence by
prosecutors is well known and well documented yet is allowed to go not
just unpunished but is left unchecked? [Note 82] The phrase
“testilying” (meaning deliberately lying while under oath to aid in
acheiving a conviction) was actually created by law enforcement not by
the general public. [It’s just drug users; not really people.] [Note
83]

 Even a rational assessment of the current law is vigorously fought
against. As a multi-billion dollar industry has sprung up suckling on
the Drug War-chest’s teats, this is hardly surprising.

 Consider this though. If a person is denied the right to secure
property, is denied the reasonable right to housing they can afford, is
denied the right to employment, to education, the ability to operate a
motor vehicle, public health services, etcetera; what choice is society
leaving them except to be a criminal?

 And, is this not the plan and outcome of “Zero tolerance” fully
applied?

 Stop for a moment and consider applying the principles of automatic
asset seizures at time of arrest to other crimes such as theft and
fraud. Does anyone think it could be broadly applied and be supported
by the courts? Our courts do not always even consider it necessary for
a corrupt politician or most thieves to repay their victims or
surrender their ill-gotten gains, yet do not mind when a drug-using
person loses their home for growing or selling a God-given plant.

 Yet, if it is applied and supported by the Courts in this instance,
precedence suggests that it soon will be applied more broadly, if for
no other reason than to test just how far it can be. Already we see
cautious but similar in-roads being made into other areas such as fraud.

 Some have insisted that there is no different standard of law
applied or intended to be applied to drug violators than to any other
perceived criminals. Consider this (from the Anti-Drug Abuse Act;
Public Law 100-690 which passed into law in 1988):

 “The Attorney General shall study the feasibility of prosecuting
Federal drug-related offenses in a manner alternative or supplemental
to the current criminal justice system.” (Sect. 6293)

 Did I get your attention?

 Consider what was attempted to be included in this law (until
deleted by the Senate): The proposed legislation included a section
that removed the right to trial by jury and further specified that a
citizen could be declared guilty and sentenced without a trial. While
this provision was eventually removed from the bill, sec. 6480 still
specifies that in some instances a trial is not automatic but rather
must be requested.

 Already special “drug courts” operating in Florida boast nearly 100%
conviction rates.

 Just say “It can’t happen here”

 True Christians manifest Christian values to all people, not just
those who agree with them. Unfortunately true Christians are few and far between. (Its worth pondering Nietzsche’s claim that the
 last true Christian died on a cross.)

 Even worse, far too many decent people who are otherwise sincere in
their beliefs have been swayed by the long-standing example of those
who are not and have mistaken their perverted message for the truth.
When one is trained to be a sheep it is very easy to go with the flock.

 And, even worse, those non-users who do see it for what it is and
would like to object, do not dare as they would instantly find
themselves ridiculed, scorned and attacked. Lives and careers have
certainly been maliciously destroyed for very little in some instances.
As this is well known, few wish to join the ranks of dubious martyrs or
make such sacrifices for people they may feel for but often do not
identify with.

 As for a drug user in the group [Note 84], they will find themselves
identified as drug users, dehumanized and rapidly removed from
consideration, if not the picture. The loss of a job or a rented
dwelling from simply admitting to having been or being, or even if just
suspected of being, a drug user is commonly tolerated without recourse
in many parts of the country and is now expected should this involve a
drug dealer.

 There are many groups involved in this and I do not intend to single
out Christians for blame but as Christianity IS not only involved but
plays a very major role, not only with a long standing power of
influence historically but also currently, it must be viewed as a
factor. One of the most horrible things about this War is that much of
it is being waged by Christians against Christians. Not that this is a
new thing, of course. A common comment we’ve heard is that they are
“not Christian enough”.

 Some may feel I am too harsh on Christians and attack Christianity
itself [Note 85]. So far, this has been the primary criticism offered
by those who have proofed this text and offered comment.

 I have no problems with Christianity or anyone else’s religious
beliefs. It is the so-called and self-proclaimed Christians, their
interpretations and forced applications I have problems with. Or, for
that matter, any other religion who’s members want to impose their
beliefs over me without my consent.

 If they would actually behave as if they were what they wanted us to
think of as Christians, the world would be a wonderful place. It still
is, in spite of the very evil and, in the truest senses of the word,
satanic elements currently masquerading as organized Christianity.

 Hatred, injustice, discrimination, bigotry, persecution, intolerance
or outright condemnation of those different from oneself and ‘righteous
indignation’ are not Christian values in spite of the fact that many
have been embraced and perhaps even actively promoted as such since as
long ago as when Paul ‘miraculously’ transformed his intolerance of
Christians into intolerance of non-Christians (and apparently of
non-Jewish Christians). These are not values worth having or
perpetuating.

 A true Christian is supposedly identified by their love and
brotherhood [Note 86]; even for their enemies. They should know the
truth in their heart and not require the agreement of others to know
its validity. They do not spread deliberate harm, evil and injustice.
Nor do they unjustly deprive other people of things that are by right
theirs, such as freedom, property, jobs, children and the many other
things which the Most UnHoly War on Drugs maliciously cheats people out
of.

 The currently promoted phrase “love the person, hate the sin” is far
too frequently used in order to claim love for someone who is actively
being harmed as a result of their condemnation. ‘Love’ exists as a word
but the reality is anything but loving. The reality of this phrase is
simply a delusion to justify one being able to continue to consider
themself a Christian while deliberately and knowingly committing very
un-Christian acts.

 While self-proclaimed (and false) Christians are common, true
Christians are as rare as four leaf clovers. Many otherwise decent
people have been lead astray by the long-established doctrine of
intolerance and persecution of those who are different from themselves.

 I have actually had ‘devout’ Christians explain to me that the
message of Christian love and brotherhood was intended only for those
who are also Christians. They somehow could not see the hypocrisy in
their words.

 I do not condemn these people for their blindness. I only discuss
them for who they are and hope that their eyes are someday, somehow,
opened to the truth of the horrendous and hideous evil that they
mistakenly promote in the name of ‘Christ’.

 People too often forget that the foundation of what gave birth to
modern Christianity was not one of the free choice by the citizens of
Rome but rather one of a people declared to be Constantine’s flavor of
Christianity. What had been formalized as the ritual persecution of
Christians and other enemies of Rome became that of the ritual
persecution of non-Christians, unapproved Christian sects and other
perceived enemies of the pax roman. The players, their actions and the
intent were unchanged, only the mask they wore was altered [Note 87].

 Life is joyous and filled with beauty. Life should be celebrated
with joy and thankfulness, not a promotion or glorification of death.
There is enough death & suffering in the world without actively
trying to promote it. Iron fisted control and brutal subjugation of any
opposition, or threat to its control, was the way of the Romans and
later, the Roman Catholic Church; it was never a part of the teachings
of Christ.

 Life should be centered around tolerance, love and forgiveness. Not
bigotry, hatred and condemnation.

 I find that Peyote and the sacramental plants reinforce and enhance
this perception. They do not create it. Beauty, sacredness and the
wondrousness of life exist. If people choose to ignore or disregard it,
this is their choice. The beauty is there whether they see it or not.
Their limited range of perceptions should not be forced down the
throats of those of us who do not agree.

 We each respond differently to drugs. Some loathe life and prefer to
dull themselves and their perceptions with alcohol. I abhor this
approach but do not condemn others for it. What is needed is some
tolerance and respect for each other’s right to worship (or not
worship) and to experience life in whatever way we believe best so long
as we cause no harm to others.

 Restrictions against entheogen use may be currently misrepresented
and erroneously promoted as a public health issue but this does not
alter or affect the impetus and source of origin of their prohibition.

 As noted elsewhere here, despite repeated claims that it was
inappropriate use that caused the passage of modern anti-hallucinogen
laws, the truth of the matter is that this issue arose because of WHO
was using these drugs and WHY they were using them, not HOW they were
using them.

 Despite admitting that she knew of no reports of overdoses,
illnesses or deaths caused by peyote, Jean Maxwell, a “researcher” with
the Texas Commission on Alcohol and Drug Abuse said that the use of
peyote among Native Americans is “dangerous”; apparently because she
fears its acceptance among them will cause peyote use to spread to
those of other cultural backgrounds. Her concerns about Peyote seem to
largely stem from it being classified as a hallucinogen despite the
fact that not one of the “significant problems with hallucinogens” she
mentioned has ever been associated with peyote (or mescaline) use by
either traditional or nontraditional users. Grant 2000.

 I would suggest that the same processes that created us have been
placed the hallucingens at our disposal for the purposes for which we
still use them. It is not something the universe somehow intended for
one cultural group and no other. It is thinking such as was expressed
by Grant which has caused some thinkers to refer to religion itself as
a cultural virus. If we were to accept this as reality one would have
to hold all religions in a similar light and insist that only the
cultural group creating a given reliion should be permitted to worship
in that fashion.

 The use of hallucinogens is not new. It predates even the idea of
Christianity by at least some millennia. It, and any other forms of
worship involving direct experiential spiritual perception, have also
been specifically targeted by organized Christians for obliteration as
competing belief systems and a threat to the monopolistic religious
control craved ever since Christianity first became formalized as the
State religion. This is not an opinion. It is an observation based on
very well established and historically documented facts.

 The idea that any valid forms of spiritual expression can be
legislated or proscribed is abhorrent, especially in a country that is
purportedly founded upon freedom of religion.

 Unfortunately too many Americans believe only in ‘freedom of
religion for those who believe as we do’ [Note 88]. I suspect that in
spite of the frequent criticism leveled against such groups as the
U.d.V., the Santo Daime, the Bwiti, the Tarahumara and the San Pedro
faiths for incorporating Christian elements and dogma, they would not
have enjoyed any toleration by the Church or by the government in their
native lands had they not formally presented themselves as Christians
and utilized their dogma. I also suspect that the NAC would not have
found the protection they did under US law if they had not taken a
similar approach.

 LaBarre’s comment on Christians perhaps being the best judge of
whether peyote-ists are Christians is almost comical in view of the
incessant bickering (and sometimes outright warfare) between the
various Christian factions about who is and who isn’t the ‘true’
Christians. With all Christians insisting they themselves are ‘true’
Christians, of course.

 It perhaps should be recalled that even Baptists were not only
denounced but legally banned from some regions in America’s early
years. If the suggestion was taken literally and applied in practice,
not only the NAC, but “Holy Rollers” and the Church of the Latter Day
Saints (Mormons) would cease to exist if their acceptance as a
Christian faith was allowed to be validated by the opinion of other
Christian faiths from which they might take away members.

 Too often people forget that it was an angry mob of Christians,
fearful that the Mormons were growing too fast and powerful, that
seized and murdered Mormon leader Joseph Smith, in 1844, while he was
locked in the Carthage, Illinois jail. Or that earlier, in Missouri,
the Governor, also a Christian, had issued an order, in 1838, that
Mormons were to be killed outright if they could not be driven out of
the state.

 The Mormons still exist, thrive and continue to grow in spite of an
unending plethora of charges of disingenuousness, bogusness, deception
and falseness leveled at them by other Christian groups since their
earliest of days. We will hear these words again.

 Similarly, some Appalachian Pentecostals still exist who, in their
practice of worship, handle poisonous snakes [Note 89] during the
services (sometimes even ecstatically dancing with them) and drink weak
strychnine solutions, in spite of widespread local laws forbidding
either practice. Yet even in those areas with strict and active
enforcement of the prohibitions these practices are still conducted in
secret services. The fact that even when legal, very few practitioners
will seek or even accept medical treatment if bitten does not support
the claim that the bans are necessary for the ‘public’s health’.

 Interestingly, the Texas State Comptroller’s office refused to
recognize a Zen Buddhist organization as a religious organization,
stating that it’s worshippers appeared [to them] to be “worshipping
themselves” as they lacked a formally designated Supreme Being.

 They further maintained that Zen Buddhism itself could not even be
classified as a religion as it lacked a formal statement of faith, a
formal congregation, initiation rituals, and an altar, ALL of which
they considered to be “forms” that were essential to any church.

 John Sharp, the Comptroller at the time, invoked what the ACLU
called an unwritten policy that to be a religion a group MUST profess
belief in a Supreme Being [Note 90].

 Apparently, the only ways for them to circumvent this was to either
pay the IRS $500 and gain tax-exempt status from them, which the
Comptroller’s office would have no choice but to recognize [Note 91],
or, interestingly enough, to be listed in the directory of religious
organizations that are approved by the Catholic Diocese (as some
Buddhist organizations are).

 A frequent misunderstanding encountered in the literature is that we
worship these plants as “God”. While they are held with the highest
regard, honor, awe and love this is a distortion of the truth.
Sometimes Native people may present this in ways that are interpreted
by White Christians to mean that they are held to be God. They may even
state it as such. Native people often view the world in different terms
and do not draw the same lines nor make the same limited
differentiations which many Westerners hold. It is more a matter of
point of view than anything else. Theirs is generally a more open and
encompassing point of view of reality and understanding that is readily
misinterpreted by the sad Western tendency towards lock-step,
reductionist thought [Note 92].

 It is far too frequent that the veneration of the Great Spirit seen
manifest in a thing of natural beauty or power is characterized by
Christians as some type of ‘heathen’ practice of idolatry or worship of
a rock or tree judged by the Christian as somehow existing and being
worshipped separately from the rest of the universe.

 In some ways it can be viewed as a god in that it is a face of the
sacred Infinite and offers us opportunity for access and healing.
Peyote is a teacher that may instruct us in the specifics of proper
worship but it does not misrepresent itself as a god. It is only a god
in the sense that we all are ‘gods’. Like us, it is a face of the
Infinite but not the totality. We all exist as smaller but somewhat
holographic parts of the whole. Entheogens simply allow us a larger
range within our experience of the Universe and our Creator during
worship or spiritual work.

 As mentioned earlier, not everyone is psychologically equipped to
accept this sacred experience. This can be very threatening to those
who hold to rigid and preconceived ideas about reality or self and ‘the
other’. The realization that the ‘lines’ between ‘self’ and the ‘other’
are rather arbitrary and artificial constructs, which exist only to
enable us to interact with the world, can prove a powerful threat to
people with limited world views, over-developed egos or a fragile grasp
of reality.

 Some people simply are not equipped to handle a larger world view.
No one has the right to force them to do so as it can be a very real
and destructive influence for people who cling to an artificially
constructed or false and limited view of the nature of reality as their
life-line to sanity. This is the primary reason that mentally ill
people should not use hallucinogens. For the rest of us they pose
little risk (other than legal).

 Some of us have no problem seeing a larger view and still retaining
the ability to remain ‘sane’. The fact that some people apparently
cannot experience the sacred as sacred does not alter its nature.
Sacredness is an inherent quality that does not rely on the observer to make it true. A sacred place will remain a sacred place 
 regardless of who views it and how they regard it. A masterful work of art or a magnificent natural creation does not require my approval or that of anyone else in order for it to be a thing of great beauty or power.

 The viewer only defines the viewed for themselves, they do not define its existence for the rest of the universe. Unfortunately in our culture homogeneity of appearance, manner and thought is held in high regard — if an idea is not shared by most or all is is viewed with distrust or flatly rejected without consideration.

 Just the fact that a person can experience a hallucinogen, a work of
art or a sacred place in whatever limited way is available to them may
have importance and value to them. No one can judge another’s spiritual
experiences or, more importantly, their worth to them by what others
hold true for themselves. No person (or group) has the moral
impeccability, the right or the wisdom to choose a religion for another.

 I hold this to be true of the sacraments themselves as well. It is
true that not all who use them do so with sacred intent. While I do not
personally approve, I also realize that this may be as close as they
dare come and even such feeble attempts may have value for them. It is
far less of an error for them to use them in this way that it is for
the sacraments to be forbidden for any reason.

 Some people are incapable of allowing themselves freedom to fully
explore the nonphysical. Some of them may be able to make only feeble
forays into that world but at least they are seeking in the right
direction.

 Even a shallow and feeble attempt may have value in and of itself.

 In the act of seeking they may find something that will correct
their erroneous beliefs. It was my heavily recreational and utterly
profane use of both the hallucinogens and many far harder drugs, during
my teenage years, that led me eventually to meet the Peyote in person;
to be shown that what I was doing was in error and to be given the
opportunity to be educated as to how I should approach it in the
future.

 My entire belief system surrounding entheogenic drug use was both
changed and born of that experience. While I do not condemn others for
doing so, I can never again consume hallucinogens for purely
“recreational” purposes, and no longer use or desire other drugs, but
will always remain conscious that this is an acquired and educated
awareness originating out of, but liberating me from, a profound state
of ignorance. What others choose is their business. I am thankful to
these plants for what they taught me. It is my belief that they saved
my life.

 Not everyone chooses to listen. No one has the right to force any
spiritual belief on them. The opportunity is there but it must be their
choice.

 Even if their use of these plants is not based on religious intent
they have a right to use them. Any prohibitions to the contrary are a
religious prohibition. Freedom of religion does not simply mean freedom
of choosing a religion but freedom from having a religion prescribed
for them. There is absolutely NOTHING inherently wrong with eating
mushrooms or cacti or using DMT [Note 93]. Altering consciousness IS
NOT WRONG. Nor is the natural world somehow morally wrong. All are
natural and normal.

 The use must be protected for ALL for ANY to have truly free access
[Note 94]. Despite how it has been painted to appear, this is not a
criminal issue but rather involves basic civil rights & liberties.

 This perhaps was best put by Jean-François Revel, in his classic The
Totalitarian Temptation: “Those who do not understand that freedom has
value in itself, though its expression necessarily produces evil as
well as good, are poorly suited to the culture of democracy.”

 While LaBarre’s divergent opinions on who should (Native Americans)
and who shouldn’t be allowed to use hallucinogens [Note 95] (everyone
else except perhaps artists and poets) will be mentioned again, it must
be noted that it is precisely this failure to accept the fact that the
responsible exploration of altered states of consciousness is a normal
and healthy thing and that it is the resulting failure of our judicial
system to affirm our rights both to self-medication and personal
control over our own consciousness and spiritual experiences that
repeatedly allows the NAC to find themselves unjustly dragged back into
the courts.

 Unless this basic human right is recognized and guaranteed for all,
even their protection is built on a shifting foundation.

 As mentioned above, even many of Quanah Parker’s direct descendants
are legally forbidden from such worship, on racial grounds, by Texas
state law.

 It is curious that in a land of religious freedom and purported
guarantees of equal rights and opportunities under the law that the
criteria legally prescribed by our state government for being a member
of the NAC is blatantly racist [Note 96] in nature.

 In one perverse twist a more recent move is to base qualification
for NAC membership on being part of a Federally recognized tribe. Which
leaves any group that was nontribal and did not enter into treaty
negotiations withe US government out of the picture. That interestingly
includes all of the indigenous people who were living in the south
Texas prior to the invasion of the “New World”.

 Or that this can be applied by a religious majority traditionally
bent on exterminating the same faiths but now attacking them through
legislation.

 The Greeks only required a vow of secrecy, an entry fee, that a
person speak Greek and had not murdered anyone, for the once in a
lifetime admission to the Eleusinian Mysteries. It is amazing that our
law makers somehow found it both necessary and proper to legislate
acceptable spiritual avenues in deference to the religious beliefs of
the majority religions. [Of course, a quick analysis would find that
most people drafting and voting on such laws belonged to that same
JudeoChristian majority.]

 Worship and spiritual experience by nature is a personal one that
cannot and should not be dictated, prescribed or legislated.
Considering those who do are invariably of an opposing faith (be it
formally religious or a secular view created from within the context of
a puritanical society and deluged with decades of propaganda) there is
an inherent bias and conflict of interest. This is unlikely to change
as those who have purchased control of our government, and hence
manipulation capabilities over our legal system, are not likely to
willingly relinquish their control.

 I do not advocate that anyone violate the law. It is a grim fact of
reality that the faithful of the myriad of PharmacoGnostic [Note 97]
approaches must do so to follow their spiritual path. This work and its
companions are offered simply to better enable people who choose these
paths to have a safer and more productive journey. While supporting a
redress of the law this is not likely to happen until the oldest
generations that are alive today have passed into the grave.

 The descendants of the same forces who have targeted our kind for
eradication, from their formation 1500 years ago in Italy, continue not
only to plague us today but have organized in such a way as to largely
direct and control policy making in our country. It would be a long and
protracted battle and both the resources and power of numbers are on
their side.

 We are an unorganized and minority religion with minimal, if any,
support or protection under the law. As such, we cannot even hope for a
fair day in court, much less for a re-evaluation of those laws that
suppress our beliefs.

 It is simply our tragedy to be born in these times. The true
believers will quietly persist in worship, as always, amidst secrecy.
Neither laws nor threat of death have destroyed us before and they will
not now. They may continue to destroy the lives of many individuals
among us but never the faith. This faith has always been here and will be here long after our society and civilization have faded from
 human memory. In this we can take heart.

 A few closing comments:

 I am in an uncomfortable and unenviable position of having to
criticize a comment by Weston LaBarre, someone I respect and who’s
opinion is overall held in the highest of regard. I find myself forced
to do this as it characterizes a frequently encountered attitude and
sentiment that not only misses the mark but is largely responsible for
the continuation of the horrendous social cleansing our country is
still attempting.

 As Dr. Szasz points out, those who decry the excessive actions taken
against drug users and drug dealers entirely miss the point that use
and sales of drugs Are Neither inherently wrong nor are they in any way
unnatural. Drug use has occurred for as long as humans have been around
and a trade in drugs is clearly evidenced to very early times,
including in Western Europe.

 Paul Devereux 1997 [Note 98] presents a nice overview and summation
of what is known concerning prehistoric use of drugs worldwide.

 Dr. Andrew Weil may have best summed up the current situation in
comments he made concerning marijuana use among young people and its
attendant social problems:

 “The desire to have altered consciousness is basically healthy and
normal. It can have bad expressions and I think in our society there is
no recognition of that desire and we don’t teach young people how to
satisfy it in healthy ways. It is obvious we are going to see a lot of
negative expressions.” [statement included on the video tape entitled
“The Hemp Revolution”)

 Unless society recognizes that this is indeed a normal drive and
expression of free will and begins to teach children appropriate routes
and expressions of experiencing altered states of consciousness,
inappropriate expressions are going to be at their highest possible
level.

 The idea that this is somehow aberrant behavior is common in our
society, even among some groups of users. Some KIDS use drugs
specifically BECAUSE they think it to be aberrant behavior.

 Noted authority Weston LaBarre, widely praised for his objectivity,
dismissed the NeoAmerican Church [Note 99] as bogus and disingenuous
and thus, not so indirectly, all non-Indian peyote-ists who are not
sanctioned by the NAC. First trivializing and invalidating them as
wholly (i.e. entirely and completely) synthetic (i.e. man-made or
artificial, not natural, often intended to mean not genuine [Note 100])
and ‘bogus’ (i.e. counterfeit or false) he casts further dispersions on
their intent and motivation by labeling them disingenuous (i.e.
scheming and dishonest). Is this stance (or its jargon) really so
different from those who dismiss the NAC as a “spurious’ and
deliberately deceptive portrayal of Christianity?

 Yet, as his attack was aimed at those (for the largest part) whites
who a substantial portion of mainstream society finds offensive,
neither bigotry nor bias is perceived in his words.

 Perhaps the most succinct analysis of this disparity was made by the
man himself in defending his own position.

 From pp. xiv-xv in LaBarre’s 5th edition:

 “Thus I defend the Native American Church among Amerindian
aborigines; but I deplore the “Neo-American Church” among Caucasoid
American who pretend to follow their “religion” through the use of
mescaline as a “sacrament”. Ethnographically the latter is a wholly
synthetic, disingenuous and bogus cult, who’s hypocrisy (one would
suppose) honest young people would discern and despise; indeed to it
could properly be applied the old missionary cliché against peyoteism
as the “use of drugs under religious guise.” Since the rationale in
both…is ideological, the discussion can be fairly ideological too. To
achieve this we need a step backward into Amerindian history, in order
to contrast Indian with psychedelist epistemology.

 Botanist experts in New World hallucinogens, most notably Schultes
at Harvard have repeatedly wondered how it could be that, given the
wide range of plant genera in the Old and New Worlds…and also given
the fact that in land area the Old World is larger…and that
inquisitive man has existed for a much longer period in the Old
World…the American Indians knew some forty local species of
hallucinogens, whereas all the inhabitants of the rest of the world had
scarcely half a dozen [Note 101].

 By no means have “Neo-American” psychedelists learned of all the
psychotropic plants that paleo-Americans knew [Note 102]…..In all
instances, …the mind-moving effect…was proof enough that it contained
supernatural mana or “power”. The epistemological touchstone for truth
for American Indians from the most ancient of times was just this
experience of “medicine power” – sought in some regions by all young
men in the ‘vision quest’ and everywhere at least by shamans or
“medicine men” – …. That is to say, American Indian religion is based
on direct psychodynamic and pharmacological experience of the
supernatural mysterium tremendum et fascinosum…

 With this historic ideological background, it is evident that
American Indians were Motivated to explore a plant world that afforded
such impressive subjective experiences, and this cultural disposition
may account for the surprising array of substances they did in fact
discover. By contrast, European epistemology from Heraclitus and the
pre-Socratic nature philosophers onward found the authority for belief
in the common koiné world of intersubjective experience, and upon this
world of group-validated experience [Note 103] Europeans have built
their science and technology. Thus, epistemological techniques among
Amerindians and among Europeans are diametrically opposed; the two
groups have quite different cognitive maps. Indians still actively seek
in peyote the supernatural visionary experience; but Europeans
strenuously pursue the sophisticated critique that seeks assiduously to
rid experience of idiosyncratic subjective elements.” [Bold face above
was italicized in the original.]

 Using the same argument of LaBarre, almost word-for-word in large
part, one could conclude that any and all Christian congregations among
the American Indians were “wholly synthetic, disingenuous and bogus
cult[s], who’s hypocrisy (one would suppose) honest young people would
discern and despise.” I would certainly never make this claim and
suspect howls of protest from all corners would greet whoever did.

 It is noteworthy that defense of this stance is always through
justification of the existence of the hypocrisy rather than attempting
the impossible proof of its soundness.

 The apparent premise of this justification for a double standard is
that native cultures in the New World often attached importance to the
individual’s experience and considered development of a personal
relationship with the Universal, and the individual’s experience in the
process, of value.

 Indeed the cultivation of this perception was stressed and even
actively promoted in some groups.

 I definitely DO agree with LaBarre that the most important reason
for the wealth of hallucinogens known to people in the New World was
directly related to the high importance they placed on this experience
and thus the enhanced motivation/openness to find them [Note 104].

 There is certainly no justification for thinking that there are any
fewer truly hallucinogenic plants in the Old World than the New. In fact I would suggest we would learn that the opposite is true if an actual broad based  phytochemical screening was to take place. The difference is not one of the numbers of plants but rather of the New World being populated by cultures which sought them out and for the last couple of thousand of years the Old World has been controlled by people who feared and suppressed their knowledge and use by eradicating people who used them.

 [Note 105]. Africa, Asia and Europe are all steadily yielding both
overlooked and new finds as research crawls forward despite its
considerable restraints.

 Western society, on the other hand, has long stressed conformity, if
not actual blind subservience to those in positions of power, and
affirms the existence and importance of the individual only as defined
by the accepted social groups they live within. Their importance
generally being directly proportional to the value or potential value
that they represent to their group. Individuals’ experiences are
expected to remain in the background unless they can reinforce the
group validated views [Note 106]. [A keystone between the disparate
cultures is how they have viewed the harmless portion of the mentally
ill population. In the New World, the harmless mentally ill were
considered ‘touched’ by God and living in a sacred space. In the Old,
they often were considered ‘possessed’, often by the devil or a demon
and to be feared, shunned or usually worse. It has not always been this
way in Europe. The variability of the popular view and treatment of the
mentally ill in Europe deserves a work unto itself.]

 More important; personal visionary experience or direct interactions
with the Universal are not only discouraged but intensely distrusted
[Note 107] in Western society.

 Let’s look at the reasons for this a little closer [Note 108].

 Nothing is more detested by those in authority than a person who is
self-sufficient and does not need them.

 Nonconformist attitudes are rejected and attacked, for group
definition and validation of self is a two edged sword. Any member of
the group who rejects the group’s definition of reality does so at the
risk of calling into question the values of the group [Note 109] and
perhaps even casting doubts on its validity. Since the group’s values
and the group perceived sense of worth absolutely requires validation
by the group, no member can invalidate the group’s beliefs and
conventions and be a member [Note 110].

 This is one reason that doubt or questioning of authority is so
hated.

 A good example of the importance of questioning authority can be
found in the Bible itself, but it is generally overlooked as such;
namely, the disciple Thomas. “Doubting Thomas” as he is now invariably
called.

 While his open doubt of Christ’s physical reality is currently
discussed disparagingly and often used as an example of weakness of not
just faith but of character, it is perhaps pertinent to note that
Thomas, and ONLY Thomas, was allowed the first-hand experience of
directly and physically TOUCHING the body of Christ risen from the
grave. This is neither a trivial nor an insignificant thing as all of
the other disciples had been expressly forbidden to do so. More to the
point, his direct experience did not weaken but confirmed his belief
that what he saw was real [Note 111].

 This brings us to another reason that doubt and questioning of
authority is so hated [Note 112]. Only an illusion needs to fear
justifiable doubt. Careful questioning will rapidly uncover lies and
deception. In all but a totalitarian situation, evil can only act
freely when it is not perceived of as evil. In the case of evil
masquerading as good, the moment it is actually exposed to the public
for the evil it is, its power is destroyed.

 In the recorded history of European culture, individuality has never
been stressed, much less promoted. The paradigm has instead been one of
subservience to authority, finding, knowing and keeping your ‘place’ in
society. This latter point holds a key to many people’s active
involvement as their ‘place’ is only secured so long as those around
them hold on to or ‘keep’ to their own ‘place’.

 The most important thing, concerning modern times that is,
conveniently overlooked in LaBarre’s argument is that the perpetual
existence of a group is based entirely on its ability to satisfy and
provide for certain needs of its members. Its gross and glaring failure
to do so is one reason that so many have rejected much of ‘traditional’
societal “values”, religion, medicine and many other forms of authority
in our society.

 H.L. Mencken’s assessment of religion (from Treatise on the Gods –
1930) still rings true today: “In Christian Europe…it is the
plaything of political charlatans, clerical and lay; in America it is
used as a club and a cloak by both politicians and moralists, all of
them lusting for power and most of them palpable frauds….it serves so
conveniently to give a high moral dignity and authority to this or that
faction, otherwise plainly in want of a respectable cause…”

 Too often they are (rightly) seen as greedy and hypocritical,
callous and careless towards any member who is not in a position of
leadership (and God help their ‘subjects’ or anyone that they decide
needs their ‘help’), their spiritual reality being readily perceived as
a shallow facade, its physical reality being too often a callous view
of life, the destruction and waste of natural resources, an almost
casual poisoning of food, land, water and air justified in the name of
profit, all types of excesses, over-reactions and harmful behaviors
excused for having ‘good intentions’ [Note 113] and far more other
abuses then could ever be mentioned in a short list.

 While it would indeed be best to attempt to change a group’s
agendas, the reality is that only those INSIDERS with sufficient power
and resources can have any impact and none would want to change the
agenda and reach where they were in the group. Rejecting the group for
its failure to furnish what it promises, we are left with little
alternative than to find and develop a personal relationship with our
Creator. Even if we were to remain with the group this should not be
considered to be a bad thing. Both stand to gain the most if we can and
do. [The present technological age is more largely and directly fueled
by consciousness expansion than the majority are aware.] Futhermore,
the answers to many of our present day problems can only be achieved
through a unification of our society’s disparate elements and not
further division. Only tolerance of others with different belief
systems can enable this to occur.

 Some of us have studied the great works and philosophies of many
other cultures and have conscientiously applied those principles which
we have found to be true. In doing so, we have not somehow assumed the
rituals and trappings of an ‘alien’ culture [Note 114], mistaking the
map for the terrain, but have instead embraced those core truths and
higher understandings that run through all true religions; those things
that should be cherished and which we know in our hearts to be true. In
doing so, we are forging a new and dynamic relationship with our source
of life, albeit one of ancient origins and intentions.

 Yes, for one raised in Western society it does in fact require a
diametric shift of world views. This is not a matter of simple book
learning, or parroting someone else’s ceremonies or rituals, but is one
of conscientious study, application and experience. Understanding is
not easily or simply learned, it can only be earned with dedicated and
focused effort.

 It is my opinion that the shift is to a more realistic [Note 115]
and less purely materialistic viewpoint. A shift to a more open, less
judgmental awareness. An awareness that can enable our society to
survive its potential evolution into a truly technological age. There
is a safety mechanism involved with technology which people often do
not want to look at honestly. If we are unable to deal with our actions
and their repercussions responsibly and thoughtfully, technology will
destroy us. The human race will probably still exist, but not as a
high-tech one [Note 116].

 Historically most Western schools of thought have shunned or even
forbidden all types of practices which expanded consciousness and instead tended towards a limiting or condensation of consciousness
 and awareness. Frequently emphasized was the setting of artificial constructs [Note 117] which better enabled the manipulation and usage of time and resources for development and exploitation. This is not unique to Western Cultures but can be found in many variations in any society which placed high emphasis on regulating, controlling or subjugating its populace or portions of it.

 The expansion of conscious awareness to embrace the world and
universe around you, allowing your ego and sense of separate identity
to drop away and experience the universe on its terms is indeed
diametrically opposed to what we as Westerners have been taught for the
last few millennia.

 Are we truly to be shackled by the limits of our forebear’s’
thoughts and experiences; simply because they were unable to grasp a
larger world view? Our ancestors lived in a different place and a
different time. We are here now. This certainly is not then.

 Western civilization has continued and expanded this differentiation
until it has divorced itself from the real world so far, it can no
longer see things as they truly are. Everything is objectified,
distanced and depersonalized, in the mistaken belief that only if we
are somehow separate and not really involved is any observation
meaningful.

 Ignoring the inherently delusional nature of the idea of
‘separateness’, it must be stressed that, in attempting to do this, we
have cut ourselves off from the most basic perceptions of what is
around us; our experience. Both ‘objective’ and subjective evaluations
have meaning and value, they just cannot be confused with each other. A
complete evaluation often requires BOTH, not just one or the other.

 While the adopted conventions have served us well in the birth of
our modern analytical exploration of the world around us, we have
reached the end of the road that the artificial constraints placed on
the Western mind can carry us. In many very real senses, chaos theory
(non-linear dynamics) represents a full circle return of physics to its
metaphysical roots.

 If one looks carefully, they will see that the important work
carrying both technology & social consciousness forward is, for the
vastly largest part, being done and driven by people who understand
this and have quietly expanded their range of possibilities in whatever
ways that they deemed personally acceptable to them. As not a few of
these expansions of thought have involved illicit substances, and
knowledge of this could easily destroy careers and lives, this is
usually kept quite secret and is not realized by most of the general
population.

 Not all are drug users; many techniques exist which can open higher
levels of understanding, including stationary or moving meditations,
martial arts (especially the soft or hard-soft schools), deliberate
trance induction, sensory deprivation, sound-light technology and
certain types of yogic, spiritual or occult exercises.

 Life is an ongoing evolving experience, and, most especially in an
infant high-tech civilization such as ours, when we sentimentally cling
to a mentality from simpler times, wishing we were still there, and
thought becomes static and stagnant, death and decay can not be far
behind. We have to live in the present. There are very real issues
staring us in the face that WILL destroy us unless we wake up and start
living in the present.

 The unfortunate tendency is for people to scream and say in effect,
“I don’t understand it! We have to control it! Make it stop!”

 Perhaps the worst flaw in such thinking is the illusion of the
reality of separateness and objectivity. We are here. We are involved.
We are not simply connected to the world but an integral part of it.

 Our problems are not going to go away from dissociating from them
and blindly lashing out or ignoring their (and our) real nature and
trying to legislate them into oblivion. If they can’t be integrated
into our collective lives and accepted as part of our collective
experience, there is no chance that we can address the REAL problems or
find realistic and lasting solutions to them.

 We live in the real world and our entire experience is subjective.
Unless we wake up to the fact that we can do nothing that does not
potentially affect the rest of the world, our civilization dooms itself
to drown in its own feces; materially, psychologically and spiritually.

 Technology has a price if we are to survive. That price is awareness
and responsibility.

 We cannot live in the shoes of our ancestors. We must build on what
they left, allowing our understanding to grow like life itself
continues to grow. But, it is insane to build on those areas with bad
foundations or foundations based on assumptions that cannot accept and
support the weight of either our present or our future. If we find that
what was previously held to be true is only a partial truth or a
limited viewpoint, it is not our loss but our gain if we can identify
and reject those false elements and incorporate this into a broader
understanding.

 People who saw or sensed this broader view of what was occurring and
dropped out of society [Note 118] with a sense of helplessness,
exasperation or disgust, are not all there are. They are selectively
and deliberately placed at the front of the picture painted of us so
that all the public is shown is ‘hippies’, nonconformists and
malcontents. This has tainted public perception to an extensive degree.
The truth of the matter is that most of those who have experienced
hallucinogens, and believe them good, are still in society, usually
trying to be as far removed from the ‘drug culture’ as possible.

 To be automatically dismissed as bogus and disingenuous speaks of
religious or social bigotry borne of a long-standing conditioning and
bias.

 Paul Devereux 1997, remarked: “I sometimes wonder if our culture,
acting in the manner of a single organism – in the way a crowd of
people or a classroom of students sometimes can – somehow senses a deep
threat to its philosophical foundations residing in the psychedelic
experience. This might help account for the otherwise irrational hatred
and repression of the use of hallucinogens, and the smirking dismissal
of the psychedelic experience as a trivial one by so many of our
intellectuals [Note 119]. Consequently, our cognitive scientists do not
explore alternate states of consciousness with the neutrality good
science demands, and the important writing and research produced by
many psychedelic experts remains on the fringe of our intellectual
life.” (p. 252)

 If what we practice [Note 120] enhances our lives and the lives of
those around us, as proper psychedelic use experience can be proven to
have done if evaluated with open eyes, how can it be so lightly
dismissed and condemned?

 Am I truly damned to be a slave to what some Greek philosophers and
their European followers dictated to be their world views? Am I truly
incapable of valid thought and spiritual perception?

 And is it truly necessary to elevate medicine, science and ‘Public
Health’ to the status of the new one ‘true’ religion [Note 121]? What
guarantee do we have that it will not match or exceed the abuses of the
one ‘true’ religion it replaces? Their track records so far are
certainly no more encouraging [Note 122].

 The fact that bigotry, discrimination, religious suppression and
prejudice are acceptable to some groups, and have always been
acceptable to some groups, does not make them proper regardless of
their historical precedent.

 It is precisely this tendency towards homogeneity and conformity, of
control, suppression, hate-mongering and rejection of anything that is different from group dictated norms that throughout human
 history has enabled such excesses or abuses as xenophobia and isolationism, the persecution of all non-Christians (or non-Catholics or non-Protestants or non-Moslems or non-[fill-in-the-blank]), the numerous witch-hunts that have plagued Western society [Note 123], the verminification of Jews, Gypsies, blacks, Mexicans, Latinos, the ‘contaminated’, the poor, the handicapped or the mentally ill, the McCarthy Era and guilt by association, the toleration and promotion of racism and bigotry of all kinds [Note 124] and most importantly today, the horrendously evil war on drugs that increasingly wreaks havoc and destruction on countless lives, our society, the family unit and the integrity of our Constitutional rights (if not the very survival of our country as a democracy) in yet another attempted social purge of those different from the mainstream of society.

 That this truly is a bias unique to Western society begs to be
questioned [Note 125] as this is a tendency of any society that
embraces authoritarian norms or aspires to; in the European and
American cases, that of predominately Christian control. Similar biases
can also be found in any non-Christian nation that exists with a
totalitarian form of government or who has modified their current
government out of one.

 Jean-François Revel discusses this deceptive lure of easy ‘security’
through the surrender of rights [Note 126], very eloquently in his
brilliant analysis The Totalitarian Temptation; later hailed by, then
ex-President, Richard Nixon as the single most important book he had
ever read [Note 127].

 It is my belief that this book should be required reading in
government class at the High School level. Our country could never have
so willingly embraced another ‘cultural cleansing’ or ‘witch-craze’ if
it had been.

 “The conflicts between those who have power and those who want to
take it away from them fall into three distinct categories. … if we
do not distinguish among them we are likely to mistake opposition to
absolute or arbitrary power with what may, actually, be an attempt to
gain such power for oneself or for the groups or leaders one admires.

 First, there are those who want to take power away from the
oppressor and give it to the oppressed, as a class … Revealingly,
they dream of the “dictatorship” of the proletariat or some other group.

 Second, there are those who want to take away power from the
oppressor and give it to themselves a protectors of the oppressed …
Revealingly, they dream of the incorruptibly honest or incontrovertibly
sane leader leading his happy or healthy flock.

 And third, there are those who want to take away power from the
oppressor and give it to the oppressed as individuals, for each to do
with what they pleases, but hopefully for his own self-control …
Revealingly they dream of people so self-governing that their need for
and tolerance of rulers is minimal or nil.

 While countless men say they love liberty, clearly only those who,
by virtue of their actions, fall into the third category, mean it.
Others merely want to replace the hated oppressor by a loved one –
having usually themselves in mind for the job.

 As we have seen, psychiatrists (and some other physicians, notably
public health administrators) have traditionally opted for ‘reforms’ of
the second type; that is, their opposition to existing powers,
ecclesiastic or secular, has had as its conscious and avowed aim the
paternalistic care of the citizen-patient, and not the freedom of the
individual. Hence, medical methods of social control tended not only to
replace religious methods, but sometimes to exceed them in stringency
and severity. In short, the usual response of medical authorities to
the controls exercised by non-medical authorities has been to take over
and then escalate the controls, rather than to endorse the principle
and promote the practice of removing the controls by which the
oppressed are victimized.” [Note 130]

 Szasz 1985: pp. 177-178

 One point which is too often overlooked is that much of this effort,
especially its expansions, are a direct result of what is accurately
termed ‘perverse incentives’ This can be encountered in any
bureaucratic system.

 It is widely believed that much of the impetus early on came from
prohibitionists creating employment for themselves and their fellows
when their jobs came to an end along with Prohibition. What is often
forgotten is that in any bureaucracy there are only so many positions
and the only real way to make more money, beyond paltry mandated
raises, is to be promoted. The eventual abundance of ‘management level’
positions creates a situation where the only way to do this is to
expand the size and scope of the agency and/or its activities, in this
case by making yet more things illegal and/or expanding enforcement
activities in other ways.

 The more things that they can be responsible for controlling, the
more funding their agency or department can receive. The more their
agency can grow, the more positions can be created for the ‘faithful
public servants’ to be promoted into.

 Similarly important is the absolute requirement of using the
department’s allocated budget to its fullest. It is far better for them
to go over budget than to be caught with a surplus at the year’s end.
In any bureaucracy, any department which is able to ‘tighten its belt’,
economize, save money and end up with a year end surplus will find its
budget decreased accordingly the following year. Only those departments
that can spend the most are rewarded with larger future budgets. This
is because budgets are based on ‘need’ and need is primarily based on
past expenses and projected ones. Any department dealing with issues
that the general public supports and which goes over-budget is
portrayed as needing a larger budget. As long as public support is
strong, the sky is the limit.

 Coupled with property seizures and forfeiture sales that have been
supported by the courts [Note 131] with even the flimsiest of
circumstances, there is serious financial motivation, at all levels, to
expand activity in any and every way possible.

 ‘Fighting drugs’ is a lucrative, albeit predatory [Note 132],
business with numerous satellite industries from those making
surveillance equipment and urine analysis tests to those building and
operating private prisons [Note 133] all of which are largely and
increasingly dependent on the Drug War for their livelihood.

 As with the current Drug Inquisition, the Inquisitions were
extremely profitable [Note 134] to the Inquisitors and this may go far
in helping to explain their duration, the ease of their perpetuation,
the unresponsiveness to rational public debate and the seemingly
irrational fervor of those involved.

 By no means are domestic drug producers, drug users, drug dealers
and the US Constitution the only victims. Nor are those involved
directly or indirectly with foreign drug production.

 In our War on Drugs, even language is a victim; politically correct
speech is now much preferred over the truth. Political correctness far
outdates the war on drugs but in the New Reich, this long standing
trend has gone ape-shit. Earlier instances created a situation where
those favoring conservation and responsibility became termed liberals
while those expressing a traditional liberal philosophy are now called
conservatives. Ideas of conservation, stewardship and other
traditionally conservative views became attacked, belittled, dismissed
and viewed as subversive philosophies [Note 135] by those who now claim
to be conservatives [Note 136]. Today, in a further move to homogenize
the population, even the use of gender specific pronouns and modifiers is discouraged on the basis they somehow demean us! 

 One of my favorite examples of the misuse of language was executed
by a local garbage company (excuse me, ‘sanitation engineers’). They
have taken to emblazoning their trash trucks with a loud pronouncement
that “Drugs are Garbage.”

 Curiously, in one early version, this was accompanying an image of a
single white buffalo in a small herd of brown ones along with the
perplexing phrases,

 “Be an original. You have a right to say no!”

 (Not only erroneously implying that most people use illegal drugs
but also confusing ‘rights’ with State mandated obligations.)

 This would be far more truthful if they said

 “Be like us! You have the duty to say no!”

 but this would not be so easily taken in a society that considers
itself to be ‘free’ [Note 137].

 Another wonderful example of the perversity of this was presented
during then-President Bush’s 1989 inaugural address; after declaring
knowledge of how to “secure a more just and prosperous life for man on
earth through free markets…and the exercise of free will unhampered
by the state” he went on to claim drugs were the nation’s number one
domestic problem and vowed “This scourge will stop.”

 While the irony may have been lost on many listeners, this is an
interesting comment coming from a man who had been a former corporate
head of Eli Lilly, pharmaceutical giant and legal producer and
distributor of pharmaceutical cocaine as well as the company who
purportedly informed the CIA that they would be able to furnish LSD-25
in tonnage quantity eliminating their dependence on the limited amounts
(at most pounds) that could be made available by Sandoz, a man who was,
prior to this, also the Director of the CIA, an organization believed
by many analysts to be the single largest source of illegal drugs in
the US since at the very least 1960 (including both heroin and
cocaine), and a man who served two terms as vice-president in an
administration which has been heavily implicated in operating a large
scale cocaine importation (as paste cocaine) and distribution operation
(as crack cocaine), ostensibly [Note 138] as part of an operation to
finance their illegal support of a Central American guerrilla war that
Congress had expressly forbidden be supported. A team player to the
end, his unconditional pardon of all involved with the sordid
“Iran-Contra” affair effectively eliminated any possibility of the full
story ever being revealed.

 In retrospect, his words almost could be made to appear to be more
those desirous of limiting or eliminating competition rather than
encouraging free-market activity.

 I would like to make it very clear that there is absolutely no
evidence of any wrong-doing on Mr. Bush’s part, nor do I wish to imply
that there might be.

 Szasz 1992:21 quoted Frederic Bastiat’s 1845 warning “To rob the
public, it is necessary to deceive it. To deceive it, it is necessary
to persuade it that it is being robbed for its own benefit, and to
induce it to accept, in exchange for its property, services that are
fictitious or often even worse.”

 One could easily insert ‘rights’ or ‘civil liberties’ for ‘property’
here.

 Oliver Wendell Holmeshas been quoted, “The blackest lie of all is
half a truth.” &

 “Let there be a clear and present danger before a civil liberty is
impaired.”

 Supreme Court Justice Brandeis observed:

 “…the greatest dangers to liberty lurk in insidious encroachment
by men of zeal, well meaning but without understanding.”

 Also from Szasz 1992: 45; another pertinent warning for our times
was made by Lysander Spooner:

 “No one ever practices a vice with any…criminal intent. He
practices his vice for his own happiness solely, and not from any
malice towards others. Unless this clear distinction between vices and
crimes be made and recognized by the laws, there can be on earth no
such thing as individual right, liberty, or property; no such things as
the right of one man to the control of his own person and property, and
the corresponding and co-equal rights of another man to the control of
his own person and property.”

background: Lophophora williamsii Jim Hogg County, Tx

Lophophora williamsii Jim Hogg County, Tx

 Random thoughts from a variety of minds

 “Psychedelic experience can lead us to the deepest depths and the
highest heights, to the boundaries of that which humankind is capable
of experiencing.” 
 Albert Hofmann 1996

 “God lives in a cow’s ass.”  Bill Hicks; from a stand-up comedy routine concerning the dung loving Psilocybe mushrooms.

 “One of the most interesting facts in the history of the coffee
drink is that wherever it has been introduced it has spelled
revolution. It has been the world’s most radical drink in that its
function has always been to make people think. And when people begin to
think, they become dangerous to tyrants and to foes of liberty of
thought and action.” 
Ukers1935 All about coffee, pages 15 & 17

 “For some time there has been a major attack on the Bill of Rights
under the pretext of the so-called drug war. Somehow the drug issue is
even more frightening to the public herd than was communism, even more
insidious.

 …It cannot be said too often: the psychedelic issue is a civil
rights and civil liberties issue. It is an issue concerned with the
most basic of human freedoms: religious practice and the privacy of the
individual mind.

 It was said that women could not be given the vote because society
would be destroyed. Before that, kings could not give up absolute power
because chaos would result. And now we are told that drugs cannot be
legalized because society would disintegrate. This is puerile nonsense!
As we have seen, human history could be written as a series of
relationships with plants, relationships made and broken. We have
explored a number of ways in which plants, drugs, and politics have
cruelly intermingled-….from the British forcing opium on the Chinese
population to the CIA using heroin in the ghetto to choke off dissent
and dissatisfaction.

 History is the story of these plant relationships. The lessons to be
learned can be raised into consciousness, integrated into social
policy, and used to create a more caring, meaningful world, or they can
be denied just as discussion of human sexuality was repressed until the
work of Freud and others brought it into the light. The analogy is apt
because the enhanced capacity for cognitive experience made possible by
plant hallucinogens is as basic a part of our humanness as is our
sexuality…” (pp. 254-255)

 “A global consensus appears to be building…For the first time in
planetary history, a defined albeit dimly defined, consensus exists for
“democratic values.” This trend will encounter real resistance from the
various forms of monotheistic religious fundamentalism during the
1990s. It is a phenomenon of expanded consciousness driven by the
information explosion. Democracy is an articulation of the Archaic
notion of the nomadic egalitarian group. In its purest expression it is thoroughly psychedelic and its triumph seems
ultimately certain.
 

 The “drug problem” runs against the tendency towards global
expansion of consciousness through the spread of democratic values.
There is no question that a society that sets out to control its
citizens use of drugs set out on the slippery path to totalitarianism.
No amount of police power, surveillance and intrusion into people’s
lives can be expected to affect “the drug problem.” Hence there is no
limit to the amount of repression that frightened institutions and
their brainwashed populations call for.” (page 268.)

 Terence McKenna 1992 Food of the Gods

 “Prohibition will work great injury to the cause of temperance. It
is a species of intemperance within itself, for it goes beyond the
bounds of reason in that it attempts to control a man’s appetite by
legislation and makes a crime out of things which are not crimes. A
prohibition Law strikes a blow at the very laws upon which our
government was founded.”

 Abraham Lincoln, 18 Dec. 1840 (Speech to Illinois House of
Representatives)

 All laws which can be violated without doing anyone an injury are
laughed at. Nay, so far are they from doing anything to control the
desires and passions of man that, on the contrary, they direct and
incite man’s thoughts the more towards those objects; for we always
strive towards what is forbidden and desire things which we are not
allowed to have. And men of leisure are never deficient in the
ingenuity needed to enable them to outwit laws framed to regulate
things which cannot be entirely forbidden. He who tries to determine
everything by law will foment crime rather than lessen it.”

 Baruch Spinoza, circa 1670

 “To forbid anything is to make us have a mind for it.”

 Michael De Montaigne, 1580, Essays, II. [as quoted by H.L. Mencken]

 “I’d rather that England should be free than that England should be
compulsorily sober. With freedom we might in the end attain sobriety,
but in the other alternative we should eventually lose both freedom and
sobriety.”

 W.C. Magee (Archbishop of York) Sermon at Petersborough 1868 [as
quoted by H.L. Mencken]

 “The passionate desire which…leads man to flee from the monotony
of everyday life…has instinctively [lead him to?] discover[?] strange
substances. He has done so, even where Nature has been most niggardly
in producing them and where the products seem very far from possessing
the properties which would enable him to satisfy this desire.”

 Richard Evans Schultes1970 Morris Arboretum Bulletin; Volume 21, #1

 “A poet makes himself a visionary through a long, boundless and
systematized disorganization of All of the senses. All forms of love,
of suffering, of madness; he searches himself, he exhausts within
himself all poisons, and preserves their quintessences. Unspeakable
torment, where he will need the greatest faith, a superhuman strength,
where he becomes among all men, the great invalid, the great criminal,
the great accursed – and the supreme scientist! For he attains the
unknown! Because he has cultivated his soul, already rich, more than
anyone! He attains the unknown, and if, demented, he finally loses
understanding of his visions, he will at least have seen them!

 So what if he is destroyed in his ecstatic flight through things
unheard of, unnamable; other horrible workers will come; they will
begin in the horizon where the first has fallen!”

 Arthur Rimbaud(age 16), a letter to his lover Paul Demeny, as quoted
by R.U. Siriusin Mondo 2000.

 “In researching the effects of hallucinogenic drugs, neither dogs
nor psychotics can serve as appropriate models for studying their
effects upon a normal human’s consciousness.”

 Barney Heffter 1994

 “The mind once expanded to the dimensions of a larger idea never
returns to its original size.”

 attributed to Oliver Wendell Holmes

 “Confucius said, “If a ruler sets himself right, he will be followed
without his command. If he does not set himself right, even his
commands will not be obeyed.”

 Analects 13:6

 “Confucius said, “The superior man seeks [room for improvement or
occasion to blame] in himself; the inferior man seeks it in others.”

 Analects 15:20

 I might note in passing that H.L. Mencken referred to the
pathological tendency to ‘reform’ others as “The American Disease”.

 “The more taboos and prohibitions there are in the world,

 The poorer the people will be.

 The more sharp weapons the people have,

 The more troubled the state will be.

 The more cunning and skill man possesses,

 The more vicious things will appear.

 The more laws and orders are made prominent,

 The more thieves and robbers there will be.”

 From Chapter 57 of the Tao Te Ching (Tr. Wing-Tsit Chan)

 “The more laws and restrictions there are,

 The poorer people become.

 The sharper men’s weapons,

 The more trouble in the land.

 The more ingenious and clever men are,

 The more strange things happen.

 The more rules and regulations,

 The more thieves and robbers.”

 From Chapter 57 of the Tao Te Ching (Tr. Gia-Fu Feng)

 “The more corrupt the republic, the more numerous the laws.”

 Tacitus, Roman historian, 110 AD (quoted by J.L. Hudson)

 “It is an act of virtue to deceive and lie, when by such means the
interest of the church might be promoted.”

 Bishop Eusobius (260-339)

 “If there is no struggle, there is no progress. Those who profess to
favor freedom, and yet deprecate agitation, are men who want crops
without plowing up the ground. They want rain without thunder and
lightning. They want the ocean without the awful roar of its many
waters. This struggle may be a moral one; or it may be a physical one;
or it may be both moral and physical; but it must be a struggle. Power
concedes nothing without a demand. It never did and it never will. Find
out just what a people will submit to, and you have found out the exact
amount of injustice and wrong which will be imposed upon them; and
these will continue till they are resisted with either words or blows,
or with both. The limits of tyrants are prescribed by the endurance of
those whom they oppress.”

 Frederick Douglas 1857

 “The observation that “he who governs best, governs least” should
not be taken to mean that anything should be allowed but that if a government operates justly and with the true benefit of its citizens
 in mind there will be no need for excessive regulation as compliance with the law will be prevalent and voluntary.

 When laws become unjust and intolerant, supportive laws and
regulations proliferate to give the law teeth to force its citizens to
do those things which are not to their liking. When laws and
regulations proliferate it is a sign that evil people rule the
government and hope to press their personal beliefs on others,
modifying their behavior so that their thoughts and actions will be
brought in line with a given norm. This encourages rebellion and
dissatisfaction for we are all individuals and not clones.

 The evil of the world desire us to be homogenous for then we are
easily manipulated for the profit of the powerful. If a system is just
people will follow. If it is unjust they must be forced to follow and
sedition will flourish.

 All people judge the world based in terms of how they perceive
themselves. Those who think that all are thieves are usually thieves.
Those who think that the world must be controlled by iron laws
generally do so because they, themselves, have no self control or moral
fiber. If there is not a set external standard to adhere to they have
nothing to go by as there is no internal standard of morality within
them.

 Those who continually find faults with others usually do so in order
to not find it necessary to deal with the greater faults within
themselves.

 For someone to insist that I believe as they do implies that the
validity of their system relies upon my belief. If their faith was
indeed true and valid my participation would not be required. The
reason my lack of participation is perceived of as a threat is because
it casts doubts on the truth of the system I reject. If their system
was indeed true, I would readily and willingly accept it, without laws,
without force, and without having to be told I should. As has been
stated by others, my religion is indeed that of the birds. They operate
as they should. Eating and sleeping when it is necessary. They do not
force their world-view on any other creature and operate within
accordance of natural law. The laws of God are written within my heart.
I need no other human to tell me what they are.

 So often the “law of the jungle” [Or now, often “natural selection”]
is presented to imply that the strong rule the weak and that only the
fittest survive. This is used to justify great evil in the world.

 If the law of the jungle operated the way that some modern business
people would have us believe there would be only a very few predators
each guarding a huge pile of rotten meat and widespread starvation.

 The fact of the matter is when lions are not hunting they walk
freely among their potential prey. While it stays alert, maintains its
distance and does not turn its back, an antelope does not waste its
energy running from a lion unless it is being pursued.

 Nor do predators kill purely for the sake of seeing how much they
can kill.

 The weak DO survive and often thrive. The only times that only the
strongest survive are in times of great turbulence and violence at the
level of the civilian population. In times of peace only the weakest
and slowest, the sick and the elderly die with any frequency. In times
of war it must be remembered that the strong go off to fight and often
the strongest, or at least the bravest, die; while the weak of mind,
body and spirit stay home to father a larger than normal percentage of
the next generation.

 If it was true that only the strongest survive there would be
nothing but strong. The truth of the matter is that it is not
competition that allows true greatness of a society but cooperation and
mutual support between its members. [This does not mean a person or
persons living at the expense of society.] Our country has excelled
only in those wars that drew the nation together.

 Anything that divides a society into warring factions weakens it and
threatens its existence. The strongest society is one where there is
mutual concern for all other members, not in terms of supporting those
who wanted a free ride or being concerned that others are not the same
as you but in terms of recognizing that what benefits some benefits all
and what harms some harms all. You cannot declare war on part of your
population without harming yourself and threatening the existence of
society as you know it. Civil wars are neither civil nor are they
healthy for any country. The scars they leave are deep and slow to heal.

 I have heard it said that Prohibition was a good thing for America.
Prohibition lead to widespread violence, drive-by shootings, open war
in the streets between rival gangs and founded a financial base for
criminal enterprises that established organized crime as the power it
is today. The black market it created enabled the generation of immense
amounts of capital which allowed them to bribe judges, buy elections
& police loyalty and operate however they saw fit. By maintaining
the illegal status of drugs we ensure that violence will be at a
maximum and criminals will make the most money possible. To support the
current laws is to support and advocate the proliferation of organized
crime.”

 Keeper Trout (1984-1992) [It might be noted that organized crime is
among the most active lobbyists for and staunch supporters of harsh
anti-drug laws. Such restrictions not only keep their profits high but
seriously reduce new competition and enable them to maintain a peaceful status quo with minimal cost and effort. Repealing laws against drugs & other “victimless” vices is probably the single most substantial blow that could be made against crime.]

 “It has been persistently repeated for years that in nature the
weakest perish and that victory is with the strong, meaning by that the
physically powerful. This is a false analogy and a false biology. It
leads men far astray.”

 L.H. Bailey (quoted by J.L. Hudson)

 “The law has no claim to human respect. It has no civilizing
mission; its only purpose is to protect exploitation.”

 Peter Kropotkin (quoted by J.L. Hudson)

 “Progress needs the brakeman, but the brakeman should not spend all
of his time putting on the brake.”

 Elbert Hubbard, 1923, Roycraft Dictionary and Book of Epigrams [as
quoted by H.L. Mencken]

 “I hear man cry, ‘Would there be no wine! O folly! O madness!’ Is it
wine that causes this abuse? No. For if you say, ‘Would there be no
wine!’ because of drunkenness, then you must say, going on by degrees,
‘Would there were no night!’ because of the thieves, ‘Would there were
no light!’ because of informers, and ‘Would there were no women!’
because of adultery.”

 St. John Chryostom, (345-407 AD) Bishop of Constantinople. As quoted
in Szasz 1985 [H.L. Mencken noted this is from Homilies, circa 388]

 “The simple fact is that, so long as they remain in the laboratory
or on the shelf – that is, anywhere outside of the human body – drugs
are merely inert substances. Heroin, cocaine and marijuana pose no
problems for those who do not take them, and, unlike the currently
fashionable “psychiatric drugs”, no one is forced to take them. Hence,
it is a grave abuse of language to call certain (illicit) drugs
“dangerous” and it is worse than folly to declare war on them.”

 Thomas Szasz in Ceremonial Chemistry, foreword to the revised
edition, 1 Nov., 1984

 “The person who uses drug – legal or illegal drugs, with or without
a physician’s prescription – may be submitting to authority, may be
revolting against it, or may be exercising his own power of making a free decision. It is quite impossible to know– without knowing a
 great deal about such a person, his friends and family and his whole cultural setting – just what such an individual is doing and why. But it is quite possible to know what those persons who try to repress certain kinds of drug uses and drug users are doing and why.

 As the war against heresy was in reality a war for “true” faith, so
the war against drug abuse is in reality a war for “faithful” drug use
[…] concealed behind the war against the politically and medically
disapproved drugs, is the war for the use of politically and medically
approved drugs.”

 Thomas Szasz 1985 Ceremonial Chemistry pp. 178-179

 “There is only one political sin: independence; and only one
political virtue: obedience. To put it differently, there is only one
offense against authority: self control; and only one obeisance to it:
submission to control by authority.

 Why is self-control, autonomy, such a threat to authority? Because
the person who controls himself, who is his own master, has no need for
an authority to be his master. This, then, renders authority
unemployed. What is he to do if he cannot control others? To be sure,
he could mind his own business. But this is a fatuous answer, for those
satisfied to mind their own business do not aspire to become
authorities. In short, authority needs subjects, person not in command
of themselves – just as parents need children and physicians need
patients.

 Autonomy is the death knell of authority, and authority knows it;
hence the ceaseless warfare of authority against the exercise, both
real and symbolic, of autonomy – that is, against suicide, against
masturbation, against self-medication, against the proper use of
language itself!

 The parable of the fall illustrates this fight to the death between
control and self-control. Did Eve, tempted by the Serpent, seduce Adam,
who then lost control of himself and succumbed to evil? Or did Adam,
facing a choice between obedience to the authority of God and his own
destiny, choose self-control?”

 Ibid., p. 175

 “..in 1527, Paracelsus, considered the greatest physician of his
time, declared publicly that ‘he had learned from the Sorceresses
[white witches] all that he knew.’” Ibid., page 63

 “Paracelsus (ca. 1494-1541) was a physician and philosopher of the
Reformation. To [him], medicine meant the all-encompassing field of
knowledge, including chemistry, physics and physiology, as well as
philosophy and theology.”

 Schultes& Hofmann 1992 Plants of the Gods p. 20.

 What is even more curious is that legal guidelines allow the
prescription of drugs by a physician for ‘legitimate medical purpose”.
A doctor who’s choices and prescriptions are questioned in a court of
law finds that these ‘legitimate medical purposes’ are to be legally
defined and decided by a jury made up (usually entirely) of
non-medically trained individuals who are in no way trained, much less
qualified, to make such judgments. See Szasz 1985 for an in-depth
discussion of this.

 Abraham Lincoln also observed: “No man is good enough to rule
another man without that other’s consent.”

 “Anyone who thinks hallucinogen use is escapist has never tried
them. There is no escape from inside your mind.

 When people like me trip, it is not fun and games. As Gracie and
Zarkov noted, I also am at least apprehensive (if not nearing downright
scared) anytime I approach a major trip. It is serious business, this
inner exploration

 Some enjoy free-hand rockclimbing, others the decathlon. Each takes
its own preparation, temperament and character or personality of player.

 My predilection is dosing.

 I might talk about it in loving terms, in terms of joy, but it is
anything but fun. Nausea and vomiting are not uncommon and the
experience itself can be very rough and utterly humbling. More often
than not there is the joy of having simply survived. The joy of knowing
you have lived through an intense peak experience. One that has placed
you at the edge of the universe, of reality, of existence. Merged in
being with the infinite.

 I admit to occasionally using sacraments as exploratory tools to
push the fringes of my reality. Some may like skydiving or
bungee-jumping; I prefer a quarter ounce of good dried ‘shrooms. I know
that it has been said before, but inner space really is the final
frontier.

 Standing naked and exposed, to the core of your being, before the
universe. Ego non-functional. Reasoning comprehension vacant and empty,
but filled with wonder. Mesmerized by the universes observed within the
smallest of things; unfolding in panoramic splendor before your eyes.
Enrapt, utterly helpless before the magnificence of that which is. And
to have seen it and been allowed to live.

 It is curious that, if the intention of anti-drug laws truly is to
protect us from ourselves, that stock car racing, skiing, rockclimbing,
skydiving, flying and any types of thrill-seeking or dare-devil
activities are not also illegal.

 Information, education and safety precautions all can minimize risks
to acceptable levels and psychedelics are no different. The current
laws actually ensure the most risks possible will be, at least
potentially, present when choosing to use entheogens. If protection of
the public interest was truly represented, moving violations, such as
speeding and reckless driving, would be serious felonies.”

 Pedro da Selva, April 1995

 “What about the highly touted $60 billion cost to business resulting
from lost productivity in the workplace? This number came from a single
study which contained a number of assumptions that the National
Institute of Drug Abuse admits were not valid. In this study done by
Research Triangle Park, nearly 4000 households were surveyed, and the
average incomes were correlated with the admission that someone who
lived there had used marijuana regularly. These families had a lower
income, and that decreased monthly pay-check was stated to be due to
the fact there had been marijuana use. When this figure was
extrapolated to the population as a whole, the calculations gave a
figure of $28 billion. Then there were added the costs of drug-related
crime, of health problems and accidents, and the number swelled to $47
billion. Adjustment for inflation and population increase increased it
further up to the oft quoted $60 billion. This shameful study is a
major basis for our crusade against the use of illicit drugs in
industry.

 This is the only study of its kind that has been made, and in this
study, questions had been asked concerning other illegal drug use. Had
the correlations used the findings that were made with cocaine or
heroin use, rather than marijuana use, there would have been no lower
average income at all. The only conclusion that could have been made
(with cocaine or heroin, rather than marijuana) was that there was no
cost to business whatsoever, from drug abuse. The drug that had been
used in the calculations was the only one that could have provided the
numbers that were needed to fuel the drug war.”

 Dr. Alexander T. & Ann Shulgin 1991 PIHKAL. From Chapter 42;
“Lecture at the University”: page 445

 “I have been accused of giving the message that drug use is okay.
Remove the laws, they say, and the nation will be plunged overnight
into an orgy of unbridled drug use. I answer that we are already awash in illegal drugs, available to anyone who is able to pay, and
 their illegality has spawned a rash of criminal organizations and territorial blood-lettings, the likes of which have not been seen since the glory days of Prohibition.

 Yes, it’s possible that with the removal of drug laws a few timid
Presbyterians will venture a snort of cocaine, but in the main, drug
abuse will be no worse than it is now – after some initial
experimentation – things will return to a natural balance. There is no
“Middle America” sitting out there, ready to go Whoopie! with the
repeal of the drug laws. The majority of the population will, however,
benefit from the return of the criminal justice system’s attention to
theft, rape, and murder, the crimes against society for which we need
prisons.”

 Ibid., page 446

 “Let’s face it, we’re all on drugs, all of the time…I’m not
talking about the industrial quantities of alcohol, caffeine, nicotine,
marijuana, cocaine, heroin etc. consumed regularly by mankind, but
about the DMT and morphine our bodies make for us and which we
“consume” all the time; or our very own sleeping pill, the endogenous
ligand of the Valium receptor (which may be Valium itself); or the
“anxiety peptide which blocks that receptor[…]; or our endorphins and
enkephalins (our own self-produced endogenous morphines;[…]) which
kill our pain; or substance P,” our own pain causing molecule[…]; or
anandamide, the endogenous ligand of the THC (marijuana) receptor;
[…]… The life of the mind, of consciousness, is a constant,
ever-changing pharmacological symphony, or to put it less romantically,
a never-ending drug binge. The urge to ingest opiates or DMT or Valium
is completely natural […] and as “organic” as can be – we are only
supplementing or complementing the drugs that make our brains work, and
these drugs work for us precisely because they are identical to, or
chemically similar to our own endogenous drugs. Researchers have found
“commonalties” in “drug abuse” irrespective of the gross
pharmacological differences between different classes of drugs […]
because on one level all psychoactive drugs are the same – they are all
fitting into our own brains’ own receptors for our own homemade,
endogenous drugs.”

 Jonathan Ott 1993 Pharmacotheon From the chapter entitled
“Proemium”: p. 37

 “…it is important to stress that scientific research continues to
reveal new plant (and animal) species containing illegal compounds.
Since controlled substances such as DMT, morphine and codeine appear to
be general mammalian neurotransmitters, dog and cat (or any other
mammal) owners are technically in unauthorized possession of illicit
drugs all the time. As we will see in Chapter 5, there are at least 89
species of mushrooms known to contain illegal psilocybine, and another
57 can safely be assumed to contain these compounds. This book mentions
250 plant species known to contain illicit drugs. Some, such as the
forage grass Phalaris arundinacea are common articles of commerce which
can be purchased by the truckload: some, like the psilocybian
mushrooms, grow adventitiously all over the world. [….] it can be
said that the laws interpreted as proscribing these plants are
“unconstitutionally vague” – it is not immediately obvious to the
ordinary citizen, nor indeed to anyone, just what is illegalized by
these laws. In fact, with the advent of the “Controlled Substance
Analogues Act” of 1986, any and all plant and animal species can be
said to be illegal, at the whim of the government.”

 Ibid., page 45

 To take this to the next level, consider:

 “Article 3 of the United Nations convention against Illicit Traffic
in Narcotic Drugs and Psychotropic Substances of

 1988 refers to “publicly inciting or inducing others, by any means,
to commit any of the offenses established in accordance with this
article or to use narcotic drugs or psychotropic substances illicitly”
and requires each party to establish such conduct as a criminal offense
under its domestic law.”

 “When considering the meaning of “public incitement”, the word
“public” can be understood to refer to an action taken in public or a
situation where the public as a whole is addressed. The phrase “by any
means” implies that the provision shall be broadly interpreted and
should cover incitement not only in public addresses or rallies, but
also incitement using any type of media, including printed,
audio-visual and electronic media.”

 “In some countries, the criminalization of public incitement to use
drugs illicitly may run counter to guarantees of freedom of expression,
either included in the constitution or embodied in statute law,
judicial decision or customary practice. It should, however, be the
duty of States to find a practical way of conciliation between the
contradictory exercise of rights. The freedom of expression cannot
remain unrestricted when it conflicts with other essential values and
rights.”

 “Governments are also invited to seek the cooperation of the
telecommunications industries and software providers in removing
illegal subject matter from the Internet.” [Stolaroff points out how
there is (conveniently) nothing in this that distinguishes educational
material from ‘illicit subject matter’]

 “The Board wishes to remind parties to the 1988 Convention that
article 3 of that Convention requires them to establish as a criminal
offense public incitement or inducement to use drugs illicitly.”

 Excerpted from the International NarcoticsControl BoardReport for
1997 (published by the UN; available at www.undcp.org) as quoted by
Myron Stolaroff, “The Hofmann Report”, in 1998 MAPS 8 (3): 35-38.

 Now consider the truly subversive attempted provisions hidden in the
“Anti-Methamphetamine Proliferation Act” (SB486) introduced by Senators
Feinstein & Hatch.

 “SEC. 205. CRIMINAL PROHIBITION ON DISTRIBUTION OF CERTAIN
INFORMATION RELATING TO THE MANUFACTURE OF CONTROLLED SUBSTANCES.

 [Note that this “certain information” is specified to be any
information (“in whole or in part”) and despite the bill ostensibly
targeting speed this includes any and all controlled substances
regardless of their level of scheduling!]

 (a) IN GENERAL- Part I of title 18, United States Code, is amended
by inserting after chapter 21 the following new chapter:

 CHAPTER 22—CONTROLLED SUBSTANCES

 Sec. 421. Distribution of information relating to manufacture of
controlled substances

 (a) PROHIBITION ON DISTRIBUTION OF INFORMATION RELATING TO
MANUFACTURE OF CONTROLLED SUBSTANCES-

 (1) CONTROLLED SUBSTANCE DEFINED- In this subsection, the term
‘controlled substance’ has the meaning given that term in section
102(6) of the Controlled Substances Act (21 U.S.C. 802(6).

 (2) PROHIBITION- It shall be unlawful for any person-

 (A) to teach or demonstrate the manufacture of a controlled
substance, or to distribute by any means information pertaining to, in
whole or in part, the manufacture of a controlled substance, with the
intent that the teaching, demonstration, or information be used for, or
in furtherance of, an activity that constitutes a Federal crime; or

 (B) to teach or demonstrate to any person the manufacture of a controlled substance, or to distribute to any person, by any means, information pertaining to, in whole or in part, the manufacture of a controlled substance, knowing that such person intends to use the teaching, demonstration, or information for, or in furtherance of, an activity that constitutes a Federal crime.

 (b) PENALTY- Any person who violates subsection (a) shall be fined
under this title, imprisoned not more than 10 years, or both.” [Bold
face emphasis is the editor’s]

 Text quoted was from the on-line version of SB486. While this was
later incorporated into the so-called Club Drug act, it was eventually
removed due to its obvious unconstitutionallity. Expect to see it rear
its ugly head again if it has not already done so by the time these
words are read.

 “In a recent interview with an American journalist, the chief of
Amsterdam’s narcotics police commented that the idea of a “War on
Drugs” reminded him of the Gestapo, German police who “thought they
could change society’s behavior. The police are a very dangerous
element in society if they are not limited. We know what war means…We
fight war with our enemies, not with our own citizens.”

 Jonathan Ott 1993: page 41 [I must concur. Civil War is never
healthy. Rarely, if ever, are they even civil.]

 Gen. Douglas MacArthur, made several comments intriguingly
applicable to the current drug war efforts:

 “It is part of the general pattern of misguided policy that our
country is now geared to an arms economy which was bred in an
artificially induced psychosis of war hysteria and nurtured upon an
incessant propaganda of fear.”

 “If you win, you stand only to lose. War contains the germs of
double suicide.” (as quoted by J.L. Hudson)

 There is also the observation that “Insanity can be defined as
continuing to do the same thing and expecting different results from
it.”

 Eric E. Sterling, who was council to the US House Judiciary
1979-1989 and was a participant in the passage of the mandatory minimum
sentencing laws, made this statement on PBS’s Frontline:

 “The work that I was involved in in enacting these mandatory
sentences is probably the greatest tragedy of my professional life…I
suspect that the chairman of the subcommittee feels the same way too.
There [have] been…literally thousands of instances of injustice
where…the lowest level participants, has been given the
sentences…intended for the highest kingpins.”

 “The war on drugs is one of the great evils of our times. Drugs are
a serious problem, but it’s very hard to tease out where the problems
of drugs and the problems of the war on drugs are not overlapping. Some
day there probably will be war crimes trials in which those responsible
for these crimes against the American people, and other peoples, may be
brought to justice…We have federal judges who have resigned, federal
judges who have wept at the bench….”

 “If we look at the way in which so much of our society functions
today, it looks like the kind of highly regimented Soviet system that
we were repulsed by in the early 1950s. Informants in the work place.
Fear of having conversations with people. Fear of our children
informing against us….” [Bold face emphasis is the editor’s]

 In at least one Roman Catholic school, Our Lady of the Rosary near
Cincinnati, Ohio, snitching appears to be considered mandatory.

 The entire grade was suspended for a day for failing to inform
school authorities that one of their classmates had brought marijuana
to school. They were threatened with an longer suspension if the 30
students and their parents did not attend a “drug diversion” program.
[See the 25 March, 1999 UPI release entitled “Principal’s Principle”]

 As Jonathan Ott and Jeremy Bigwood (&Clarke’s Isolation and
Identification of Drugs in Pharmaceuticals, Body Fluids and Post-Mortem
Materials) have repeatedly pointed out, at least one of the naturally
occurring neurotransmitters, DMT, is illegal (Schedule 1) and a felony
for anyone to possess in any form or quantity, unless said possession
is sanctified by the government.

 If average, the normal concentrations of DMT in humans is generally
less than one percent of the peak level experienced when administering
a hallucinogenic dosage

 This technically leaves all of us in perpetual and measurable
violation of Federal law [Note 139]

 

background: A Moche collection scene

A Moche lime-source collection scene

Field-collection scene taken from a Moche ceramic from Ostolaza 1998 Quepo, 12: p 64

 

 

 

Endnotes for Chapter One

 Note 1: Promoting (or at least allowing) direct experience of the
Infinite.

 Note 2: There is an old Chinese adage that “What is practiced
privately may be repudiated publicly.”

 One of the best protections for things that a person or a group of
people want to protect and keep secret (such as internal yogic
practices) is to publicly ridicule it and dismiss it as ineffective or
meaningless when they encounter it discussed or practiced by other
people.

 This can lead to a creation of two groups within the group, one
which perpetuates the outer form and the ritual and a smaller inner
group that jealously controls access to the understanding and inner
workings. The outer group may even be totally unaware of the existence
of the inner circle. This is a significant issue with some psychedelic drugs, in particular LSD and DMT.

 Note 3: And influenced directly by meditational practices

 Note 4: A common misconception concerning hallucinogens is that
their use is somehow escapist behavior. There can be nothing further
from the truth. They will often show people those dark corners of their
mind that they might lock away and prefer not to look at.

 More to the point, from inside of a person’s mind there can be no
escape, at least not until the drug wears off or its action is
overwhelmed by that of another drug; like alcohol. People seeking
escape from who they are or wanting not to face themselves are strongly
urged to choose other substances.

 I would recommend that a person use entheogens ONLY if they have a
strong stomach for the truth and a willingness to confront and deal
with whatever they find within themselves.

 Note 5: Some have claimed that “the Devil” or demonic entities are
doing the teachings. I do not believe this to be the usual case. If
this was the source where an individual sought teaching they might
obtain it. Indeed, one can experience nothing that is not in their
heart.

 Everything not rooted in the bible is considered demonic by many
fundamentalists. I do not agree with them, but I would urge this type
of person to never trip, for what they hold true in their heart and soul is what they are likely to encounter. 

 If they expect to meet the devil, their minds may well create that
experience for them. It will not be the drug that they have trouble
with but rather accepting what they find within themselves.

 It can not be helped if it conflicts with their beliefs which is why some words of caution to such people are necessary. 

 People like this do have a right to their beliefs and should be
cautioned not to trip. The light of truth could easily burn a hole,
large enough for them to see through any blinders and false beliefs
that might be present. This deprogramming capacity is why many in
authority fear these agents, most especially LSD – they want the blind
obedience that a psychedelicized soul will not allow.

 The truth does not need to fear the light of questioning. It will
remain intact as long as the questioning is not stopped prematurely.
(This is one reason why evil or deceptive people in positions of
authority so fear/hate being questioned.)

 Only those with the stomach for facing the truth with eyes open and working their way through whatever they do not like have any business tripping. (To those Christians who do decide to trip and run into problems; try prayer.)

 Whatever spiritual protection people feel true should always be
invoked before opening oneself to perceiving the infinite or entering
the spiritual realms via ANY means.

 Note 6: While this discussion focuses on the Christian church
dictating people’s religious choices, later, the medical ‘church’
dictating people’s health choices assumed a leading role in suppressing
the not simply the free choice of people but also their access to
accurate information.

 The trend continues today with medical journals frequently refusing
to publish anything that does not support governmental policy yet
freely publishing shoddy research if it had reached the “right”
conclusions. [Today anything trying to present a factual or even
balanced assessment is frequently denounced as “controversial” or
“sending mixed messages”]

 In some cases it is clear that religiously oriented people like
prohibitionists willfully and directly misled numerous medical
authorities as to the effects of some drugs such as peyote and
marijuana and their condemnation and fervent disapproval continued in
spite of the scientific evaluations of their colleagues who argued
unsuccessfully against them.

 A good example is Dr. Thomas S. Blair’s 1921 article in the Journal
of the American Medical Association, dismissing peyote as a frivolous
and addictive drug right from the beginning, with his title “Habit
indulgence in certain cactaceous plants”

 In this article he labels the peyote religion a “superstition” and
those who supply it as “dope vendors”.

 He also urged for a Congressional prohibition to overcome the “cry
[that] is raised that it is unconstitutional to do so and is an
invasion of religious liberty. Suppose the negros of the South had a
Cocaine Church!”

 It must be noted that, at this time, ALL who had actually studied
the issue were of the opinion that peyote use was a bona fide religious
practice and that it was neither addictive nor harmful in any way.
Voices to the contrary did so bereft of both direct evaluation, and
facts, and relied heavily on deliberately misleading and error-filled
reports from missionaries, anti-peyote Native Americans and
prohibitionists convinced that peyote was an intoxicant drug and/or
contrary to their Christian sense of ‘morality’.

 That this was an issue of the desired large scale control of others
was perhaps best summed up 16 years earlier by Senator Henry W. Blair,
“The temperance movement must include all poisonous substances which
create or excite unnatural appetite, and international prohibition is
the goal.”

 [In passing, it should be noted that temperance IS NOT prohibition.
Temperance is an act of self-control and free will; Prohibition is one
of enforced decree. While they often deliberately are, the two should
never be confused. What might be far more properly considered to be an
“unnatural appetite” is the pathological lust for control over the
experiences of others as was expressed by Senator Blair.]

 In many other cases, it is quite clear that the medical community’s
attempts to limit (regulate) and control people’s health related
choices was done specifically in order for them to assume (and retain)
monopolistic control by eliminating any potential competition.

 Note 7: Szasz accurately points out that the first defiance of a
substance Prohibition was that of the ‘original sin’ when Adam and Eve
ate of the forbidden fruit of the Tree of the knowledge of good and
evil. He further draws parallels to our situation in that God (the
Authority) finds it necessary to lie to Adam (His subject), by claiming
that it would kill him, in order to support his ban. The Serpent, on
the other hand, tells Eve the truth; that they would not die from
eating of the forbidden substance but would “be as gods’ and be able
see things in a larger sense.

 Szasz’ question of whether Eve actually coerced Adam or whether Adam
exercised his free will and chose his destiny is an important one. Too
often, we forget that the act of drug use IS a choice of the user; an
exercise of FREE WILL. Promotion of free will and knowledge certainly
have never been on the agenda of any groups in positions of authority.

 Adam is generally portrayed as tempted (victimized) by Eve who was
deceived (victimized) by the Serpent and drug users are referred to as
“victims” of drug dealers or sufferers of a purported disease (victims
if they succumb) that need to be and can be ‘justifiably’ treated
without their permission and over their objections.

 Interestingly, God’s response to violation of his substance
prohibition is rather consistent with that of modern authorities; harsh
and grossly excessive punishment – far outweighing the crime itself. A
fascinating part of this story is that God’s biggest concern after Adam
& Eve ate of the ‘apple’ was that they might next eat of the fruit
of the Tree of Life and gain immortality (something which had never
been forbidden), thereby becoming God’s equal.

 Also interestingly, there is a depiction of the Tree of Knowledge
with fruit that looks like Amanita muscaria (a fresco in the late 13th
century Plaincourault Chapel). While not accepting this interpretation
of this fresco (Samorini 1999), R.G. Wasson proposed that this plant
and others like it may have catalyzed the birth of religion itself.

 Note 8: King James’ “Counterblaste to tobacco” captured their
sentiment quite nicely:

 “…[why] abase ourselves so farre, as to imitate these beastly
Indians, slaves to the Spaniards, refuse to the world, and yet as
aliens to the holy Covenant of God?…Yes, why do we not denie God and
adore the Devil, as they doe.”

 Note 9: From Anderson 1980 & Stewart 1956 citing Licenciado D.
Pedro Nabarre de Isla, as translated and quoted in Irving A.
Leonard1942. See a larger excerpt from this text at the end of the
section on Lophophora williamsii.

 Note 10: Citing Las Casas 1909. Also included in Safford1916b

 Note 11: Excerpted from Coe & Whittaker 1982.

 Note 12: From Stafford1992 “Psychedelics Encyclopedia”.

 Note 13: In my youth, it was stressed repeatedly in Confirmation
class that the act of Communion was not simply a symbolic one but
rather, through our faith, the Sacrament was mysteriously and
marvelously (and wholly) transfigured into the actual physical body and
blood of Christ. We were also taught that magic and the supernatural were either false or at least wrong and evil but what we believed was purely spiritual and somehow not magical thinking.

 Szasz 1985 drew a quote from the 1552 Council of Trent that
explicitly states the seriousness of this view quite well:

 “If any one shall say that, in the Holy Sacrament of the Eucharist
there remains, together with the Body and Blood of our Lord Jesus
Christ, the substance of the Bread and Wine, and shall deny that
wonderful and singular conversion of the whole substance of the Bread
into (His) Body and of the Wine into (His) Blood, the species only of
the Bread and Wine remaining – which conversion the Catholic Church
most fittingly calls Transubstantiation-let him be anathema.”

 [Ed: According to Webster’s, in this usage, Anathema means solemnly
and ecclesiastically accursed and denounced, or declared to be someone
(or something) “specially devoted to evil”. To put this into
perspective, remember that this was being pronounced upon anyone who
did (does) not believe that the Communion sacrament they ingest was
wholly and completely converted into the actual body and blood of
Christ]

 Note 14: LaBarre 1975 describes the Franciscan Fr. Toribo de
Benvento as deriving it from “teo-na-m-catl” meaning “bread of the
gods”. In addition, other interpretations have been made.

 Note 15: Requiring the construction of networks of walkways made
from branches. A fascinating photographic study of the excavation of
remnants of one of these ancient paths and some wooden artifacts,
remarkably preserved, can be found in the county museum at Glastonbury,
England. [Update: I have since been told that this museum has been closed and the location of its contents are not known.]

 Note 16: Another interesting hillside image, the Long Man of
Wilmington, shows a figure nicknamed “The Surveyor”, standing holding
two rods reminiscent not only to some ancient surveyors [see Devereux
1997’s comments on some obviously surveyed lines and trance] but also
to the use of two sticks used to support the body during trance dances
(seen in rock art depicting human and zoomorphic images) and in
stationary (kneeling) Zorastrian [?] trance induction exercises. See J.
David Lewis-Williams(1981) “Believing and Seeing: Symbolic meanings in
southern San rock paintings” for the first, and for the second, see
Count Stefan Colonna Walewski 1955 “Secrets of Caucasian Yoga”. This
latter work is a treatise written based on teachings claimed to have
originally been learned from Zorastrian adepts in the Caucasus
mountains prior to the Bolshevik revolution.

 Walewski’s description of the effect of the exercise: “You will feel
heat waves, and electric shocks at the base of the skull, and in the
cerebellum and inter-brain and magnetic current flow along the spine
upward into the medulla oblongata, corpora quadrigenia, fifth and
fourth ventricles, corpus caulosus, corpora strata, pons varolli,
pituitary gland or body, third ventricle and pineal gland or hypophysis
(pituitary is epiphysis), also in septum lucidum and other parts, you
will hear a pulsating sound like a bell or chime and feel pulsations
with a sense of swelling or expansion of the aura, and sometimes a
feeling as if beating or folding of wings, of moving as if a bird was
clasped to the back of the skull or head – this is the KA or bird (BA)
of the Egyptian mythology. …if your knees rise from the floor or body
rises in the air, stop at once. – You do not want levitation to occur.
– The trance state however is healing, and gives the power of laying on
of hands or healing by so doing.”

 An odd side-note is that, until at least 1870, people saw a bird to
the right of the Long Man.

 A nearby dog, a hare in his hand, his navel and 6 characters,
numbers or letters between his legs are similarly believed to have
vanished from the Cerne Giant in recent centuries. (Suggesting his
original identity as Nodons. Helith was the name used in the 13th
century for the figure.)

 As all such figures require continual scouring to remain visible, it
is miraculous that any of the 6 known and visible images have survived
at all for the 20 centuries they are believed to have existed. Hundreds
more are believed to have been made and many could be recovered if
interest and funding existed.

 Known surviving images include 3 men (at Cerne, Plymouth Hoe and
Wilmington), 1 woman (at Wandlebury) and 2 horses (at Uffington and
Westbury). Another horse at Westbury was replaced (or at least
modified) by an Englishman in the last century. The Devon County Museum
at Dorchester has a nice in-house publication (our source for much of
this discussion) summarizing what is known about these intriguing
graven earth figures.

 Note 17: Renderings from the period are somewhat reminiscent of the
Snake Mound in Ohio.

 Note 18: Early drawings of this figure suggest that it was
originally more cat than horse-like, but this has gradually changed as
the outline is maintained by removing new growth of turf.

 It must be noted that older drawings, while more feline in outline
also showed an outline of a saddle. A curiously similar image sketched
into the clay of a Roman pot found near Ringwood, in the 1930s, showed
an erect phallus riding in the saddle. IF this indeed was its original
rider, it is not surprising that it is no longer visible as this is
something that would have been unlikely to survive the ‘moral’
cleansing attempts of the Victorian era. The Cerne Giant only retained
its sexual organs by a freak of lucky land ownership that prevented the
Victorian emasculation & defeminizing of all other similar images.

 Note 19: The right and ability to directly control both their
religious and spiritual choices and the determination of what they are
able to experience in the privacy of their own mind.

 Note 20: Balabanova et al. 1992, for example, did a forensic
analysis on the hair, soft tissues & bones of 9 Egyptian mummies,
dating from 1070 BC to 395 AD, and found significant levels of nicotine
in 8 of them and cocaine & hashish in all 9. The first two
substances are not presently known from any indigenous drug plants used
in northern Africa. These findings have been dismissed wihout
consideration by many people, seemingly on that basis alone, despite it
also being true that these reports have been confirmed by any
subsequent investigators who have examined material firsthand.

 Note 21: While we cannot know what was lost and we cannot assume the
path of another culture and remain true to our culture,
(non-fullblooded native Americans having no real single culture) all we
have left that is demonstrably real and vital is direct personal
experience. Even though some of us may be Europeans in background and
origin, our pre-Christian spiritual heritage and spiritual needs are
still real and valid. I am first and foremost a being of spirit and my mixed blood but largely European background does not somehow negate that.

 Note 22: At a ceremonial megalith complex at Balfarg, Fife, Scotland.

 Note 23: Similarly, the appearance of snuffing in western Mexico
(and its disappearance around 1000 AD), may indicate the establishment
(and loss) of trade routes for the as yet unidentified botanical
sources. [Anadenanthera seeds were a well known trade item in South
America from early times.]

 Note 24: Braziers being a common way to ingest drugs in earlier
times by inhaling the vapors when they were burned. Henbane, Cannabis
and Opium all are known to have been used this way in ancient times.
All three can induce mind-altering effects in the predisposed.

 Note 25: Many active substances were known to have been ingested
orally in ancient times including opium and hashish. Eating or drinking
of these two drugs has been far more popular than smoking them from
late prehistory until fairly recent times.

 The displacement of other cults by those using alcohol may reflect
the violent behavior commonly exhibited among alcohol users.

 Note 26: An archaeologically noted phenomenon that is only now being
considered important is the long-known displacement of the smoking
cults in Europe by the drinking cults. We only now are learning more
than just the fact that it happened. (This is similarly true of the
known replacement of the majority of the Anadenanthera smoking cults in
northern Chile and northwestern Argentina by snuff users.)

 It is an exciting frontier of research. Modern forensic technology
can detect traces of amazingly ancient drug materials and analyze them
with accuracy.

 This has been overlooked by most field workers until recent years.
The normal cleaning of recovered artifacts prior to cataloging and
preservation often carelessly obliterated a wealth of information. This
is fortunately changing.

 The recent finds of wrecked Roman supply ships, with cargo still
largely intact, should prove a rich source for determining the actual
pharmacology and composition of their inebriants.

 Note 27: One requiring ‘faith’ for its activity. i.e. ‘inactivity’
was the result & fault of the celebrant’s lack of faith; never the
inactivity of the Sacrament.

 Note 28: I must note my leaning towards T. McKenna’s portrayal of
Psilocybian mushrooms with this status and do not think adequate
attention has been given to his points that, except for their color,
these plants potentially fill the bill for being the original identity
of Soma as much as does A. muscaria. The likely reality is that the identity of Soma really has been lost forever.

 Note 29: Actually encountered in legends from well over a thousand
years before its mythical transformation into a Christian relic.

 Note 30: Mistletoe has always been held in high esteem and known for
its toxicity.

 Interestingly 1-Ethyltryptamine was reported from one species;
pharmacology is apparently unevaluated.

 Phenethylamines such as tyramine are also known.

 Deaths are also known from mistletoe consumption.

 Note 31: Others were found (at Shipton Gorge) painted primarily in
black; like decapitated heads that have been in the sun for a while.

 Similarly in South America, the “flying gods” of the Nazca are often
depicted with decapitated heads in their hands. Some additionally bear
them on their belts, a not uncommon theme in god adornments throughout
Mesoamerica.

 Note 32: Also said to be capable of reviving the dead.

 Note 33: I like this word and use it frequently despite it being burdened with “theological baggage”. I also like hallucinogen & psychedelic and think they are perfectly good words despite the pejorative connotations they have been burdened with. I tend to use them and “visionary drugs” interchangeably.

 Ott presents a full discussion of why this word came be be applied
to these substances and the inaccuracies of other labels. It might be
added that Ott has shifted toward using the word Psychoptic in recent
years; see Ott 1996.

 Note 34: A rather perplexing comment on this word came from Thomas
Riedlinger, editor of the 1990 “The Sacred Mushroom Seeker”, in a
letter published in part in Entheogen Review: Summer Solstice 1993.

 Among Riedlinger’s comments was the objection to the use of the word
entheogen as he felt it to imply the “inherently sacred” nature of
these drugs as opposed to them being “just potentially sacred depending
on set and setting.”

 I believe these substances ARE inherently sacred. The experience
people have may not be perceived of as sacred just as any other
inherently sacred act can be profaned by a callous participant. The
ability of a person or group to ignore, disregard or reject the sacred
nature of any religious and spiritual act, does not alter the
inherently sacred nature of it.

 This is true not only of psychoactive drugs and sacred places but
any inherently spiritual act, from eating and having sex, to
meditation, yoga and T’ai Chi Chuan, all of which are practiced without
any sacred intent by underinformed people. All are inherently sacred
acts and potentially spiritually enriching whether we choose to
recognize it or not.

 The idea proposed that these plants and substances are not
inherently sacred, that they are only sacred somehow dependent upon set
and setting, is puzzling.

 If they were not inherently sacred, it would not be POSSIBLE to
profane them. To profane something is to misuse what is already sacred.
The word profane literally means “in front of the temple” indicating a
sacred act performed outside of its proper place and context.

 To say that their sacredness only arises from the actions and
beliefs of the participant is as absurd as to state that a sacred site
is only sacred if the people who visit it believe it to be or that life
itself is sacred only if we think it is. Some things are given and
constants. They do not require us to exist. Sacredness is one such
quality.

 What is sacred does not require the human ego to make it sacred. If
one will take the time to watch nature and animals it becomes rapidly
clear that they live immersed within a sacred state. They eat when they
are hungry and they sleep when they are tired. They do not build
artificial constructs to delineate what is sacred and what is not. All
life is sacred. It does not depend upon us to believe this for it to be
true.

 Whatever limited expression people are capable of has merit in and of itself. Even if they do not perceive it as sacred it still may be of benefit to them. 

 By its very nature all Communion is a Holy act. That a person can
demean and degrade it or partake of it with no sacred intent does not
change its inner nature, only its expression and the range of
experience available to them.

 His comment about witnessing a partying fraternity member dropping
“a heavy dose of acid” and chasing it with two six packs and whisky to
get “really blasted” suggests that, besides perhaps being in need of
some closer evaluation about what he chooses to spend time doing, he
needs a touch more compassion and understanding of other perspectives
and spiritual capacities than his own.

 Not everyone is a climber of mountains, some would prefer to view
them from a safe distance, possibly even from an armchair in the warmth
and safety of their living room, and never enter into the life and
death reality of an up close and personal interaction. Appreciation of
beauty has value in and of itself simply for making people aware that
it is there.

 Some people drop acid, or eat mushrooms, and then vigorously attempt
to drink enough to blur what is encountered. For easily threatened
people this may be as close as they dare come to approaching the
Infinite.

 The idea, which can too easily follow, of selectively depriving it
to all but some privileged or ‘approved’ cult, class or group, who uses
it ‘correctly’ and ‘sincerely’, smacks of the same bigotry and lust for
religious and experiential control that the Church has consistently
used against the hallucinogens. A disturbing question rapidly arises of
WHO would decide who could and couldn’t trip and what criteria would be
used.

 Although it may be influenced by it, shamanic experience is NOT
based or dependent upon group validation.

 It was just such jealous possessiveness that enabled Soma to become
‘lost’ for so many years.

 Note 35: Additionally, far more toxic and dangerous components such
as Oleander are known to have been incorporated.

 Note 36: A 1997 find of sunken Roman supply ships with their cargo
of wine, oils and foods still, at least partially, intact should enrich
our real knowledge of what drugs were actually incorporated. [Note in 2014; I have STILL not been able to locate what was learned.]

 Note 37: Throughout its history not simply knowledge of active
sacraments was targeted but whenever the opportunity presented, any
other philosophy or religion, art, astronomy, medicine, mathematics,
alchemy and later science. Basically anything that did not entirely
support them and their views.

 Note 38: Which was declared in error as it implied that ANYONE could
some day be born Emperor.

 Constantinus and successors took great pains to exterminate any
schools of Christian thought not in line with their own.

 Note 39: Forms of which probably once accompanied and augmented
sacrament use.

 Note 40: Perhaps not obvious or even known to all, it has long been
known that the deliberate cultivation of drug plants preceded the
deliberate cultivation of food crops by a great many years.

 Even in prehistoric Western Europe, drug use and cultivation is well
established in the archaeological record.

 Opium for example is known to have been cultivated by at least 6000
BC and its ritual importance has been indicated both by its inclusion
in burial sites and by the braziers found in abundance within sacred
enclosures in megalithic sites in Brittany and Spain.

 Brewed alcohol showed up several thousand years later in prehistoric
times; first appearing in the Middle East and spreading westward. While
distillation devices for essential oils & aromatics are known from
as far back as 3000 BC (from the ruins of Mohenjo Daro in the Valley of
the Indus), the earliest known distillation of alcohol appears during
the 4th century AD. Rätsch 1999

 Note 41: An interesting look at this can be found by simply looking
at the views of the word ‘ecstasy’ and how it is defined by those of
the medical community who insist they have a right to pharmacratic
monopoly over our biochemical range of experiences.

 Ekstasis comes from two Greek words, Ek: “out of” and Stasis:
“standing”. Ekstasis is in direct reference to the supposed flight of
the soul from the body in higher realms of spiritual experience. [This
is how my Classical Civilizations professor explained it.]

 According to the Encyclopedia Brittanica: “Ecstasy (Greek: ekstasis,
“to stand outside of or transcend [oneself]), in mysticism, the
experience of an inner vision of God or of one’s relation to or union
with the divine.”

 This is interesting in comparison to Webster’s “n. A state of being
beside oneself: excessive joy: poetic frenzy: any exalted feeling. –
adj. ecstatic, causing ecstasy: rapturous….[Gr. ekstasis – ek, from,
histani, to make stand.]”

 However, modern medicine does not completely hold the same
view…from Moseby’s Medical, Nursing & Allied Health Dictionary.
14th ed. (1994.): “An emotional state characterized by exultation,
rapturous delight or frenzy” which is described as arising from the
“Grk, ekstasis “derangement”.

 Even more interesting is that strongly held religious feelings or a
belief in god are heavily valued in standard assessments of mental
illness.

 Note 42: Relying on Church representatives, law enforcement agencies
or public health officials for factual information about drug users is
like relying on a Klansman for factual information about a black victim
or intended victim.

 Self-serving inflammatory rhetoric and a personally beneficial
political agenda is far more likely than an unbiased presentation.

 It is clearly not to their advantage for them to be on the side of
Truth, or to enter into rational debate, in this matter.

 A perfect example of the length they will go to avoid rational
public debate can be found in Miller 1996.

 After a high school teacher had invited him to participate in a
debate with a DEA representative, he found that not only did the DEA
representative refuse to face him but the instructor found himself
contacted by four separate DEA detectives who urged him to withdraw
Miller’s invitation to address the students.

 Miller was informed by the teacher that the DEA described him as a
felony drug user who was seeking to recruit young people into the drug
culture! (All a total fabrication.)

 It is frequently reported that compilers of government drug archives
will refuse to include any text that disagrees with governmental policy
and that the Justice Department will even go so far as to suppress the
publication of any such reports whenever it is within their power to do
so.

 This latter trend has even been noted for the publishers of numerous
scientific journals!

 A note from page 31 of Miller mentioned that”After federally funded
researchers found the DARE program to be both ineffective and a drain on funding for better school programs,
 DARE fought against publication of the report, and the Justice Department refused to publish the research results. The director of the Center for Research in Law and Justice at the University of Illinois-Chicago described DARE’s action as “repugnant, out of line and very unusual”. After the American Journal of Public Health obtained the report and decided to print it, “DARE tried to interfere with the publication,” a Journal spokesperson told a reporter. “They tried to intimidate us.””

 This appears the normal response to anything critical of DARE. In
one case, DARE was even able to get the Washington Post to insert
libelous information into an article critical of them, without any
notification to the author! (The Washington Post settled the resulting
libel case, by the author, out of court.) When criticized about the
factually erroneous nature of the content of the inserted material
(after publication) the DARE spokeswoman, Roberta Silverman, claimed
she had been misunderstood and never made such statements. (A claim
disputed by the Post.)

 So much for the importance of truth in education.

 The ineffectiveness of DARE has been futher confirmed by nearly 2
dozen studies; close to half of which were never published.

 Interestingly, while they are less likely to smoke pot than their
non-DARE peers, DARE graduates have been reported as being more likely
than their peers to use alcohol abusively (if male), and also to be
more likely to use narcotic drugs and hallucinogens. Those DARE
participants who do use drugs also begin to do so at an earlier age
than their non-DARE peers.

 On the surface DARE appears to work only because it targets an
age-group of kids with very little drug use to begin with.

 Note 43: A similar tactic is currently being used in a very
successful attempt to illegalize GHB, a naturally occurring substance
normally found within mammalian nervous systems. A fascinating question
which needs a closer look arises from the fact that GHB forms naturally
in ANY dead human lending support to the claims that not all of the
highly publicized GHB deaths involved the ingestion of GHB.

 [As long ago as 1965, Monnier & Hosli suggested that it might
play a role in inducing and/or maintaining normal sleep states.
Interestingly, despite its proven efficacy at inducing sleep it does
not interfere with dreaming; unlike commercial over-the-counter or
prescription sleep aids.]

 To overcome their inability to regulate this well known and long
available ‘dietary supplement’ (readily available to the public and
widely used without ANY perceptible problems since the early 1960s),
the FDA has focused on intense lobbying to encourage legislators to
take action at the state level, conducted a series of questionable
arrests and even initially obtained imprisonment for some of its LEGAL
manufacturers by deliberately suppressing evidence and presenting false
testimony.

 During the arguments for a successful appeal, a three member panel
of judges actually suggested disbarring Sharon Kerns, the US attorney
who was in charge of the investigations and proceedings related to GHB,
due to her multiple instances of impropriety in the case.

 Among the FDA’s actions was the presentation of false testimony from
paid ‘expert witnesses’ who were evidently under the impression that
this compound (gamma-hydroxybutrate), known and evaluated in humans for
over 30 years now, was actually a new ‘designer drug’ and who appeared
to be completely unfamiliar with its decades of human research and
clinical experience.

 Prosecutors also first withheld critical information from the court
and the defense and then, when discovered, blocked access to ongoing
FDA-sanctioned INDs on the premise that they contained no relevant
information. The suppression of this information was crucial to winning
their initial conviction and its presentation crucial to overturning
said convictions.

 At that time there were 15 separate INDs filed with the FDA for GHB
and an overwhelming abundance of information indicating very low
toxicity and great therapeutic value for the substance. [An IND is a
formal request filed with the FDA to be granted permission to study an
Investigational New Drug.] 

 The mainstream press has, as usual, missed all but the
demonification of this valuable substance.

 See the 1997 Life Enhancement 34:18-23 and/or Dean et al. 1998 for
more information on this substance, this subject, and the opposition to
it.

 Objective study is needed but unlikely to happen via any mainstream
channels.

 The primary objection to GHB appears to center around the fact that it possesses activity as an exceedingly safe and pleasurable euphoriant-sedative when used at a reasonable frequency in moderate dosages. In contrast with alcohol or sedatives, GHB does not interfere with normal dream activity. It is also a very simple, non-patentable and inexpensive material that, at least potentially, threatens profits from sedative
sales. The current peculiar ‘compromise’ for the pharmaceutical industry seems to be declaring GHB Schedule One but with the creation of an interesting loophole that allows it to be used in medicine as a sleep aid without compromising its Schedule 1 status asserting there to be no acceptable  medical use.

 A horrifying side-effect of their misinformation campaign resulted from deliberately and pejoratively labeling GHB as a frequent drug-of-choice for date rapes in a high visibility campaign designed to shift public perception into one of outrage and intolerance. Not withstanding alcohol’s leading historical status in this capacity, evidence suggests that the (very real and steadily escalating) incidence of GHB as a date rape drug arose after its deliberate confusion with Rohypnol in a sensationalistic attempt to influence public sentiment. [Recently the evening news even described KETAMINE as a “notorious date rape drug”!]

 Already, the attacks on its legitimate manufacturers have resulted in impure and contaminated GHB that are industrial products never intended for human consumption being sold on the streets to consumers, and additionally there is a rise in its replacement by similar but less studied compounds!

 Protection of the Public’s Health?

 Note 44: Even in those agencies that ‘regulate’ “Public Health”.

 Note 45: Many people wonder why this continues to grow unchecked.
Miller 1996 includes an enlightening quote from the 1940s concerning
the illegal internment of Japanese-Americans during World War II:

 “There are a great many individuals who would not like to see
wholesale evacuation of Japanese, but who dare not jeopardize their own
positions by speaking up at this time. Understandably, they do not care
to lay themselves open to the charges of the vociferous minority that
they are un-American and ‘Jap-lovers.’

 …The Japanese issue has become one that apparently is without the
‘other side’, [Ed.: This is a common ‘war’-time mentality] and
politicians find it a most convenient football to be kicked around
without fearing any sort of counter-reaction developing from the
opposition. In other words, the Japanese issue is an ideal punching bag
which politicians can pummel in the limelight of public approval
without experiencing any sort of political retaliation. Such
irresponsible tactics have done much to inflame public opinion. It
might also be pointed out that any officeholder, who remained silent on
this issue, could be expected to be attacked by those who covet his
office.”

 While another noted, “Apparently most of our politicians think they
can increase their popularity by attacking these people who have very few defenders.” [Ed.: Sound familiar?] 

 Perhaps this figured into the House of Representatives’ 1999 114-0
vote to approve a bill [House Bill 792] that would make it illegal to
transmit ANY type of information concerning marijuana over the
Internet? (Apparently including educational material!)

 Incredibly their purported rationale was the prevention of marijuana
sales over the Internet! As if a person stupid enough to attempt such a
thing would not rapidly be identified and arrested by the multitude of
law enforcement agents who are paid to do nothing other than search the
Web for illegal activity.

 Intense outrage by conservative and liberal groups alike, due to its
flagrant & utter disregard for the First Amendment, caused its
sponsors in the Senate to withdraw it from consideration. However, this
was not the end of this blatantly subversive attack on the Constitution
& Bill of Rights.

 In late 1999, Senators Feinstein & Hatch hid even more
comprehensive legislation deep within the bowels of another bill aimed
at meth that would make any type of publication, or even conversation,
concerning drug related material a federal crime punishable by 10 years
in prison. (See Senate Bill 486.) This was eventually merged with the
Club Drug Bill and finally deleted after its discovery raised
widespread concerns about its lack of concern for the First Amendment.
We can expect it to reappear.

 Note 46: For any who doubt that this is not an issue of ideology,
consider that rock music is frequently forbidden to be listened to by
drug prisoners, by those in drug treatment programs and by those
performing ‘community service’ (other music is usually ok).

 For those who might argue that the possible presence of drug linked
lyrics is the reason or who might suggest that this is not religiously
influenced or biased, consider that DARE participants also report that
part of what they are taught by the police officers conducting the
sessions in the DARE program is that listening to rock music
(especially heavy metal) directly leads to “Satan worship” and drug
use! See Wysonget al. 1994.

 Or consider the end-run approaches currently used (and actively
promoted in training programs) by law enforcement to conduct searches
of vehicles whether permission is granted or not. This practice of
investigation for the sake of discovery is pure McCarthyism once again
rearing its ugly head.

 Or consider that it is perfectly acceptable to sell a person drugs,
even a whole community, and then arrest the drug users. In many cases,
the actual drug dealer serves less time than his customers as he is in
the best position to turn others, including said customers, in exchange
for sentence reductions. Incredibly the current emphasis appears to be
on getting dealers to turn in all of their customers. (This is known as
“downlining”.)

 Elimination of paroles in drug cases and mandatory minimums have
created a majority in the nationwide prison populations composed of of
drug related offenders and have also contributed to swelling the prison
systems to an all time high in human history. (Over 1 million Americans
were said to be incarcerated in early 1999 and 2.5 million by the end
of 2004; according to the Dep’t. of Justice. It is still growing.)

 The changes in conspiracy laws has now eliminated the burden of
proof and can result in conviction, even with a total lack of ANY
physical evidence, based entirely on a single informant’s word.
‘Hearsay’ is not simply admissible as evidence in federal conspiracy
cases but, even standing alone bereft of any physical evidence, is
considered adequate for conviction! Lengthy mandatory minimums, often
LIFE sentences, are a given in such cases.

 What many people perhaps have not given adequate thought about, is
that for each 20 year mandatory minimum, the State is committing itself
for approximately 1 million dollars for housing each prisoner for that
duration (not counting inflation or any other cost increases for that
time period.)

 Note 47: Which it truly is; considering that just over half of all
Americans admit to having used some type of illicit substance during
their life and around one in 5 admit to having done so within the last
month. (In January 2000, the US Drug Czar claimed there were 18 million
drug abusers in America; not counting the nearly one million presently
imprisoned.)

 Note 48: Is the idea of mandatory urine analysis to “prove
innocence” really so different from mandatory loyalty oaths?

 Note 49: Evans expresses a number of opinions that makes the reader
wonder where and how he obtained his information:

 “The very rigidly organized [..] ritual […] guarantees the
harmlessness of the process, which in different circumstances could be
terrifying through dangerous uncontrolled introspection. A participant
who appears to become distressed is immediately taken aside by the
leader and comforted through his ordeal. No-one leaves the circle until
after the residual effects have worn off. It is interesting the
peyotists are abstainers, since alcohol greatly enhances the narcotic
effects of hallucinogens.”

 “The peyotl is not recognized as a narcotic drug by the federal
authorities who recognize the special cohesive value of the movement in
the preservation of Indian culture.”

 “…different hallucinogens […] differ essentially only in the depth
and duration of the psychosis they engender.”

 The odd fear of private introspection (and very likely confusion
with the effects of LSD) is not infrequently encountered:

 “A lot depends on if you take it in a ritual context,” said
Jiordani, the anthropologist. “If you take it by yourself, there is the
danger of a bad trip. But if you have someone to guide you through and
do it in a sacred context, it isn’t dangerous.” Grant 2000

 I suspect neither of these people have attended a peyote meeting.

 Peyote is its own guide. This plant contains one of the most
profound & kindest teachers that a human can ever meet.

 Note 50: An interesting note is made by J.L. McLaughlin 1973 in
mentioning that peyote had been used medicinally to treat Datura
poisoning. He includes this with a list of other presumed ineffective
applications by native people.

 It would be interesting to ascertain just what pharmacological
interactions there are. As far as I can determine this is not an area
that has ever been studied.

 A curious sidenote, made by LaBarre 1975, page 26, footnote 16;
while the Tarahumari believe that to touch a Datura will cause insanity
or death this prohibition apparently does not apply to the Tarahumari
shaman who can even uproot the plant due to the greater power that the
peyote affords him. The text implies that the peyote is used physically
and spiritually rather than eaten in this regard.

 Note 51: After noting that peyote is never used habitually by the
Indians, he went on to conclude, “The greatest harm caused by peyote is
its use as a medicinal remedy by the Indians, who regard it as a sacred
plant possessing magic curative properties. By the unwise
administration of it to little children and to invalids it has in all
probability been harmful and even fatal.”

 Note 52: Such muddled confusion is frequent, if not characteristic, of anti-peyote rhetoric appearing in newspapers and magazines.

Another wonderful example is the 20 February 1956 article in the
Arizona Republic entitled “24 Nabbed Sniffing Cactus-Button Drug.”

 Similarly interesting is a 1916 interview with Chief Special Officer
Larson of the BIA, by R.M. Humphreys, bearing the incredible title
“Peyote Replaces Whiskey on Reservation: Indians Get ‘Jags’ With the
Mescal Bean” [Denver Times].

 Or how about the 1942 heading “Pale Face Judge Frees Indian Whoopee
Chief” [Washington Daily News]?

 Is it any wonder that the public seems so misinformed?

 Note 53: This misunderstanding has unfortunately been perpetuated
even into modern times. In Ross Maxwell’s otherwise amazing piece on
Big Bend (Guidebook 7: Bureau of Economic Geology, UT Austin, 1968, 4th
reprint 1978) the claim is made “…peyote (mescal button or devil’s
root) was used by certain Indians for its narcotic and
delirium-producing qualities. The effects on the user is probably
similar to that of opium…”

 Thord-Grey: “These Indians eat and drink the plant as the Chinese
smoke opium, although the effect is different, except in the supposed
color-vision.”

 Note 54: This is so absurd as to be reminiscent of the claim in the
US government propaganda film “Sinister Harvest” that “even in death”
heroin addicts brought profit to the drug dealers who ground up their
skulls to dilute the drug they sold and thereby increased their profits.

 Note 55: In one professionally conducted experiment (we will mention
again), it was noted that some members of the test group given
mescaline (primarily medical professionals and several members of the
clergy) found themselves unable to become aroused with deliberate
manual manipulation. They termed it an anaphrodisiac.

 Thord-Grey made the odd claim, “A peculiar part of the effects of
peyote is that while the narcotic is working and the body stimulated,
the sexual desires are subdued, in fact almost entirely absent. This
may be the reason why the hi-kuri cult is on the wane.”

 Note 56: Those actually involved in directly and open mindedly
studying the issue, rather than those relying on second hand
information or operating with a premeditated agenda to FIND something
wrong with the plant.

 Note 57: I was told by a person, who was quite serious, that making
drugs legal, or even decriminalizing them, would be a horrible mistake
for the country because it would put so many people out of work.

 Indeed, the largest opposition to any re-evaluation or even a
rational assessment of the effectiveness of the current drug policy is
by those who make a living in or off of the Drug War or profit from
property and asset seizures or who derive their living as some part of maintaining the world’s largest prison population.

 By any definition, this type of livelihood is a predatory one, if not outright parasitic; sustaining their existence and enriching themselves through the unjust infliction of misery, grievous harm and the wrongful deprivation of citizens’ rights, liberties and properties. If their actions were directed towards any segment of mainstream society other than the dehumanized drug using subclass, they would not be tolerated for an instant.

 Consider for a moment how a proposed law would be greeted which
legalized the seizure of all assets of an accused individual upon their
arrest and allowed any and all assets or real property to be taken from
them, specifically to prevent them from being able to mount an
effective legal defense, (and often SOLD at forfeiture auctions whether
or not they were eventually convicted). For drug users this IS reality and has been for many years. 

 Incredibly this move to deliberately deprive accused drug dealers of
the means for hiring adequate and competent legal council has been
uniformly supported by the courts!

 Even if a person is found guilty of rape, murder, theft,
embezzlement or robbery they do not automatically find their personal
property placed in such jeopardy, as does an ACCUSED drug dealer or
grower of the God-given PLANT called marijuana.

 Note 58: As always, this did not destroy them but drove them to
exist amidst great secrecy. Much of their medicine traditions were
however lost as many of their elders died, unable to pass on their
lifetime of knowledge. As of recent years, this fortunately is no
longer the case as Native medicine people have worked hard to rebuild
what had nearly been destroyed.

 Note 59: Curiously reminiscent of the FDA’s current efforts
concerning GHB, in addition to direct harassment of peyote-ists,
Johnson began an inflammatory misinformation campaign, writing
newspaper articles, and letters to both state and Federal officials
(and instructing other Indian agents to do the same), to incite public
fervor (and legislation) against use of the plant and also attempted to
intimidate and harass legitimate peyote suppliers with threats of legal
action. In spite of his total ignorance of the drug’s effects, and
numerous reports by professional observers contradicting his every
claim, his efforts were not limited to attacking peyote as a drug of
the Indians.

 In 1909, a period when there was intense and widespread
pharmacological interest and ongoing investigational laboratory
research, by a variety of major drug companies (mescaline had been
identified as the active component only a little over a decade
earlier), Johnson, a man with no medical training, or even any
familiarity as to peyote’s actual effects, wrote a letter to the
Wormser Brothers, peyote dealers in Laredo he had previously pressured
into discontinuing sales to Indians:

 “I have to acknowledge …your letter…that certain druggists have
written to you…stating that they wish to purchase…peyotes to
manufacture into a medicine. The peyotes have no medicinal qualities
whatever…Outside a few ignorant Mexicans along the border, there is
absolutely no demand for these articles except from Indians who want it
for a dope. It is a cinch, therefore, that any druggist who claims to
want to manufacture a medicine is faking and that he really wants them
for an illicit traffic.”

 Wormser and other dealers not only began to refuse shipments but
also furnished Johnson with copies of orders for it. When the ban began
to be questioned, Wormser’s request for clarification got a reply from
the Acting Commissioner of Indian Affairs that the law Johnson was
using referred entirely to intoxicants and narcotics as sold to Indians
and could not be applied to White people.

 Despite this, when Johnson got a copy of this letter he wrote to his
representative in Laredo, “There is no market whatever for
these…among white men and this stuff about drug stores writing
Wormser Bros. for peyote is a “fake”. Wormser Bros., promised to “cut
this business out” and if I find that they have not “cut it out”, I
will dig up all the old cases I can find against them and present them
to grand juries in several different states. I am tired of this “monkey
business” on the part of Wormser Bros. They seem to have no regard for
their promise.”

 In a report to the BIA, in November of 1909, concerning this threat, he wrote: “This bluffed the Wormser people out and they still have the peyotes. I anticipate, however, that sooner or later they will break loose again somewhere.”

 As early as January of 1909, Acting Commissioner R.G. Valentine had
informed Wisconsin representative John J. Esch that there was doubt
whether ANY Federal or state law existed which would prevent the sale
of Peyote to Indians. Regardless of this, Esch then sent Johnson to
Wisconsin to take whatever action he felt necessary against peyote-ists
there.

 This knowledge also did not stop, deter, or even slow, Johnson in
any way, he offered a number of proposals to combat the peyote trade
including imposing a prohibitive tariff on Mexican plants and
“coupling…peyotes with Marijuana and Hashish” to better ensure they
achieve their desired goal of obtaining a ban.

 He also took it upon himself to direct the superintendents of 9
reservations to locate and seize shipments and in April of 1909
pressured Wells, Fargo Express in Houston to refuse shipments of peyote
by deceptively informing them that anyone shipping peyote “becomes
liable to prosecution”.

 Also during that same month he purchased the entire supply of peyote
from 7 companies to be destroyed as mentioned above. Johnson’s report
mentioned the purchase and burning of 176,440 peyote buttons.

 Note 60: Much like the maliciously deceptive drivel, much of it
easily shown to be entirely false, that his modern counterparts feed
police, judges, legislators and the general public nationwide today
concerning almost any and all drugs. Drug education and drug abuse
reduction absolutely requires FACTS for them to be effective, not
myths, slogans and propaganda. The only hope for success in solving the
REAL problems of drug abuse and addiction lies in teaching appropriate
and responsible drug use. Prevention and treatment need to be addressed
as separate issues. The first is the easiest. Most kids will avoid most
drugs, especially the addictive ones, if they have real and accurate
information.

 The treatment approach should focus on identifying the reasons
people take these substances and maximizing those features while
minimizing harmful effects. The current idea of replacing euphoriant or
narcotic drugs with less effective but usually more addictive drugs is
inane at best. Work should not be focused on designing less euphoriant
drugs that are addictive but rather designing more euphoriant drugs
with less addiction potential. Contrary to what the powers-that-be
would like to have people believe, the pharmacological ability to do
this is seemingly already at hand. Please see Ott’s nice discussion of
this topic in Pharmacophilia.

 Similarly it is already known how to block or even reverse the
development of opiate tolerance while enhancing the per-dose effects
though the concurrent oral use of 250 mg of the non-toxic ulcer
medication Proglumide (a CCK inhibitor) See Ott 1999 Entheogen Review
interview: comments pp. 69-70. [Even better availability of Naloxone is
fought against despite the proven fact that it can easily & safely
prevent heroin overdose deaths.]

 Society needs to come to terms with the fact that a small but
persistent portion of its members will use drugs no matter what. Harm
reduction should be the goal rather than the current strategy of harm
maximization.

 The key towards eliminating the drug problem is to repeal all legal
prohibitions (not legalizing drugs or decriminalizing drugs but
repealing these unjust and ill-founded laws and removing them from the
books entirely), cutting organized crime out of the loop and returning
manufacturing & quality controls to people who care about their
customers, and start teaching responsible drug use and personal
responsibility & accountability as a desirable social goal.

 If half the energy that has gone into fighting drugs had gone into
that approach, there would be a hell of a lot less of a drug problem.
By definition alone, the crime rate would have plummeted.

 Note 61: An interesting attempt at gathering evidence to hopefully
damn peyote use (pretending to address the purported problem of
scientists being unable to observe its effects) was a questionnaire
that produced unwitting supporting testimony from a devout
anti-peyote-ist, superintendent Charles E. Shell.

 Shell was the man who first indoctrinated W.E. “Pussyfoot”Johnson
about the ‘evils’ of peyote.

 He not only indicated on his completed questionnaire that peyote was
not habit forming, had never killed a healthy person and its adherents
were “no more or less progressive and accumulative than other Indians.”
but had also ingested a large amount of peyote, under medical
supervision, in order to determine its effects first-hand.

 He additionally indicated that peyote was indeed used religiously
and that during the influence of the plant he experienced thoughts
“along the lines of honor, integrity, and brotherly love.” He further
noted that he “seemed incapable of having base thoughts…I do not
believe that any person under the influence of this drug could possibly
be induced to commit a crime…” [ from Stewart 1987: page 142].

 Note 62: There were at least three earlier attempts to suppress
peyote use that failed: an act in 1897 (29 Stat. 506), a section in the
Food and Drug Act of 1906 and the Department of Agriculture’s
Regulatory Announcement No. 13 issued in 1915. There also was an
unsuccessful attempt to prohibit its use and transportation in
interstate commerce in 1916.

 Note 63: A total of three bills were defeated in 1917; two in the
House and one in the Senate. See LaBarre 1975 and Stewart 1987 for far
more details concerning its legal history.

 Note 64: Perhaps it is pertinent to note that Quanah Parker, perhaps
the single most important and influential founder of modern peyotism,
was the son of a white mother and Texas law specifically prohibits many
of his direct descendents from legally following the religion he helped
formalize.

 Note 65: In a letter written to the editor of the Quarterly Bulletin
of the NAC, dated 14 Feb. 1956, Dr. Hoffer is quoted as stating “…all
the evidence that we have suggests that Peyote is wholely beneficial
and in no way a drug of addiction. It cannot even be defined that way
since it does not have the essential compelling qualities or the
withdrawal symptoms.”

 Even the DEA recognizes that peyote is not an addictive drug,
despite considering it to have no medicinal value. Grant 2000

 Note 66: In a humorous twist of logic, it has been presented to me a
number of times by such ‘reformers’ that any attempts to interfere with
or to limit their activities that were centered around deliberately
converting members of other faiths to Christianity would be a
restriction of their freedom of religion as they claimed that a core
requirement of their religion WAS converting those of other faiths to
Christianity.

The NAC commonly engaged in attacks on white peyotists on the grounds their religious beliefs threatens the existence of the “traditional” religious beliefs of the NAC that date back 10,000 years.

I am not making this craziness up.

 A similar double standard exists ‘justifying’ deliberate and
intentionally malicious activities directed against the perceived
‘evil’, but private, practices of others.) 

 Note 67: Throughout not only the Americas but Africa and beyond.

 Note 68: An African religious group who uses Tabernanthe iboga root
bark raspings as their sacrament.

 Note 69: A missionary educated Indian was quoted by
Reichel-Dolmatoff; “To take yagé is a spiritual coitus; it is the
spiritual communion which the priests speak of.” [Yagé is synonymous
with ayahuasca; a brew often made from two or more plants: one
providing harmine (an MAO inhibitor) and the other, DMT (hallucinogenic
but normally orally inactive without an MAOI).]

 Note 70: An unusual slant on the notion of second-hand (vicarious)
experience being the preferred religious approach was put forward by
Chief Special Officer Johnson when recommending an approach aimed at
limiting the numbers of buttons available to peyote using Indian
tribes:

 “The arrangement that I have with the Osages…is that only one man
of the congregation shall be become intoxicated each week, and he will
report the visions he sees to the others. If the idea is a purely
religious one, that of communing with their God, it seems to me that it
is sufficient for one member of the church to become intoxicated each
week.” [from Stewart 1987, page 146]

 Note 71: The most commonly presented scenario is that the
prospective healer enters into a period of total isolation and solitude
(usually lasting a minimum of several years) during which time they
learn to communicate with plants (and sometimes animals).

 Ayahuasceros additionally use ayahuasca to assist them with making
‘introductions’ to plant spirits. [Often the initial training with
ayahuasca is overseen by an experienced shaman.]

 Whatever our culture thinks about this, certainly the manipulative
knowledge of plant pharmacology and drug preparation is often quite
sophisticated among native users.

 Western thought explains their abundance of knowledge as a result of
lengthy trial and error passed on from teacher to student which, in
light of the length and complexity of some of the preparations,
sometimes incorporating absolutely critical admixtures, falls far short
of an acceptable explanation.

 This begs for some thought. Did some guy long ago REALLY say [it
would have HAD to be a man– I can’t believe that any woman would have
been this nuts]

 “Hmmm…., why don’t I roast some beans from that tree over there,
burn some snail shells into lime, grind them all up, mix them together
and have someone blow several TABLESPOONS up my nose?

 Boy, I’ll bet that would be interesting!”

 Or that they came to this by TRIAL AND ERROR?!

 Trial-and-error trying to do WHAT?

 It is not like this is a pleasant sensation. To repeat it, using
incrementally larger and larger amounts until blowing tablespoons-full
up each other’s nostrils would be an increasingly painful series of
trials. Just the plant material would be painful enough. The addition
of strongly alkaline material to liberate the free base for better
mucosal absorption certainly would not make it less so.

 If asked, native healers will frequently say that what they know
about healing with a plant (and not only its pharmacology, but also
some complex and sophisticated processing techniques) was taught to
them by the plant. In most native accounts of how hallucinogenic plants
came to be known to them it is by the plant talking to someone and
telling them “Eat me” or words to that effect. We suggest considering
that they might be serious or at least not automatically rejecting this
out of hand.

 Note 72: Whatever this means…

 If we were to take this absurd concept literally, descendents of the
Spanish invaders of Mexico have far more right to use peyote than would
the Navajos (a large portion of the NAC but relative newcomers to the
peyote faith) and MOST other Indian tribes who are currently NAC
members.

 Note 73: Maybe evoking knee jerk responses from some.

 Note 74: Perhaps ‘sanity’ is best defined as being a state where our
hallucinations correspond to both our surroundings and also to the
hallucinations of the other supposed ‘sane’ members of our society.

 Note 75: We wonder how it would be accepted by a mainstream
Christian if they were told that if they were truly ‘saved’, there
would no longer be a need for them to take Communion or go to church.

 Note 76: One of the true wonders of the natural world.

 Note 77: This is an inherently evil, very old and intensely
un-American thought that is currently en vogue among control
obsessives. One could easily replace the phrase with Ideological
demands.

 Note 78: Fascinating how something voluntary can be simultaneously
regarded as an obligation.

 Note 79: Interestingly similar to the earlier anti-witch movement,
DARE actively trains children to serve as domestic spies and encourages
them to not simply observe but to both record & report drug usage
by their parents and their parents’ friends.

 DARE officers express indignation when this subject is broached
claiming that they do not ever encourage kids to snitch on their
parents but rather, when approached by kids who are concerned for their
parents’ well being due to the slanted “facts” that DARE has told them,
will ask them if they are willing to subject their family to life
upsetting problems and, if they are, will then willingly pass along any
information to the appropriate authorities.

 However, this is misleading as regards the true extent of
information gathering that occurs via the use of these children. One
DEA agent, on PBS’s Frontlines “War on Marijuana”, estimated that over
HALF of ALL of the marijuana growing operations he had ever busted came
directly out of DARE from kids informing on their families. `Some of
his arrests followed being provided with crude maps drawn in crayon by
the grower’s children.

 A friend in Austin, Texas found himself being casually questioned at
another friend’s party, by their daughter concerning his alcohol,
cigarette & other drug use. He was shocked to when he noticed that
his drug habits (type & frequency) were being recorded, along with
his name, as her DARE “homework” assignment to assess the extent and
type of drug use by her family and her friends.

 Innocent enough in the hands of a curious child wanting to
understand drug issues but one has to wonder what becomes of the
“homework” once it is ‘turned in’.

 Perhaps this is not exactly the same as actively recruiting and
training a child to spy on their family but is it very far from it in
either reality, morality or spirit?

 Note 80: Some observers have noted that it is far more likely that snitches would create these fictitious drug rings than to actually risk their life taking on any real elements of true organized crime.

 Note 81: For those who think such informants are paid in chump
change consider that in many instances they are not simply paid by the
federal government (state and local law enforcement have their own
budgets to also pay snitches) but also can receive 25% of any resulting
forfeitures!

 The federal government’s figures show that they had paid out $97
million in CASH payments to snitches during 1993 (up from $25 million
in 1985) $43 millon was paid by the US Customs Service and $44 million
by the DEA & FBI (both of whom refused to provide these figures to
the National Law Journal who relied on the Department of Justice and
the House Judiciary Committee for their statistics).

 Note 82: A 2-year investigation by the Pittsburgh Post-Gazette (said
to be published in a 10-part series beginning 22 Nov., 1998) reported
finding “examples of prosecutors lying, hiding evidence, distorting the
facts, engaging in cover-ups, paying for perjury and setting up
innocent people to win convictions, guilty pleas and convictions.”

 “Federal officials were rarely punished for their misconduct despite
the fact they caused some victims to lose their jobs, assets and even
families…some victims went to prison because prosecutors withheld
favorable evidence or allowed fabricated testimony, while some
criminals walked free as a reward for conspiring with the government.”

 Bennett Gershman, a former prosecutor now teaching law at Pace
University was quoted as stating: “The courts used to be a buffer
between prosecutors and the rights of defendents. They are now simply a
rubber stamp.”

 Legislation intended to address the problem was passed by the House
(345-82) but Justice Department opposition eventually killed all but
one provision in the bill.

 The above was from an AssociatedPressarticle on page A6 of the
Austin American Statesman 22 Nov., 1999.

 “The danger is that we apply the control uniformly and everywhere
and eliminate the free action of the individual, as if control were in
itself a merit.” L.H. Bailey

 “Bad laws are the worst sort of tyranny.” Edmund Burke

 Note 83: There have even been multiple reported instances where forensic labs have falsified their test data to help obtain convictions!

 Note 84: Whether this is a drug addict, a casual drug user, an
occasional social drug user or a person who does not use drugs other
than what they perceive as ritual sacraments does not matter. All are
now considered to be equal.

 Note 85: I have occasionally been accused by some of ‘attacking’ the
Church and blaming Christianity for the actions of a few. (I will
ignore, for the moment, the fact that it has been neither a few people
nor has it been isolated incidences.) I do not intend to attack
Christianity itself.

 My arguments and objections are towards the ritualized persecution
of entheogen users, as an accepted and actively promoted policy and
agenda, of the organized Christian Churches, a powerful and influential
factor in many Americans’ lives, thoughts and behavior, both in their
past history and currently. It is we as entheogen users who have been,
and still are, attacked and ‘punished’ for practicing our beliefs. My
arguments are presented in defense.

 No matter how much good it might have accomplished, organized
Christianity has NEVER been tolerant of other religions unless it has
had absolutely no other choice.

 The knee-jerk comment “What about all the good that Christians do?
How dare you criticize people like Mother Teresa?” is strictly fatuous.
Even if a Christian does not approve of the evils conducted by their
fellow Christians, if they say nothing and let it continue unchecked,
their silence can be regarded as their approval by default; it
certainly is considered as such by those they do not criticize.

 If I stood by, silently watching, as a murder or another crime was
being committed by someone I was associated with, could I really be
considered completely innocent of participation?

 The destruction of entire civilizations, taking autonomous and
thriving ‘primitive’ societies and turning them into hordes of
impoverished dependants lacking basic and effective survival skills is
starkly and clearly presented as the world-wide legacy of missionary
activity in third-world nations. It can be found with almost any native
population they converted. Only those groups who could successfully
undergo the transition into a modern economic based society are
exceptions.

 The phases of the transition are often quite clear in their origin
and unfolding. (Mark Plotkin’s highly recommended Tales of a Shaman’s
Apprentice nicely chronicles the sequence.)

 Assemble smaller groups together into a larger community to make
congregational assembly, access to the people and their conversion
easier. The excessive burden this abnormal population density places on
local resources leads directly to overhunting, overgathering and a
shortage of game and food. A similar problem arises from the burden
that demands for garden space, clean water and sewage disposal places
on the local environment.

 Bringing new technology like shotguns rapidly leads to the
abandoment of forest technology like arrow/dart poisons. As members get
older and die they often take the complex preparations of such
arrow/dart poisons with them. If there is no student to learn the
procedures they are lost. If there is no perceived need they are soon
forgotten. Once economic hard times arrive or there is a shortage of
shotgun shells, due to trade or political conditions changing, people
find there is no longer a way to adequately secure game as the poison
recipes have been forgotten and a generation has grown up failing to
develop proficiency with bow and arrow or blow gun. Unable to survive
adequately, there is a migration towards settlements (slums) of
‘westernized’ people like themselves.

 Introduction of modern medicines and ridiculing the old ways as
unwanted competitors leads to their abandonment and eventual loss. When
the medicines stop coming there are no longer local plant doctors with
enough knowledge to sustain the health of the society.

 The introduction of new diseases is another topic that has wiped out
countless people.

 In all cases, once the current generation has passed so have the old
ways.

 As a society, we need to be asking if anyone is really doing ANY of
these people a favor by giving them Western spiritual & social
views, medicine and technology?

 Note 86: I guess to be politically correct I should call this
‘siblinghood’?

 Note 87: Even their standard and symbol, the cross of crucifixion,
remained unchanged except for giving an identity to the crucified;
their now deified victim.

 Note 88: I am reminded of the old joke about the Indian who said
he’d rather go to Hell if going to Heaven meant spending Eternity with one of the missionaries that he had met (recently deceased). 

 Note 89: Usually copperheads and rattlesnakes.

 Note 90: Presbyterian minister, Jim Rigby, was quoted in the Austin
Chronicle as responding:

 “Experience not creeds, is at the heart of religion. Mainstream
denominations have developed around these creedal statements and
they’re completely unaware that they are defining themselves in
opposition to other people. In truth, when we have these creeds, we’re
not worshipping God, we’re worshipping ourselves” […] “When you say
somebody who believes in God is better than somebody who doesn’t, and
that all morality is pinned around this belief, of God as a noun as
opposed to a verb, then you wind up with Pat Robertson. If there’s one
right way to look at things, then the best that we can do for the world
is to take over and force everybody to follow along.”

 Note 91: The approach taken by some other local Buddhist
organizations.

 Note 92: This broader understanding is also encountered in many
Eastern cultures. A Korean I know may have put it best when explaining
why he became a Christian, stressing “I am a Christian because
Americans are Christians. Just because I am a Christian does not mean I
am not a Buddha person” [Buddhist]. Different philosophies are not
contradictory if they are both held to be true. In China, it is rare to
find an average person who is a Buddhist as opposed to a Confucian as
opposed to a Taoist.

 These philosophies are regarded by this person as valid and therefore, to them, are simply teachings of truth.

 Something that is true is not diminished by another fact that is
true. If one conflicts with the other then it implies that one or both
have a limited view. Both can still be true.

 A good example is the ridiculous ‘debate’ one sometimes still hears
about whether light occurs as waves or particles. For those who still
wonder it is entirely a matter of HOW they are measured. Light is
therefore both and neither for it is actually more but this is another
subject.

 Western thought tends to view everything in terms of black or white,
this OR that. A chessboard is neither white nor black; it is both.

 All religions have a piece of the truth. None holds the patent on
it.

 Those who attempt to destroy beliefs that differ from their own do
so because the existence of other views makes them aware of the falsity
and holes that they see in their own. If what they believed was indeed
true they would not fear the beliefs of others so long as they did not
intend them direct harm.

 The fact that they are so eager and willing to steal, kill and
deprive others of what is rightfully theirs (be it dignity, property,
freedom, children…) does not speak well of the validity of what they
claim to believe in.

 Note 93: According to Clarke’s Isolation and Identification of Drugs
in Pharmaceuticals, Body Fluids and Post-Mortem Materials. (Second
Edition), the normal concentration of DMT in the bloodstream of a human
who is peaking (on 70 mg. given im) is one hundred times that of what
is normally in their bloodstream.

 Note 94: In truth, all do have free access if they so choose. An
interesting Ayahuasca analog within the gathering capabilities of many
Americans can be made from the roots of the abundant weed Desmanthus
illinoensis (requiring well over a quarter pound of dried root bark per
dose if average) or the more reliable and slightly stronger Desmanthus
leptolobus, which also grows as a weed in large areas of the south
central US, as the DMT source. The tried and true Peganum harmala
(‘Syrian Rue’: seeds) and the far weaker, but native, Passiflora
incarnata (‘May pop’: leaves) are both readily available and proven to
be effective as MAOIs. It is solidly established that Desmanthus
illinoensis is active through bioassays conducted by many people. See
Ott 1994 for details of his series of historic bioassays. While no
formal work has been published, DMT is proven to be a definite
component of Desmanthus leptolobus as it has been isolated as a
partially crystalline oil (unpublished data, ‘Friends’ 1994) and the
identity confirmed by co-tlc with known standards, reactions with
Ehrlich’s Reagent and Xanthydrol; and also in multiple human bioassays.
It has been successfully isolated using heptane, also using methylene
chloride, as well as xylene. Its identity has been verified in dozens
of bioassays (minimum) of the isolated free base mentioned. The first
known successful and published human bioassay of DMT isolated from
Desmanthus leptolobus was by Johnny Appleseed, on 28 November 1992, as
a Peganum harmala based Ayahuasca Analog (as Pharmahuasca; using 45 mg.
of D. leptolobus isolate). As far as I can determine, Johnny Appleseed
was also the first to identify DMT in this plant and the first to
isolate it from this species.

 Note 95: As if the government has any business or even the right to
either allow or forbid this.

 Note 96: I would wonder if there would be public support of similar
attempts to illegalize Christian religious practices except when
involving the sincere or devout, or more pointedly to limit or restrict
Christian practices to any particular racial or social group, as is
routinely applied to the peyote faith. I suspect it would find neither
public toleration nor acceptance and also doubt that it would be
supported at any level of judicial review.

 Yet, with a few exceptions, our society and courts have prescribed
(and still do) racial admission criteria for membership in the only
peyote faith in the US allowed to operate with some degree of religious
protection. Events in Arizona suggest change may be on the distant
horizon but even there law enforcement personnel seem to be able to
just pick and choose what laws they like and want to enforce and which
laws they don’t and therefore wantonly disregard.

 Several other faiths have been duly chartered but none have seen their sacraments similarly protected as they mainly involve people of European ancestry practicing primarily non-Christian religious practices. In the case of the Peyote Way Church of God it was even stated by the court that PWCOG were recognized as sincere but the peyote exemption was not meant to apply to nonnatives! They have wisely ignored that ugly piece of Christian based religious discrimination and still continue to operate openly.

 The most frequently heard rationalization for this disparity is that
native people have a ‘historical right’ to these plants and Europeans
do not as it is a foreign religion from a different society. Most of
the world’s major religions, including Christianity, are of foreign
origin to many who now practice them.

 Imagine legally forbidding the practice of Christianity unless one
was of Italian or Jewish origin. It is clear that he question of
valid spiritual expression is believed to have been decided in the many
Church sponsored purges of competing systems of belief and no other
beliefs will be tolerated unless they only involve ‘foreigners’ or
agree to, and are able to, remain invisible.

 Perhaps I should against mention that Quanah Parker, one of the key
founders of the NAC, was the son of a white mother. Race should not be
an issue for membership or participation in any spiritual or religious
exercise.

 Note 97: I am not sure exactly with whom or where this word
originated. I suspect acclaimed poet Dale Pendell but have not had an
opportunity to ask him. It is a nice word combining the Greek words for
drugs and knowledge (as in that perceived directly), Gnosis is often
used to refer to directly perceived higher spiritual truths or
knowledge. PharmacoGnosis should not be confused with pharmacognosy or
pharmacognosis as it would instead relate to the PharmacoGnostic.

 Note 98: A highly recommended book.

 Note 99: This is one of the easier churches to target for ridicule
and dismissal by mainstream America due to their casual and sometimes
playfully irreverent approach to what other religions prefer solemnly
serious.

 Note 100: In chemistry, if ANY difference can be detected between a
natural compound from a plant and another identical but entirely
synthetic compound from a lab, one or both needs further purification.
The analytical differentiations delineating synthetic from natural
compounds is based entirely on what impurities are present.

 Note 101: Several points that LaBarre conveniently overlooks in his
argument are that half of the plants he refers to were primarily used
in those areas that were the least affected by the rise to power of the
Roman Catholic Church and, unlike the Old World, the New World did not
have a continent wide State religion, producing multiple literary and
intellectual purges (at least not until the Old World inhabitants
arrived!), nor a deliberately induced ‘Dark Age’ nor the iron fisted
religious and intellectual constraints that Europe did for well in
excess of a millennium.

 The active agents commonly known in Europe were primarily the highly
toxic belladonna plants used by ‘witches’. If not for the published use
of flying ointments thanks to the widely publicized and sensational
witch frenzy, knowledge of these would have probably been lost as well.

 As all who practiced healing with herbs, or who used herbs in any
non-Christian spiritual sense, were utterly obliterated during the
Church’s many pogroms and Inquisitions, we have few clues as to what
was lost and how many sacramental plants may have been included in this
knowledge.

 Certainly the frequent argument that Europe did not have any true
hallucinogens that could be used directly or with simple preparation is
totally unsupported in light of the possibility that the Eleusinian
mysteries might have used an ergot extract as a component of the Kykeon
and the fact that numerous Psilocybin containing mushroom species
certainly exist throughout Europe. I suspect that the abundance in
Europe of mushroom species of both the Amanita and Psilocybe types
contributed to the revulsion towards mushrooms still encountered among
many Western European countries and which R.G. Wasson argued may have
resulted from Amanita muscaria being a sacrament that was supplanted by
a religion that abhorred direct personal experience.

 It would have been far too easy for a person to accidentally eat of
an active sacrament like Psilocybin had not all mushrooms been shunned.
One needs to rewrite history for only a few generations before the old
ways are completely forgotten.

 A similar picture exists in Africa. Not only was no record even
attempted of local sacraments and medicines but, until recently,
probably due to a racist bias, the African natives were often viewed as
child-like, mentally deficient and utterly lacking in any truly
meaningful spiritual lives by most Western observers.

 Native religious beliefs were consistently belittled, discouraged
and, if possible, destroyed by missionaries while native medicine was
scorned and ridiculed by ‘superior’ Western physicians and health
workers. The meticulous documentation of their medicine and religions
simply did not occur until relatively recently and much too late for
many.

 On the other hand, the stereotyped spear-clutching African or
Polynesian “witch-doctor” wildly jabbering ‘ooga-booga’ still exists in
American popular mythology and television TO THIS DAY.

 Even the strongly stimulant barks, roots and other plant parts
cooked into food with meat, to attain courage, bravery and endurance,
sometimes feasted upon by Masai warriors until reaching an overexcited
state of sensory overload leading to eventual exhaustion and collapse,
were largely overlooked or dismissed as unimportant. Until incredibly
recent times the well known stamina and fierceness of the Masai
warriors was variously attributed to genetic predisposition or social
conditioning. See Lehmann & Mihalyi 1982.

 This type of erroneous bias not only allowed the loss of a wealth of
plant lore and cultural heritages but led to the total
mischaracterization of beautifully expressive rock art, clearly showing
a rich and potent spiritual existence, among people too often
considered almost as subhumans by many early writers who studied them.
Although it is now known beyond any doubt that the southern San made
these pictures, for years it was denied that they were even capable of
creating such amazing art.

 Note 102: This is certainly a less valid statement today, although
without a doubt examples exist which remain mysterious and unknown. On
the other hand, we (as a ‘community’) have uncovered many ‘new’
hallucinogenic plants and the number grows every year. It will continue
to do so as long as anyone keeps looking.

 DMT and 5-MeO-DMT seem to be scattered everywhere we look. Many
workers throughout the world are especially devoted to fungi. Just the
psilocybin/psilocin containing species alone number well over a
hundred, seemingly with more discovered all the time!

 One point made by Devereux is so obvious it escapes most people;
right now on this planet, there are more people who are experienced
with psychedelics than at any time in known human history.

 Note 103: LaBarre makes the interesting exception of poets and
artists from this blanket condemnation of hallucinogen using whites,
presumably because they can return something to the group. In my mind,
spiritual experience is not best experienced vicariously.

 Another example of a similar hypocritical stance can be found in the
words of a man who appears to have known about psilocybin mushrooms
and, quite probably, discovered psilocybin (over half a century before
Wasson and Hofmann), then decided to act as pharmacological censor:

 “If in the course of experimentation, a chemist should strike upon a compound that in only traces would subject his mind and drive his pen to record such seemingly extravagant ideas as are found in the hallucinations herein pictured, or to frame word-sentences foreign to normal conditions, and beyond his natural ability, and yet could he not know the end of such a drug, would it not be his duty to bury the discovery from others, to cover from mankind the existence of such a noxious fruit of the chemist’s or pharmaceutist’s art? To sip once or twice of such a potent liquid, and then to write lines that tell the story of its power may do no harm to an individual on his guard, but mankind in common should never possess such a penetrating essence. Introducing such an intoxicant, and start it to ferment in humanity’s blood, and it may spread from soul to soul, until, before the world is advised of its possible results, the ever increasing potency will gain such headway as to destroy, or debase, our civilization, and even to exterminate mankind.”

 Terence McKenna 1991; citing page 276 of the 1895 edition of John Uri Lloyd’s Etidorpha, or the End of Earth.

 I feel compelled to comment on Lloyd’s conclusion. Both Amanita and
Psilocybe mushrooms have been used since antiquity, similarly peyote,
San Pedro, ergot-type alkaloids, ayahuasca and hallucinogenic snuffs.
Civilization is still here, certainly those who accept these plants and
continue to use them still exist; and mankind has not been
exterminated. The problem, we suspect, lies in Westerner’s unfortunate
idea that they are not only the center of the Universe but also it’s
pinnacle of creation and Master, and how threatened they often are by
any suggestions (or facts) to the contrary.

 Even if every last American and European died suddenly, the world
would still exist, people would still make babies and some form of
human civilization would continue unabated.

However, the culture-centrism and arrogance underlying Lloyd’s assertion sheds much light on the inner views held by many of those opposing the PharmacoGnostic faiths.

 Note 104: That said, what are we to make of us?

 For example, without looking, I am continually drawn to new sites of
occurrences of hallucinogens and even to hallucinogens that have not
yet been revealed until tlc is run. Books and journal articles find me
more often than I look for them. The library muses are no longer an
abstract concept but a constant and humbling presence.

 While not a frequent occurrence, plants HAVE talked to me, wordless
but clearly and distinctly with a richness and depth of communication I
have never experienced with a human. Drugs are not necessary for this
to occur.

 I do not go out and say, “Hey, I want to find a new DMT plant, let’s
go look.” I have simply gone about my normal business and they silently
called to me, pulling me, like the peyote has when it was time to go
and collect. The plants say, in effect, “Here I am, Look at me, THIS is
who I am ”…I am simply receptive and open, and I listen. Other times,
it almost as if my life circumstances conspire to lead me into
situations where I encounter these plants.

 Perhaps it is a delusion on my part, yet, when I have listened and
followed its ‘call’, the peyote was there and everything it ‘said’
prior to going was exactly how it occurred. No ingestion was involved
when it called to me and said, wordlessly but distinctly, where to go,
when to come and how. In spite of my conscious monkey-mind thinking it
insane, I ‘knew’ in my heart, without question, that it was correct.
When going with the ‘pulling sensation’ it has invariably directly led
either to a new population of a familiar DMT plant, another sacred
plant or to a new plant that turned out to test positive for DMT or
5-MeO-DMT (using co-tlc).

 I sometimes feel like I am being used as a tool for something I do
not fully understand. The only thing that I do know, is that these
plants are important and have HELPED mankind for a long time. I am
happy if I can be used in this way. My service is the least that I can
do considering what they have given. My introduction to them has felt
more like returning home after many years of absence, than the
discovering of something new. There is an undeniable sense of
familiarity and of FAMILY.

 And yet, I am clearly from a Western society and genetic make-up (for the largest part as I am mixed blood). In light of LaBarre’s assessment, where does that leave me and people like me? Loose screws who’s illusions happen to coincide with reality? There are many of us throughout the world in Western society. Are ALL of us nuts or insincere?

 I have no plans to co-opt and adapt some other people’s rituals and
trappings, much less assume a foreign religion. I am who I am. To be
anyone else would be a lie.

 I am far from certain that I somehow chose to be who I am. I
honestly feel that I was born to be right here, right now, no one
particularly important, just another worker among the many who care
about these plants and their future. And one who feels a debt of
gratitude for what they have shared.

 These plants give of their lives and their very being in order to
teach us; how can I be expected to do less?

 Note 105: All preliminary studies seem to indicate a wealth of Old
World hallucinogenic plants, only now being discovered
(re-discovered?). Most have seen no known human use for this purpose in
modern times (or at least not until recently).

 I believe that a key part to understanding this disparity of
knowledge is simlpy that the Old World was developed and touched by the
anti-drug/anti-intellectual forces long before they infected the New
World, even science grew within serious constraints and arbitrary
limitations (usually inversely proportional to how much profit they
could bring to people in positions of power); while the New World was
(and is) largely explored and studied during a time when travel,
communications and transmission of the printed word and reproduced
image was (and is) at a peak in our recorded history, as is the
recording of ‘primitive’ culture’s beliefs, cosmology, religions, drug
plants and drug preparations.

 This intensive, largely objective, study of primitive societies was
utterly ignored for most cultures in the Old World until long after the
majority of such people had been ‘converted’, ‘acculturated’ or
otherwise seriously impacted and the “Old Ways” lost, forgotten or
hopelessly fragmented

 This is the case not only with the entirety of northern European
Pre-Christian cultures but also with the vast majority of traditional
African plant medicines. The loss of this knowledge, these many
peoples, and the African rain-forests, are among the most tragic and
undervalued wastes in all of recorded human history). What few, mostly
recently uncovered, exceptions exist indicate this to be a huge loss
that we barely comprehend. As mentioned earlier, forensic analysis of
Egyptian mummies has detected various levels of cocaine, nicotine and
hashish. Or consider the find of 16-17th century English smoking pipes
shown to have been used for ingesting Cannabis. One can only wonder
just how much else of our history has been lost?

 Note 106: It must be noted however that group acceptance of an
individual’s experience and group validation is by no means limited to
the Old World. It can be found anywhere that a people defines the
concept of “us and them”. Only the relative degree to which an
individual’s avenues of experience are limited is different.

 Note 107: That Europeans somehow inherently either have or had any
less tendency towards direct experiential phenomenon is at best
speculative in light of the 1500 years or so that such experience has
been forbidden, attacked and actively ferreted out for obliteration by
the majority religion in Europe.

 Just the fact that so many people have found their lives destroyed
over the centuries and the fact that so many people still continue to
have their lives destroyed strongly attests to the contrary.

 Note 108: One point, so obvious that I will not bother to address it
in detail, is that the vast majority of Western people who have
historically claimed to be in direct contact with God, have been lunatics (thinking they are special emissaries unique from the rest
 of humanity) or power junkies who often turn out to be advocates of oppression, bigotry, murder and mayhem.

 “As to the religion thing, well, if good people do psychedelics and start religions, they’ll be good religions. If bad people do psychedelics and start religions, they’ll be bad religions. And if lunatics do psychedelics and start religions, well, they’ll start lunatic religons.” Timothy Leary as quoted by Gorman 1995.

 The old “Weather has been bad; God says we need to throw a young virgin into a volcano” type of mentality rapidly alienates any thinking person.

 And yet, do not forget how readily public opinion can devolve into hate/fear/bigotry driven mob mentality, take a look at the application of ‘Christian’ ideology towards Moslems in what was formerly Yugoslavia and closely examine this twisted modernized version of an old war-crime.

 Forgive my cynicism but I would bet money that if organizers today were allowed to round up hippies, ‘crack heads’, heroin addicts & drug dealers and sell tickets for people to watch them in public spectacles in sport stadiums or on TV being brutally killed and/or torn to pieces by armed Police and police dogs, or even if they were simply beheaded, this would rapidly generate sell-out crowds composed largely of otherwise ‘normal’, law-abiding and God-fearing Christians.

 Note 109: As Szasz points out it is just this justification for the
accepted scapegoat that precludes any possibility of a rational public
debate or evaluation, much less responsiveness to logical arguments, no
matter how sound their basis.

 Is his premise that a large enough group of people must be seriously
harmed before any recognition or any steps to remedy the abuses and
injustices can begin, truly an unavoidable requirement?

 And if so, how large does this group need to be?

 The “Witch Craze” is estimated to have killed over 20 million people
suspected of witchery over the course of two centuries. The modern era
of the Drug War has easily killed, imprisoned or brought great grief to
at least as many people during less than a century of organized
activity.

 Note 110: Thus the old standard excuse for inexcusable actions
committed by a member of a group that the viewer belongs to: “Oh, but
[he/she/it] isn’t a REAL [INSERT group name here.].”

 Note 111: Only if he had found it to be an apparition would his
faith in his eyes have been shaken.

 Note 112: “Truth invites inquiry, falsehood dreads examination.”
Charles T. Sprading(as quoted by J.L. Hudson).

 Note 113: No doubt even Adolph Hitler had the ‘best of intentions’
for the German people and viewed his as a ‘just cause’. As the German
pacifist Franz Werfel noted (in his 1946 classic Star of the Unborn):

 “Everyone, including the devil himself, nurses the sincere
conviction that at the very spot he stands, the good resides – or, at
least the just cause, the only good the wicked understand.”

 Note 114: There is no doubt that there are those who make this error.

 Note 115: The common idea repeated by LaBarre, that a ‘drugged’ mind
cannot be conducive to those things of import which require clarity of
thought, misses on several points:

 1) Drugs like mescaline DO NOT produce a ‘drugged’ perception of
consciousness, just a ‘drugged’ interaction with observers.

 2) Drugs are neither pathways in themselves nor are they endpoints.
They are simply tools with very real and defined limitations. They
cannot be given unrealistic expectations.

 Moreover, these drugs are used intermittently, infrequently and
never continuously. Even if it could be successfully argued that they
do, by definition, induce a ‘drugged’ state of mind, this state is not
lasting but persists only for the course of action of the drug.

 Spiritual work is an ongoing process, the notion that it occurs only
during the drug-state echoes the impoverished idea of satisfying
religious requirements by going to church once a week and needing no
similar thought or activity during the rest of the time.

 Neither going to church nor ingesting a hallucinogen works that way.
All spiritual approaches require CONSTANT conscious effort in all
moments of one’s life. The experience is the sum of the whole of the
activity not just selected parts.

 Note 116: In many senses, nuclear energy, industrial disease and
pollution are built-in natural controlling factors to limit the extent
of the impact from any civilization that is unable to handle technology
responsibly.

 Note 117: There are far too many to list. Some of the more or less
obvious include:

 The redefining of the Universal One as Zero or the empty set rather
than the undifferentiated void that gives birth to all that exists
[i.e. taring an omnipresent ‘God’ to zero]. While a subtle shift, it
enabled the development of negative numbers and thus credits and
debits, giving rise not only to mathematics & “imaginary numbers”
(and hence engineering and physics) but also to business applications
and the development of commerce.

 The division of the day into uniform subdivisions of “time” is one
widely encountered in modern minded societies of the last thousand
years. While its origin was born of the perceived religious necessity
of prayers being performed on a strict schedule, its application has
spread to permeate, regulate and control almost every aspect of our
existence. Its existence and reality is so widely accepted by almost
all of us that to suggest otherwise would be met by disbelief.

 Religious, racial, cultural, economic or class distinctions,
nationalism, there are simply too many systems which have been
established as people’s real world view (transformed from thought to
unconscious reality and accepted beliefs held for generations by their
descendants), to even begin an adequate examination.

 Note 118: These people should be shown compassion, not condemnation.
Their primary failing is their weakness in being unable to shoulder the
terrible responsibilities our race has recklessly assumed.

 Note 119: A good example of the intensity of this dismissal within
the medical community, at the very least approaching that expected of a
religious zealot, can be found in Siegal’s Fire in the Brain.

 Examine both his attitude and his almost religious intense fervor and insistence at convincing a female DMT user that she DID NOT hear the ‘voice of God’, and compare it with a fundamentalist Christian’s stance when arguing that Buddhism is not a real religion. His vehemence and attitudes are curiously similar.

 Note 120: Some drugs may aid this perception but it is not limited
to externally administered substances. Practices such as Tai Chi Chuan
and conscientious study of the I Ching as a text book on the nature of
dynamic changing systems (i.e. flow mechanics) can also bring about
similar shifts in expanded awareness. Prolonged experience with sensory deprivation devices has a similar effect.

 There are numerous techniques which can alter the biochemistry of
our perception but all of them require focus, diligence and a training
which can only be obtained through hand-on experience. Entheogenic
drugs are no different. They are merely tools and/or teachers. They can
no more do the work for us than a hammer and blueprints can build a
bridge by our simply picking them up. Consciousness, intent and
careful, deliberate effort are absolute requirements.

 Note 121: Under the guise of “protecting the Public Health”.

 Note 122: Witness the AMA, the NIMH, the FDA, the DEA and the BATF.
In all of these cases, many of their attempted or successfully
inflicted methods of ‘cures’ have been far more harmful than the
‘disease’ they ‘fought’.

 Even those agencies targeting arrow-head collectors under ‘antiquity
preservation laws’, now often use flak-jacketed SWAT teams who smash
down doors when serving warrants, attired entirely in black and heavily
armed with automatic assault rifles.

 In appearance, attitude, manners, demeanor, general behavior,
tactics, accountability and fervor, they differ little from ‘death
squads’ or any other terrorists.

 In truth, the main difference seems to be limited to the fact they
do not more regularly just kill the people they target.

 Note 123: Which are estimated to have resulted in the deliberate
murder of roughly 20 million human beings over the course of 2
centuries.

 Note 124: In some cases almost elevating it to an art form.

 Note 125: It can even be found, in more limited expressions, in any
primitive societies who have strict definitions of us and them; with
them portrayed as evil and dangerous. This may indeed have been an
important early survival mechanism as groups of strangers arriving in a
new territory or new land have not often had the best interests of the
native inhabitants in mind. Like the fight-or-flight response, it is
one that often produces inappropriate, improper or erroneous responses
in modern situations.

 Note 126: Hard won with the literal blood and sacrifice of many.
Rights and liberties are easily lost or given away but they are gained
only with great difficulty and hardship.

 Note 127: Curiously, the advertising and propaganda techniques used
by virtually all effective right wing conservatives’ political
campaigns, including and after Reagan’s first successful Presidential
bid, appear to have taken Revel’s analysis, specifically that
expounding upon how Communist propaganda machines can deliberately
manipulate democratic societies through the “free press” & media,
and used it as a play-book, or bible, if you will, for their own media
efforts.

 Their adoption and transformation of standard Communist propaganda
techniques into American conservative Christian political campaign and
advertising strategies has been oddly overlooked by most analysts.

 Note 128: The Catholic Church so feared the Communists as a God-less
society they not only viewed the Nazis as much less of a threat and, at
the very least, did nothing against them but, at the end of the war,
they actively and willingly cooperated with what was later to become
the CIA in operating an underground railroad that smuggled roughly
40,000 Nazi war criminals out of Germany (and the hands of the
Nuremburg Tribunal) and into Argentina, safehousing them until they
could be provided with new identities and relocated, primarily
throughout South and Central America, although certain ‘useful’ doctors
and rocket scientists were brought to the US where some still reside
today.

 I will never forget an interview (on A&E’s “Time Capsule”) with
a high ranking member of the Argentinean Catholic Church defending why
the Vatican was “correct” in their actions. (He was directly involved
with the ‘safehouse’ portion of the operation.) His justification was
that, “We needed to keep a pool, a kind of reserve, of these types of
people around in case we should ever need them.” OK…..

 These were the very same people who went on to organize and train
the death squads that still operate throughout Latin America as
unofficial censors of any thinkers who might oppose either the
established order (strongly Catholic) or American ideological or
corporate interests.

 Is this what they were needed for?

 For an interesting look at some of what just a few of these Nazis
scientists were used for in the US itself, see Hunt 1991.

 Note 129: It is no coincidence that both Friedrich Nietzsche and
Karl Marx damned religion, equating them with opiates; both of their
espoused philosophies were also very much like a religion or a drug to
their later advocates.

 It just the same old story of wanting to replace the old oppressive
way of thinking with their way of thinking.

 Note 130: One of the most dangerous trends is the giving of free
reign to Police and the militarization of their activities. By their
very nature the Police exist and operate in direct opposition to the
Constitutional guarantees and the democratic nature of our society. It
is important that they do so as criminals operate outside of the law
and often exist under a cloak of deception. The assumption of guilt and
need to establish innocence is extremely useful in investigational
practices. Yet, there is a critical balance here that must not be
forgotten or we will soon see the death of freedom.

 Unless the range of their available actions and extent of their
powers are limited and they are held fully and swiftly accountable for
any abuses of power, there is little chance of a democratic society not
rapidly devolving into a Police State. The goals and aims of those
who’s intention is a ‘secure’ state are from the start in potential
opposition to those who value liberty and freedom. Unless balance
between these two important goals is maintained, it is obvious that
problems will exist and grow until one threatens the existence of the
other. A key to understanding our current situation: teaching the
importance of personal responsibility is more than simply being
overlooked.

 Is it really a coincidence that the very same powers now known to
have deliberately flooded the streets with tonnage of crack cocaine
also have traditionally been the most staunch advocates and promoters
of increased spending and expansion of powers for law enforcement; even
to the point of militarizing the existing police structure and directly
involving the military in the domestic war ‘efforts’?

 Note 131: Who now also sometimes benefit directly and financially
from such asset seizures.

 Note 132: And, at least partially, parasitic.

 Note 133: A point concerning this that seems to be largely ignored
(perhaps purposefully) is that Constitutional rights are only
guaranteed when dealing with a governmental agency or their employees.
Private corporations and individuals are under no such restrictions.

 The growing trend of Police to ‘unofficially’ use private security
agents & private companies (such as exterminators) to covertly
conduct information gathering searches (to justify issuance of ‘proper’
search warrants) is another end-run around Constitutional restrictions.

 The broad ramifications of ‘private’ prisons and the repeated
proposals to require prisoners to pay for the costs of their
incarceration are barely examined.

 Consider (again from Public Law 100-690; the Anti-Drug Abuse Act of
1988):

 Sections 7302 & 2081/561 authorized the use of military
installations as mental treatment centers or for prison camps with work
programs.

 Set. 7093 granted prison industries the ability to borrow or invest
funds.

 Sect. 7096 enabled prisons to diversify products and produce goods
on an economic basis

 Sect. 7301 authorized a study to determine the feasibility of
requiring prisoners to pay for their own food and shelter while
imprisoned. [An attempt to make this an actual law was introduced in
Congress yet again in 1998!]

 Is anyone feeling “safe “ yet?

 Note 134: The funneling of seized property, money and drugs directly
into the pockets of drug agents has been repeatedly proven to be both
rampant and widespread.

 Note 135: Or consider that the label of “patriot” today lies
somewhere in between a dirty word and a label for an active subversive.

 Note 136: A humorous side-note is the championing of ‘family
values’, let’s forget for a moment that what is promoted is often
hatred and intolerance, neither an acceptable ‘family value’. What is
fascinating is that almost invariably, the most vocal champions of
‘family values’ in recent years tend to be divorced men, often even
those negligent in child payments and basic family responsibilities.

 Note 137: As long as they cannot touch the walls of their
metaphorical cell…

 Note 138: Some more cynical observers have suggested the sudden
flooding of the streets with crack cocaine was intended to destabilize
society and increase the crime rate to the point that the legislators
and the general public would go along with any law-and-order reforms
that were proposed, as was, in fact, more or less the historical
result, but this might show more faith in the deliberate competency of
our government than called for.

 Note 139: It might also be noted that, like DMT, bufotenine has
repeatedly been observed as a normal component in cerebrospinal fluid,
blood and urine, and is specifically also a Schedule One controlled
substance in the US.

 Incredibly, thanks to the 1997 Congress’ recent (moronic?)
modifications to the peyote law, apparently so now are Dopamine,
Epinine, 3-MeO-tyramine, DMPEA & Tyramine!

 Congress saw fit to declare any and all alkaloids occurring in the
peyote cactus to be Schedule One controlled substances despite it being
common knowledge that only mescaline is active as a hallucinogen and
that the plant was of overall low toxicity and zero risk of lethality.
The rationale behind this move defies any logic.

 Unless perhaps it was specifically intended to interfere with or
restrict legitimate researchers working with cacti in general.

 However, all of the aforementioned phenethylamines, except for
mescaline, exist not just in the peyote cactus but also at measurable
levels within normal human beings.

 The measurable presence of low levels of morphine and codeine in our
cerebrospinal fluid (Cardinale et al. 1987) and in human breast milk
(Hazum et al. 1981) places us in even further violation for
unauthorized possession of controlled substances within our bodies.

 Even more incredibly, despite the US Constitutional mandate flatly
forbidding such vaguely defined laws, the Analog Act specifically
outlaws substances which are “structurally similar” to the controlled
substances.

 This phrase is not simply devoid of ANY pharmacological meaning, but
is also one for which no clear meaning can be understood by ANYONE. (At
least no clear meaning other than it obviously being a law that law
enforcement can flexibly interpret to fit the circumstance, in order to
create new prosecutable-crimes-on-demand whenever it seems convenient,
without having to be bothered to involve the legislative process.)

 This is also a definition that might be argued to include still more
neurotransmitters and metabolic substances normally found in normal
humans.

 A simple (& partial) listing would include:

 N-Methyltryptamine, Serotonin, N-Methylserotonin,

 5-Methoxytryptamine, 5-Methoxy-N,N-dimethyl-tryptamine, Melatonin,
Adrenaline (epinephrine), Nor-adrenaline (norepinephrine) and the
“essential” amino acids: phenylalanine, tyrosine and tryptophan.

 The situation is apparently more recently being clarified with
‘intent to use’ being the primary deciding factor as to what is or is
not illegal.

 This creates an interesting situation where two people under
identical situations of plant or chemical possession can be treated
completely differently based on their philosophical beliefs; as well as
one where the law can be applied, or not, just as capriciously as is
desired by whatever law enforcement official wants to make the call.

 Again underscoring our comment that a War on Drugs is in reality
actually a war being waged against drug using people as part of a
larger social pogrom aimed at their eradication.

 

Machaerocereus-eruca

Machaerocereus eruca

Machaerocereus eruca

 

Cold stressed Lophophora williamsii echinata in Val Verde County, Tx

Cold stressed Lophophora williamsii echinata Val Verde County

 Lophophora williamsii echinata showing cold stress

Similarities between the Drug Wars and the Witch Craze (after
Szasz)

 War on Witchcraft

 Witches perceived to be in direct conflict with desired control by
religious authorities.

 In providing medical treatments and spiritual practices, witchcraft
threatened the oligarchic control of the church.

 In direct competition with control by medical authorities. (usually
the church, ‘healing’ with fasts and prayers, as medicine was usually
considered a form of witchcraft)

 Witches used pharmacologically active substances and gave them to
others

 Forbidden to heal unless versed in study of the scriptures and
approved as a priest.

 Merciless treatment recommended for witches.

 Most ‘witches’ were unlikely to fight back.

 Punishments harsh and severe; grossly exceeding any purported harm.

 Search and arrest procedure often deliberately destructive and
brutal.

 Punishments handed out regardless of the outcome their action
(regardless of whether they cured or harmed).

 Intent considered a punishable act.

 Conspiracy conviction could result from testimony of a single
informant and did not require physical evidence.

 Different standards of law applied to witches than the rest of
society. Safe to cheat or attack.

 Informants encouraged and rewarded to turn in people they thought
were guilty of witchcraft (even if parents or other family members).

 Children questioned in the absence of their parents with or without
parental consent or knowledge.

 Children used as domestic spies and information sources.

 Failure to report witchery (or to testify against a witch) could
result in condemnation and punishment as an accomplice.

 Members punished not only for what they did but also condemned for
what they were – an autonomous “counter culture” perceived defiant of
the imposed control of authorities.

 Loss of parental rights often accompanied pronouncement of guilt.

 Property and land seizures directly profited the Inquisitors.

 Use of testimony from paid or leveraged informants was acceptable.

 Informants could be rewarded with seized property.

 Inquisitors rewarded handsomely from finding and persecuting
witches. Persecuting witches was a lucrative and profitable business.

 Development of a powerful group of witch-mongers whose livelihood
depended on expanding their powers and finding, if not actually
creating, more ‘witches’.

 Inquisition was international in scope. Two principle centers; Rome
and Spain.

 Institutionalized [as the Inquisition].

 Presented to the public as necessary to ‘save them’ from the evils
of witchery.

 Unresponsive to rational analysis, criticism or policy evaluation
once the efforts began.

 Not answerable to the public.

 No middle ground and no meaningful debate.

 Witches presented as worthless and undesirable members of society,
or as bad and evil people, simply for being witches.

 Intensive propaganda efforts characterized by sensationalism and
outright lies aimed at stirring adverse public sentiment, intolerance
and mass hysteria.

 Simple ideological identification accepted as justification to
deprive of housing and employment (or worse).

 Witches portrayed as subhuman murderous monsters preying on the
hapless innocent.

 No widely perceived witch ‘problem’ prior to the War on witches.

 Efforts of witch hunters repeatedly presented as valiant failures,
claimed due to the perceived size of the ‘problem’, but with enticement
of future success, requiring more autonomy for the witch-hunters and
greater authority to take drastic actions. Their real failures were
often misrepresented as successes.

 Members of targeted group unorganized, as well as politically and
socially powerless.

 Lacked any effective advocates in positions of power.

 Any advocates were also attacked.

 Group persecuting them was both politically and socially powerful.

 

 War on Drug Craft

 Drug activity in direct conflict with desired control by
religious/medical authorities.

 By providing illegal drugs, dealers threaten the oligarchic control
of physicians and legal drug dealers (pharmaceutical industry).

 In direct competition with desired monopolistic control by medical
authorities and pharmaceutical/ alcohol/ tobacco manufacturers.

 Drug users use pharmacologically active substances and give them to
others

 Forbidden to use or supply drugs unless versed in study of medicine
and approved as a physician or pharmacist.

 Merciless treatment recommended for drug dealers (and often users).

 Most drug users are unlikely to fight back.

 Punishments harsh and severe; grossly exceeding any purported harm.

 Search and arrest procedure often deliberately destructive and
brutal.

 Punishments handed out regardless of the outcome their action
(regardless of whether their actions produces harm).

 Intent considered a punishable act.

 Conspiracy conviction can result from testimony of a single
informant and does not require physical evidence.

 Different standards of law applied to drug people than the rest of
society. Safe to cheat or attack.

 Informants encouraged and rewarded to turn in people they thought
were guilty of drug involvement (even if parents or other family
members).

 Children questioned in the absence of their parents with or without
parental consent or knowledge.

 Children are both trained & used as domestic spies and
information sources with the assurances that their actions will “”help”
the family.

 Failure to report drug sales or possession can result in
condemnation and punishment as accomplice (including even the loss of
rental properties for failure to control actions of tenants)! Failure
to agree to testify in drug cases can result in heavier sentencing than
if agreeing to serve as an informant.

 Members punished not only for what they do but also condemned for
what they are – an autonomous “counter culture” perceived defiant of
the imposed control of authorities.

 Loss of parental rights often accompanies pronouncement of guilt.

 Property and land seizures directly profits anti-drug warriors.

 Use of testimony from a paid or leveraged anonymous informant is
acceptable; if not encouraged or predominant.

 Informants can additionally receive 25% of all seized property.

 Combating the drug trade generates huge amounts of seized property,
assets and money for the drug warriors. In addition, a flourishing
multi-billion dollar industry has been created out of drug detection
services, private prisons and the manufacture/sales of surveillance
equipment. Treating drug ‘addicts’ is similarly a lucrative and
immensely profitable business with explosive growth.

 Development of a powerful group of drug persecutors whose livelihood
depends on expanding their powers and finding, if not actually
creating, more ‘drug problems’ to ‘resolve’.

 Inquisition is international in scope. Two principle centers;
Washington and Geneva.

 Institutionalized [as the DEA, the FDA, the National Institute of
Mental Health and other “public health” groups who have teamed
(ganged?) up for a ‘war on drugs’].

 Presented to the public as necessary to ‘save them’ from the evils
of drugs.

 Unresponsive to rational analysis, criticism or policy evaluation
once the efforts began.

 Not answerable to the public.

 No middle ground and no meaningful debate.

 Drug users presented as worthless and undesirable members of
society, or as bad and/or evil people, simply for using drugs.

 Intensive propaganda efforts characterized by sensationalism and
outright lies aimed at stirring adverse public sentiment, intolerance
and mass hysteria.

 Simple ideological identification accepted as justification to
deprive of housing, government services and employment.

 Drug dealers portrayed as subhuman murderous monsters preying on the
hapless innocent.

 No widely perceived drug ‘problem’ prior to the War on Drugs.

 Efforts of drug warriors repeatedly presented as valiant failures,
claimed due to the perceived size of the ‘problem’, but with enticement
of future success, requiring more autonomy for the drug warriors and
greater authority to take drastic actions. Their real failures are
still often misrepresented as successes.

 Members of targeted group unorganized, as well as politically and
socially powerless.

 Lacking any effective advocates in positions of power.

 Any advocates are also attacked. Even defense lawyers can find
themselves charged with conspiracy or other criminal charges simply for
defending drug dealers!

 Groups persecuting them are both politically and socially powerful

 

background: Nazca image

Flying & puking with spines (Nazca)

Image from the Nazca culture (Phase 6)  modified from Cane 1985 after Eisleb 1977 shading added for definition While interpretations certainly might vary, some elements of this drawing suggest cactus spines and vomiting.

Opening words

There are some helpful thoughts that should be presented in opening this book.

I plan to add more words but for now I’ll just include what was said in the previous editions:

 

opening: Cold stressed Lophophora williamsii echinata in Val Verde County, Tx

A cold-stressed Lophophora williamsii echinata in Val Verde County, Texas

 

 “The Archaic Revival is a clarion call to recover our birthright, however uncomfortable that may make us. It is a call to realize that life lived in the absence of the psychedelic experience upon which primordial shamanism is based is life trivialized, life denied, life enslaved to the ego and its fear of dissolution in the mysterious matrix of feeling that is all around us. It is in the Archaic Revival that our transcendence of the historical dilemma actually lies.”
    Terence McKenna 1992 Food of the Gods, page 252.

 “Every major advance in science and technology has been greeted with suspicion and alarm. It happened with the telescope; it happened with the thermometer. What we have to take into account is that if any substance has potential for abuse or misuse, then it is axiomatic that this abuse or misuse will in fact take place. There are many people who will be attracted to these chemicals who are in fact the last people who could possibly benefit from them
 But it’s not so easy as all that. The only certainty we have is that whatever we do, it will be rough going. At the end, one of two things will happen: people will say “what an incredible number of blundering idiots there were who thought LSD was of any use whatever,” or they’ll say “what an incredible number of people there were who were so stupid as to ignore this astounding happening.””

    Humphrey Osmond, D.P.M., Director, Psychiatric
Research, Princeton Neuro-psychiatric Institute, as quoted in Thomas Lyttle’s Psychedelic Monographs & Essays, Volume 2

 “…I am convinced that we cannot alter the destructive nature of our “Technological culture” without altering our consciousness, without altering our tissue and that is exactly what the psychedelics are for[Note 1]…In one sentence I can say that the future of psychedelics is the future of the world…the future of mankind. Not only that but the scientific world is making a great, great leap through this altered state of consciousness. It is not admitted because it is an illegal thing, but things Einstein missed have now come into modern physics through the psychedelic doctorates. 

[Interviewer: “Fritjof Capra has written that the initial stimulus for the Tao of Physics came through the use of power plants.”] 

“Not only him but quite a few Nobel prize winners – I won’t mention their names, I don’t want to mess them up – made their great discoveries after they were turned on. Most of the grand unified field theorists. almost all of them are turned on people.”
    Baba Ganesh, from an interview also published in Psychedelic Monographs & Essays, Volume 2.

 

opening: Safford-1916-peyote

Safford 1916


I understand why people on both sides of this issue might question why I felt it necessary to assemble this book.

Some of those who believe as I do may object to this being written because, while they know the truth, they are satisfied with that and would prefer it be kept sheltered and preserved for them and fellow believers. Those who oppose my beliefs may view this as reckless, irresponsible and a contribution to everything they oppose.

Any forms of spiritual restriction and persecution are wrong. Any legislation of what a person should or should not believe or experience spiritually is also wrong. Nor is the truth to be protected from prying eyes and reserved for a select few.

I fully recognize that writing this book under a pseudonym automatically casts at least some doubts about this work’s veracity and my qualifications to make some of the claims that I do. What is opinion or subjective observations are presented as such. What is fact has enough documentation included to enable interested parties to decide the truth for themselves by consulting our references, and, better still, THEIR references.

If they truly object to what is included here and what we believe then they should not waste their time reading it. No one shoved a gun down their throat to force them to read it. Believers of the systems of worship and spiritual exploration which I discuss, on the other hand, routinely have guns shoved in their face by screaming and often abusive law enforcement personnel, who should be allies and fellow Americans, not sworn enemies, dedicated in their misguided attempts to force us to abandon our spiritual beliefs.

It should be noted that extreme persecution has been applied for over a millennium and a half to people who believe as I do. In many cases, torture and actual death were both prescribed and enacted punishments.

WE ARE STILL HERE.

This did not eradicate San Pedro use from the Andes, nor did it eliminate Peyote or Psilocybe use in Mexico. Illegality did not destroy the African Eboka users nor has it eliminated the use of Cannabis anywhere in the world. We cannot be legislated out of existence; we can only be legislated into becoming a subclass which can be legally and acceptably hated,  reviled and discriminated against by members of an opposing religion.

In spite of intense persecution, we are still here, and we will always be here, because we believe.

The sacraments are sacred even if profaned by the unknowing who also sometimes use them. They do not function as spiritual tools for all who use them anymore than membership in a particular church ensures that the member is devout and sincere.

Spirituality is an individual and subjective experience and must come from the heart to be functional. It cannot be legislated, prescribed or dictated by others.

No religion that promotes a placebo sacrament and forbids direct access to and knowledge of the Sacred Infinite, can ever hope to persuade us to abandon the TRUE sources of Original Communion as provided to us by our creator [Note 2].

The most that can be done is to drive the religion underground as has frequently happened in its past and current history; from the peyote and mushroom faiths disappearing into remote mountainous regions of Mexico after the Spanish invasion, through the Dyidé reduced to using their sacramental Mitragyna africana leaf amidst great secrecy in remote areas of Mali [Note 3], to the establishment of an eclectic and disparate counterculture in America born in direct response to its members being lumped together and branded as criminals for having nothing in common but some shared philosophical beliefs.

Illegalization of any philosophical, spiritual or religious system
creates a coherency and a secret structure that ensures their support
and continuation even if diminished in numbers. No valid system of
religious belief has ever been destroyed without killing every sincere
believer and their families. Proof that this works, albeit temporarily,
can be witnessed in the destruction of a number of such faiths in
Europe by the early organized church. No blood was spared to gain
dominion over and destroy those faiths that still knew of a sacrament
that was active.

It should also be noted that such suppression can only last until
one person with the right biochemistry and predisposition once again
eats of the sacrament, at which point the ‘religion’ inherent in our
genes is born anew. The faith is again blossoming all over Europe
despite frequent legal restrictions and, in some areas, severe
punishments.

The persistence of the faithful in the US, despite the intensive and
unrelenting efforts of the US government to dissuade them through
grossly exaggerated & excessively harsh penalties, should be
rightly considered as evidence and testimony of just how strong this
faith can be.

In an era of political and legal persecution, such as we currently
are enduring, quite often the only time the truth can be published is
anonymously. For myself or any of those who have helped with this piece
to be openly identified, opens us up for retribution, prosecution and
possible imprisonment simply for exercising our rights to basic
religious freedom. If it was a viable option I would be proud to attach
my name to this work.

Anonymous authorship of ‘politically incorrect’ topics is well
established as both necessary and acceptable in repressive regimes such
as the one we now live under.

Those who are not directly threatened by this repression may have a
hard time believing we are once again in an era of attempted cultural,
ideological and spiritual ‘cleansing’. Yet the War on Drugs is
blatantly just another attempted ‘social purge’.

Going into what would prove to be WWII, the German people of the
late 1930’s would have had a hard time believing that the cleansing of
society and the elimination of the ‘Jew problem’ was in any way a bad
thing for German society. They were similarly brainwashed into
perceiving that a minor and primarily politically powerless subclass of
society were somehow undesirables, pariahs, the cause of their woes and
the major threat to social order and stability [Note 4].

. As are the drug users of today, the Jewish people were publicly
misrepresented as dangerous and worthless VERMIN not even worthy of
normal human considerations under the law; subhuman SCUM to be cleansed
from society’s fabric without guilt or remorse.

That Jews were being used as scapegoats for enabling a larger social
and political agenda was not even considered by the average German
citizen.

Our situation today in Amerika is little different. Even the police
themselves lack accurate information and are purposefully ‘educated’
[Note 5] with intentionally prejudicial propaganda, frequently utterly
lacking in facts, and instead often comprised of grossly distorted
‘scientific findings’ deliberately intended to misrepresent their
intended victims as threats to the established social order.

Drug users ARE the Jews of the 1990’s [and onward into the new
millennium].

As were the Jewish people, we also are viciously attacked and
persecuted for no reason other than our readily perceived differences
of belief and sometimes appearance. Our crime is our insistence that
the individual and the individual alone has the right to dictate how
they worship, what they think and how they feel in the privacy of their
own minds.

It has been said to me that this comparison is unfair, that
entheogenic drug users choose who we are, whereas Jewish people are
born Jews.

It is far from certain that people with predilections towards the
hallucinogens are not born that way.

Certainly most people do not care for the experience.

There is also considerable evidence to suggest that biochemical
markers can differentiate people into classes corresponding to which
drugs they prefer; suggesting that individual tastes for particular
substances may have underlying biochemical reasons.  We would
sugest that the answers to the true problems of drug abuse will only be
found in those lines of thought that start by asking the question “Why
is this individual self-medicating? What is it that they require which
their pattern of abuse is somehow satisfying?”

Ignoring this, it must also be pointed out that had the Jewish
people not been such a visible subclass, had the Orthodox Jews stopped
wearing their traditional clothing, had they given up their language
and their religious beliefs and sheepishly attempted an assimilation
into mainstream German society they also would have had no problems and
could never have been so unjustly and viciously used as a scapegoat for
Germany’s far larger economic and societal problems. Drug users today
are no different and suggestions that we abandon our beliefs, in an
attempt to conform to the wishes and religious beliefs of those who
believe differently from us, are no less insulting and inappropriate.

Social cleansings and cultural purges of unpopular minorities are
evil things no matter who the target.

As was the case with the German Jewish people, we also have been
relentlessly demonized in the media and portrayed as criminals and
undesirables to such a degree that it is rare to find an average
citizen who has not been affected.

As was true for the German Jewish people, we too have no support or
advocates within any bodies with effective political input. Any open
and visible stances we might take would be dealt with as the Nazis
would have dealt with a Jew who dared to stand up openly and visibly
defy Hitler in print or speech.

For those who would dispute this, we would remind them that when Jim
Hogshire was arrested for possession of commercial florist’s poppy
pods, the primary evidence the prosecution presented against him was
his published WRITINGS about this politically incorrect topic. Readers
might want to think about this for a moment.

The necessity of anonymity when voicing opposition to such an unjust
and oppressive regime is not limited to such gross and extreme
examples. Had James Madison not written the Federalist Papers under the
anonymity of “Publias”, he would have rapidly been arrested, imprisoned
and probably hanged as a traitor. The American Revolution only
succeeded because its membership was able to stay invisible until the
time for action arose.

It should be remembered that the majority of colonial Americans
never supported the establishment of an independent nation founded on
the principles of democracy and freedom and were not in favor of our
breaking away from England. (At least not until AFTER it had already
happened.)

It would be too simple to target, harass and silence us as
individuals. I am under no illusion about this very serious matter.

This is a revolution. Not one of violence, nor one that advocates an
overthrow or even an undermining of the government [Note 6] but one of
consciousness and of conscience that dares to declare and assert our
rights to govern and control our own thoughts, consciousness and
ability to worship, or not worship, as we believe. No form of
expression should be restricted unless it harms others.

Those of us who worship in this way are not bound together within
any formal dogma or organization, we only know the truth as it is
written in our hearts. Each of us knows we must find our own personal
path, as we are individuals and not mindless clones to be spoon fed a
mass marketed religion. Often, our only shared point is that each of us
believes that we have a right to govern our own consciousness and that
the only valid spiritual path for us is the cultivation of a personal
relationship with our creator.

We are claiming nothing more than the spiritual and religious
freedom that supposedly is guaranteed to us under the Constitution and
Bill of Rights that now hangs in tattered shreds, another victim of the
War on Drugs. [Writing for the third edition in 2005, both documents
now appear to have largely been buried, if not composted.]

I have said it before and will say it again; A War on Drugs is a War on People. Namely, people of different beliefs. Drugs are things. You cannot have a war on things. Wars are conducted between people or else, as in this case, waged against people.

The very notion of “zero tolerance” is not only blatantly
un-American but decidedly anti-Christian; despite the numbers of
American Christians who preach it. Too many otherwise decent humans
have allowed themselves to be swept up in an emotional propaganda
campaign of hatred, intolerance and prejudice against people who are
different from themselves.

It is little different from any of the other attempted cultural
cleansings, those social and ideological purges of minorities that are
shunned and condemned for their visible philosophical or spiritual
differences. Hitler targeted the Jews & other minorities, the
Inquisitions targeted witches, scientists and other ‘heretics’, various
Christian groups have repeatedly targeted those people that they
perceive as ‘godless’ such as witches, peyoteists and communists, Pol
Pot’s Khmer Rouge targeted the educated and those ‘contaminated’ by
exposure to foreign cultures, and the current American, medically
approved and religiously sanitized, version of the long-standing
Christian pogrom targets those who alter their consciousness.

In the case of the entheogen users, this is directed mainly against
people who do not believe in an organized religion with dogmas
prescribed by committee, and who therefore cannot fight back or
adequately defend themselves as the courts do not recognize the
pharmacological realms of spiritual experience as being valid for
people of European backgrounds, nor do the courts recognize any
religion that is not formally organized.

The courts cannot be expected to be unbiased in this matter, as
their decision makers swear an oath to the same God who’s followers
have been waging a war on those who hold the sacred plants to be Holy
(and who have been doing so ever since Christianity was decreed to be
the new State Religion of the Constantine’s Roman Empire).  We do
not want to diverge by discussing where this has been permitted to lead
in the new millennia.

We could also heap equal blame on the medical and pharmaceutical
community but as Dr. Thomas Szasz has done such an eloquent and well
written job annihilating the pompous facade on their blatant
financially motivated attempts at limiting competition and assuming
total control over people’s health choices and options for their own
benefit, we see no point in repeating more than some of the bones of
his observations.

I believe that, for the largest part, their minds are made up and
they are not open enough, or even able, to evaluate the issue honestly
and justly, free from preconceived notions and prejudice. In most cases
they have been assaulted by a deluge of misinformation and intense
propaganda since they were old enough to understand what was said to
them. They cannot be blamed. They are too ignorant of the actual truth
to even consider it to be a possibility. They hold what we believe as
not only wrong but utterly lacking in merit despite the precedence of
its great antiquity and the history of direct and unrelenting
persecution by the Christian faith over the last 1500 or so years.

It must be stressed that despite their best effort to destroy us and
the ‘faith’, we are still here. They may imprison or even kill us. They
may do the same to many thousands of others, as they have done and are
still doing, but our practices and beliefs live on.

Even if they somehow succeeded in destroying every single follower,
the faith will be born anew as soon as one person with the right
biochemistry eats of the sacrament in any one of it’s many varied
forms.

My religious and spiritual beliefs are incorporated into the
biochemistry of my body. The Holy ‘temple’ is within. My religious and
spiritual beliefs cannot be destroyed by destroying the individual as
they are incorporated into human physiology; encoded within the heart
and soul of my DNA.

I did not create this ‘religion’; I was born with it.

My ‘religion’ was created by the same forces that created me. My
belief is that it came with the planet.

It needs neither prophets and creeds nor threats and dangled
promises to ensure our obedience. Those of us who believe and merge
with these substances do so because we ACCEPT who and what we are:
HUMAN BEINGS.

This is an area in great need of truth. There is an unjustly
perceived social undesirability and political incorrectness surrounding
the very topic I hope to throw more light upon. This is unfortunate, as
it is the direct result of people believing that they somehow have the
right and duty to dictate and legislate what other people believe
spiritually and religiously. To this end they have sought to portray
this faith as something it is not with lies and innuendo.

The war on drugs is also a war specifically directed against
accurate information and knowledge; it is especially focused on access
to that information. (This inability to control information
distribution, and, more pointedly, information access, is the true
reason that the Internet strikes fear in the hearts of many who are
obsessed with power and control.)

For example, during the Reagan years, every reference to alkaloids
was mysteriously lacking from UT Austin’s On-Line catalog. Considering
there are several multiple volume series with this as their title, it
was not a small omission. Books concerning hallucinogens suddenly
disappeared from the catalog and in many cases from the actual shelves
themselves. Library officials attributed the latter to coincidence and
patrons failing to return books but as it happened literally overnight
and involved hundreds of books this stretches credibility.

I know that many remained on the shelves for YEARS without catalog
entries because I had always recorded the call numbers and could find
them physically by using my notes. It remained this way for almost a
decade. During the last two years of the Bush administration almost all
existing material A-Z reappeared in the catalog.

Many books however did not return, including any individual works
that had reported favorably on the usage of hallucinogenic drugs.
[Unless bearing such titles as “The Diabolic Root” or “Peyote, the
Indian Mind-Drug”.] Curiously, many reference and frequently cited
source books previously in the library holdings now say “Unavailable”
in their listing in the catalog.

A few still say “Unavailable” in their On-Line listing in spite of
their physical presence on the shelves. Many more say “Unavailable” or
“No longer available” that, while they are not in the University’s
holdings, are actually readily available through such services as
Inter-Library Loan. This option is commonly included for many books
listed for other topics along with the note of their absence from the
University holdings.

Due to the deluge of publications arising from recent ethnological
work among drug using peoples and studies of shamanic oriented faiths
there is a balance once again slowly returning to the library system.
(This refers to the University library.)

In spite of this, there is still the presence of what many in this
field like to call the ‘DMT filter’. This is an unofficial but
long-standing trend of compilers of data bases and On-Line search
indexes to omit the majority of references concerning DMT. (Perhaps due
to the fact that, not only is DMT wondrous and informationally rich
when approached properly [Note 7] but, as Dr. Shulgin puts it, “DMT is
everywhere.”)

Some might call this paranoia on my part but if one goes to the
Academic Periodical Index (which covers 1988 through the present) and
enters DMT in any one of its many names or synonyms, they will find
nothing concerning this compound. (At least this was true in a search
conducted in 1995 at our local University in Austin, Tx.) To a novice
observer this would suggest that there either was no ongoing research
concerning DMT or else the name does not appear in their title.

In the prior 8 years there were at least 12 mainstream journal
articles that clearly incorporated N,N-Dimethyltryptamine or a synonym
as part of their title or else listed it among their keywords. Under a
subject keyword search for hallucinogens we found only a reference to a
New York Times article concerning a Californian arrested for possessing
toads, referring to him as the ‘High Priest of Toads’, a label certain
to induce visions of witchcraft or satanic worship in many
preprogrammed Christians.

A similar keyword search for peyote yielded primarily mentions of
articles which stressed the High Court’s currently narrow view on
allowance of minority religious expression or accounts of the ‘crisis’
facing the NAC due to the limited availability of their sacrament in
contrast to their increasing requirements. (As if they are being
allowed any choice in the matter; especially now that Congress made
peyote seeds Schedule 1 in 1997, and failed to include any provision
for even bona fide NAC people to possess seeds, cultivate the plant or
even to return seeds to the wild! Incredibly this is even considered to
apply to those licensed to collect the plant from wild populations,
according to the Texas DPS!)

A few years ago a professional journal was created as a forum for
this topic. Yet, all of our available referencing sources at the
University insist that Integration: (subtitled; Zeitschrift fur
Geistbewegende Pflanzen und Kultur) does not exist. This is true
despite its primary contributing authors being well known and highly
respected scientists and medical professionals with many articles
behind them; some stretching back literally decades. Apparently it was
never included by any of the citation services which catalog
professional journals. Unfortunately this lack of awareness has now
outlived the life of the fairly short-lived journal.

I suspect this attitude of casual dismissal to be a part of the
prejudice and popular misconception that we are all a bunch of tie-dyed
barefoot ‘hippies’ wanting to dance naked in the parks. A few of us may
be, but the vast majority are just regular hardworking and honest
people.

We are doctors, chemists and other degreed professionals. We teach
and we work in factories. We are everywhere.

We are not criminals except for what we believe in spiritually. We
have nothing in common for the most part except for this faith that
ties us together and the pains we must take to keep our spiritual
practices out of sight, similar to what early Christians were forced to
undergo.

They also were persecuted, arrested and severely punished for their
beliefs if discovered. Their meetings and congregations of worship and
fellowship also had to occur in secrecy. They did not cease to exist in
response to being branded outlaws.

Our situation is no different and our beliefs are certainly no less
valid.

Many people who believe as I do will strenuously object to our
system of spiritual experience being labeled a religion because this
conjures up images of a centrally controlled system or prescribed dogma
such as that which portrays us as subhuman vermin fit to be
exterminated and exhibits no tolerance for those of different beliefs.
Whether you refer to it as spirituality or religion these are just
words for a system of belief concerning what we hold to be sacred and
true as concerns the ineffable.

Terence McKenna defined shamanism as being not a religion but rather
a set of techniques. This is quite true and will go far towards
explaining why the approaches often seem as variable as the individual.

Ours is distinct from the organized religions in that most of us
reject the ideas that someone else must tell us what is true and that
we must live in the shadows of the organizational control and spiritual
experiences of others. Spirituality is either living and personally
accessible or it is dead. The idea of an organization existing to
direct and therefore legitimize our beliefs and experiences is
abhorrent to almost all of us. The issue is the Sacred. The Sacred
cannot be legislated by committee.

Many of us who follow the PharmacoGnostic paths or other shamanic
approaches are sincere in our beliefs. We could not claim that all are
sincere anymore than any church or organization can truthfully claim
that all of its members are sincere.

We are also the only faith for which the courts frequently require a
racist criterion for the only exception to their blanket prohibition on
the sacraments, or suggest that proof of sincerity would be a
prerequisite for any consideration of expanding its tolerance. I must
wonder how a person would legally “prove” sincerity? Have others attest
to it? As if they know.

At the highest level, the court rejects the issue of toleration of
minority religious freedom entirely (in their words, as a “luxury”)
except for one established group, the Native American Church. Even in
this case, they repeatedly find themselves under attacks and harassment
as to this day the High Court refuses to bar the States from enacting
their own laws to prohibit any expression of worship they see fit,
setting the NAC up for yet more future court battles and wasted
resources.

A more subtle but far more damaging restriction exists for the NAC
due to the illegality of peyote cultivation. As natural resources are
dwindling, due in largest part to habitat loss resulting from land
conversion to agriculture and pasturage, the inability of peyote-ists
to mass cultivate the plant legally is creating a serious threat for
their future unless they are willing to accept an alternate sacrament
(which of course will not be legal).

A Peyote church in Arizona, dedicated towards cultivation and
preservation of their sacrament, has found limited success but
similarly found themselves or their members back in court to fight for
what little protection of their civil rights that the state has
allowed. This is a pattern that we can expect to continue until the
Supreme Court develops the cojónes to affirm that our law does indeed
support religious freedom of minorities.

Peyote can be readily cultivated but there is a lag time before
usefulness that is comparable to aged scotches. Unless the courts are
willing to allow large scale cultivation to begin they are directly
contributing to great hardships for a faith they supposedly allow.

Current provisions under the law do not specifically prohibit
cultivation but only guarantee protection for harvesting by registered
harvesters and actual consumption itself by recognized members.

While not specifically forbidding the NAC to cultivate, the seeds
are now illegal to possess, creating an interesting obstacle for its
purportedly protected and legitimate users to assume any control over
their future.

The Texas Department of Public Safety, the agency who licenses the 4
remaining peyoteros who harvest for the entirety of the NAC, insists
that it is not legal for anyone to cultivate. Their stance is that even
peyoteros are licensed only to collect from wild populations; not to
grow or even to replant the cacti!

As Texas is the only state it grows in naturally and it strictly
forbids its possession, even if for strictly ornamental or
horticultural purposes, large scale cultivation would be a risky
undertaking at best. [Note 8]

Peyoteros are licensed to COLLECT not to cultivate.

While many of us accept and use other sacraments, the NAC and other
peyote faiths should be enabled to choose their own and continue to
have access to it.

They currently have little or no actual freedom to address the issue
of future access or even to undertake action to remedy and prevent the
destruction of their sacrament. The current system unrealistically
allows them to obtain peyote only through these duly licensed
harvesters who, due to the system and restrictions imposed, legally and
physically, continually harvest smaller and younger plants from the few
remaining areas of wild populations that are available to them.

Efforts to secure protection for cultivation of the sacrament have
thus far not seen the cooperation of the necessary authorities. While
Leo Mercado’s Peyote Foundation enjoyed a small degree of success in
their state (Arizona), this proved short-lived when more creative steps
were applied to overcome the earlier decisions and not permit the
courts to  return Leo’s peyote plants to him again.

It appears that there are still no straight answers on the actual
circumstances under which Peyote cultivation (and possession) is
protected. 

One thing that is clear is that Leo and others have clearly
demonstrated that large scale peyote cultivation can be done by anyone
almost anywhere if they are willing to do some work. Its almost
fascinating that attacks on Peyote is now well underway in several
European nations. One has to wonder who is behind the introduction
of  these new prohibitions.

Interestingly those involved in Leo’s harassment included
Arizona authorities who did not agree with Arizona state law and simply
refused to respect it despite their sworn oaths to do so. So much for
the frequently repeated claim of being impartial upholders of the law.
(Perhaps upholders of the law as they would like it to be, would be
more accurate)

A handful of alkaloids figure into our religious and spiritual lives
as they have done in the lives of countless humans for many millennia.
We do not, can not and will not accept the religious oppression and
censorship placed upon us and our beliefs.

What I believe is not wrong nor is it without substance. What is
wrong is that is has been forbidden in a 2-pronged attack by 2
competing ‘religious’ [Note 9] orders [Note 10] who largely pull the
strings in both the governing and legislative factions of our
government, and who have gone to great pains to demonize and
misrepresent our sacraments to both mainstream American Christians
& ‘acceptable’ non-Christians (including the secular and nonsecular
factions that exist in each). The unrelenting intensity of the ongoing
media blitz and outrageous propaganda efforts launched so far would
make even Herr Goebbels envious.

While this is currently masqueraded as a public health and safety
issue, the vast majority of the public health and safety risks for any
and all drugs are the direct result of, and are actually created by,
the laws forbidding the use of drugs [Note 11]. This is an issue that
is too large for our small work to address and we would refer
interested readers to Ott 1993 (1996) or Ott 1995 or Ott 1997 and
references therein.

Some of the best written essays on this subject can be found in what
should be considered as required reading for anyone with an interest in
this area, whether pro or con:

Thomas Szasz 1985 Ceremonial Chemistry: The Ritual Persecution of
Drugs, Addicts and Pushers. and

Thomas Szasz 1992 Our Right to Drugs. The Case for a Free Market.
and

Milton Friedman & Thomas Szasz 1992 On Liberty and Drugs.

Another work on the subject of misrepresentation of this issue to
hide its true nature as an actual war on nonconformity, the
Constitution and democracy itself was brought to our attention in a
book review in the PRL [Note 12]. This book should be required reading
by everyone on both sides of this issue. It may not change their minds
on where they stand but, as with Szasz, it will help them to better
understand the true issues involved and why things are as they are. See
Richard Lawrence Miller 1996 Drug Warriors and Their Prey: From Police
Power to Police State.

For those who aren’t appalled enough and who would like to delve
even deeper into understanding the history of why we are where we are
right now, we would suggest additionally reading (or viewing) the
following to pull together a larger picture from their different
vantage points:

Dennis Bernstein & Howard Levin 1994 The Texas Observer. (June
17): 14-15. “Ollie Takes a Powder: A Texas DEA Agent Once Tracked
Oliver North’s Contra Drug Deals.”

Also, wade through the transcripts of the Iran-Contra hearings.
[Bring some tall boots.]

Martin A. Lee & Bruce Shlain 1985 Acid Dreams: The CIA, LSD, and
the Sixties Rebellion.

Michael Levine 1994 The Big White Lie: The deep cover operation that
exposed the CIA sabotage of the drug war. [A former DEA agent’s
viewpoint of the CIA’s role in the appearance and distribution of crack
cocaine. Largely misses the big picture but important and eye-opening
reading.]

Alfred W. McCoy 1972 The Politics of Heroin in Southeast Asia.
[Interesting viewpoint of a CIA apologist.]

Terence McKenna 1992 Food of the Gods.

See Bill Moyer’s hair-raising look at the documentation that Oliver
North didn’t have time to shred. [Broadcast on PBS; the title escapes
us, it seems like it was one of the parts of the “Secret War” (“Secret
gov’t.”?)]

Jonathan Ott 1993 (1996) Pharmacotheon.

Jonathan Ott 1995 The Age of Entheogens.

Jonathan Ott 1997 Pharmacophilia or the Natural Paradises.

Jay Stevens 1987 Storming Heaven: LSD and the American Dream.

Another slant on elements of this subject can be found in Linda Hunt
1991 Secret Agenda: The United States Government Nazi Scientists and
Operation Paperclip.

 

Another book I have not yet read, mentioned in Miller 1996 and McKenna 1992, is Arnold S. Trebach 1987 The Great Drug War.

There are MANY more excellent works & resources on this topic. We would suggest using a keyword search at www.google.com for the words “drug policy reform” in order to locate current resources.

The piece you are now reading is a small effort in the fight against the ongoing War on Information and is intended to enable interested people to have access to information that is as accurate as the existing literature would allow. It is presented in the hopes that it will enable those who are determined to exercise their right of personal control over their own consciousness and spiritual experience to be able to do so both safely and effectively. It is also intended to serve as a source of further references for those desiring more in-depth information on this subject.

Many established professional researchers might potentially benefit
from this work but they may have problems with my opinions. A good
number probably have not even gotten this far before putting the book
down in disgust. In assembling Sacred Cacti I have attempted to correct
as many errors and erroneous inclusions and literature citations as I
could identify. If prejudices against what I believe can be set aside,
even temporarily, they may find this work of some value.

Some may take me to task for freely presenting my opinions in what
otherwise might be a useful and, in parts, a fairly focused piece.
Certainly this book would find broader acceptance if I left it as a
simple factual compendium and omitted my thoughts and opinions. I would
ask these critics to look at their own prejudices. It is far too
frequent that researcher’s opinions biased against these plants and
substances are included in their work.

I offer what I think and believe simply as a very small counter
balance to the prevailing mainstream view.

It is rare that during Dr. Jerry L. McLaughlin’s analyses of
mescaline containing plants that he did not include his opinion about
whether a plant has amounts too low to be a ‘problem’ or whether it
should become a scheduled drug due to its “potential of abuse”.

In several cases he actually proposed that further laws be enacted
against God-given plants that are not against the law. I suspect he has
received little if any criticism for this stance and
PharmacoGnostically bigoted statements. It would be surprising if his
vocal position did not help to ensure continued funding. [I seriously
doubt that Dr. McLaughlin ever had any consciously malicious intent or
even considered that his comments might be viewed as prejudiced; much
less outright religious bigotry.]

I believe that the real abuse is the restriction of otherwise fairly
innocuous sacramental substances and the imposition of laws and
penalties that often ruin people’s lives, steal from them, cheat them
out of and deprive them of those things which are by right theirs, such
as freedom, property, child custody and employment, as well as basic
human dignity; all for simply using plants created by nature for our
use. All of which, in the case of the alkaloids that I will discuss,
are neither particularly dangerous, nor are they injurious, habit
forming or physically addictive.

A person could not abuse mescaline if they wanted to. The experience
is physically demanding and a person would be unable to experience any
effect, except for the physical distress, within a very few days of
use. Any use, currently, is considered abuse.

The Inquisition has never ended. It has only taken other
forms. 

To lock a person up, depriving them of freedom, family and property;
cheating them (and their families) out of YEARS of productive life,
subjecting them to inhuman and degrading situations and conditions,
forced labor and, not uncommonly, homosexual rape [Note 14] is only a
somewhat more protracted and different form of torture.

The weight and severity of such punishment far outweighs even the
greatest degree of imagined harm as portrayed by prohibitionists.

It is just as wrong for such a loss and waste of their life to be
imposed since the only ‘crime’ is simply that of a person holding
different religious or philosophical beliefs than those prescribing and
applying the punishment. Whether actions and personal beliefs cause
harm to others should be the sole deciding criteria for making acts
against the law; not whether or not they conflict with preconceived
philosophical beliefs, or the majority’s religion.

That spiritual, ideological and mental control are the motivation
and origin of this prejudice and harassment is inescapable.

Even if the accuser is not a particularly religious person, those
set against us ARE from an environment and of a social background that
contained their views and premises concerning these substances within a
field of intensely and uncompromisingly pejorative prejudicial
propaganda that has been heavily promoted in Christian circles for some
15 centuries now.

The fact that the ‘church of medicine’ has helped the State
transform the labeling of this issue from one of personal freedom and
religious choice into one of ‘Public Health’ [Note 15] changes nothing
beyond the public’s perception.

Even if a user does not view these substances in spiritual or
religious terms, any such restrictions on what a person can and cannot
experience in the privacy of their own mind are those born of religious
control and proscription.

In many instances, we find ourselves far more in need of freedom
FROM religion than freedon OF religion. Freedom of religion does not
simply mean freedom to choose what to believe but it means the freedom
to not be forced what to believe or, even, to believe.

Most of us who use these sacraments DO believe.

If what the sacred plant using people believe was truly wrong or in
error, it would present absolutely no threat to the church. If it was a
fantasy, as some would have us believe, then it would have no
substance. Things with no substance do not pose a threat.

What we believe is not wrong. This is why they fear these plants.

When these plants teach us, and THEY DO teach us, it is with the
truth. The peyote has never lied to me. It has told me things that I
have had no way of knowing ahead of time, it has told me things that I
did not want to know or want to believe to be true but I have never
found it to be wrong or in error.

Not all plants have the same degree of truthfulness as peyote, some
such as mushrooms can be downright playful. Even with peyote, or ANY
other spiritual or religious path, it is possible to lie to or deceive
oneself or to operate under a self-imposed delusion, especially if a
person is inexperienced or not well trained at differentiating real
information from imagination.

The information that comes from the plant however is always correct
and appears to be intended for our growth and learning. Even with the
inherent trickster elements of these plants; the experience always
seems to be geared towards giving us the opportunity to get a clearer
and more honest look at ourselves and who we are.

These drugs cause the effects they do because we have the underlying
biochemical machinery for these experiences. A question rapidly arises
about why these alkaloids exist and why they cause the effects they do
in humans

A frequent assertion is that alkaloids are present as feeding
deterrents and that this is their primary function.

I agree that some are indeed a deterrent to grazing animals as are
spines, but must point out that even in the case of the spineless
peyote, alkaloid levels are lowest in young plants. These are the
plants at the most risk from grazing as they often have underdeveloped
defences and present the most succulent and tender growth. IF alkaloids
truly were primarily grazing deterrents then it would seem most likely
they would be higher or at least equally present in young plants.

While this is true in some plants, this is clearly not the case in
any species of cacti that have been analyzed. It could be that they do
indeed exist as feeding deterrents but only after a plant has
successfully reached an age where it can procreate. This may represent
an evolutionary survival strategy to ensure that the strongest and best
situated plants have the greatest contribution to the future gene pool.
(Obviously this would only be advantageous to perennials. It is also
suggested by the peaks of alkaloid levels in the Aizoaceae coinciding
with their flowering periods. See Smith et al. 1998)

Another proposal is that they are just metabolic by-products that
serve no purpose. In view of their sometimes high concentrations and
dynamic fluctuations this seems unlikely.

I believe that they are intimately involved with metabolic processes
in the plant. If there was no function for them it is unlikely that
they would be expressed in the quantities they sometimes are. All of
these require multiple enzymes for their assembly. This is a lot of DNA
information to be perpetuated for no reason. Also, for the vastly
largest part, these alkaloids are produced in parenchymal tissues,
specialized thin-walled cells where intense metabolic and synthetic
activity often occurs. Another point suggesting an active role in the
metabolism of the plants which produce them is that seasonal
fluctuations in the alkaloid levels (quantitative) and actual
variations in alkaloid content (qualitative) are known to occur.

Some of this is supported by our observations in Desmanthus
leptolobus. In our assays of its root bark, we [Note 16]  found
that DMT (N,N-Dimethyltryptamine) concentrations were apparently
highest after flowering had occurred and seeds were formed. The
elevated levels persisted even after the seeds had been dropped. During
the latter part of the year, other alkaloids also began to be present
in higher amounts. Similarly in Phalaris (all Phalaris assays used new
growth [Note 17]) and Delosperma, DMT and/or 5-MeO-DMT appear to be
present at the highest levels long after flowering had occurred and
after the seeds had been dropped.

The answer of their function in these plants is not clear. This is
an area in need of further study.

The answer of the function of some in the human organism is more
clear. It is apparent to almost anyone who has ingested them. They
would be unable to exert the effects that they do if there was not an
underlying biochemical and physiological mechanism for this experience
and its expression. This clearly suggests an endogenous chemical
mechanism for religious and spiritual experiences of all kinds [Note
18].

The fact that this is not experienced by all people does not
conflict with this conclusion as evidently not all people are capable
of direct religious and spiritual experiences via any means. (I like to
think that they are capable but something in their chemical make-up,
psyche or persona blocks it.)

For example, some people are easily threatened or challenged, others
are control freaks. Neither of these groups tends to be able to
comfortably handle or interact with forces greater than themselves or
circumstances over which they cannot exert control [Note 19]. It
certainly is a lot easier to either let someone else (or their
representative) interact with the hoary Infinite on your behalf or to
simply deny its existence altogether. It can be a terrifying thing to
enter these realms as one very small person. It is not an experience
everyone seeks.

I have never tended towards the easy approach. Life and spirituality
are like food; they are best when they have a good flavor but are not
obsessively indulged in. Life and spirituality should be savored in the
diverse experiences that are presented to us and which our personal
temperaments and predilections enable us to appreciate.

We all are different in our genetic makeup, our psychological
make-up and our backgrounds; no standard approach can be described and
applied by another.

Chemicals able to induce spiritual experiences are potentially
capable of being made within us (endogenous alkaloids), while others
exist within plants and animals in a number of varieties that we hope
to adequately address in this short series of works.

Mescaline, the topic of this volume, is most likely not made
endogenously but is capable of interacting with the neurological
pathways that do exist for this purpose, or at least those which
involve or are influenced by 5-HT2 receptor interactions.

Terence McKenna made an interesting comment that only DMT possesses
activity when its ingestion occurs in a dream. I would take issue with
him on this.

I agree that when smoking DMT in a dream there is a pronounced DMT
effect, sometimes even more profound than that which occurs when awake.
As DMT is now recognized to be a human neurotransmitter, produced under
as yet poorly understood parameters, existence of this activity is not
surprising. Nor would it be surprising if the structure that mediates
spiritual experience, even if a protein, involves DMT, 5-MeO-DMT and/or
one of the 6-methoxylated-b-carbolines or has a similar structure or
configuration in at least its active site.

[Jace Callaway proposed that DMT/5-MeO-DMT production during sleep
may be involved in the production of dreams. In spite of the importance
that these substances hold concerning not only religious experience but
also consciousness itself, it is curious that research on them is
currently so stifled and restricted.]

When eating peyote in dreams [Note 20], smoking pot in dreams or
even if using narcotics in dreams (the only time in my life that this
last example rarely occurs) there are also corresponding drug effects.
That of mescaline is indeed altered from how it is perceived via
external ingestion but it is still psychoactive in a phenethylamine
(like a low dose of mescaline) rather than a tryptamine sense (as
experienced subjectively in the dream state).

As for mushrooms, I do not know, every single time that I have eaten
mushrooms in a dream the onset has caused me to wake up.

Mushrooms DO seem to have that effect…This ‘waking up’ effect is
one of the primary reasons that those who would like to manipulate
people by pushing buttons to control them through their pre-existing
set of beliefs so despise the use of hallucinogens. They are nothing if
not de-programming tools par excellence.

It is my belief that there is a (perhaps small) repertoire of
endogenous chemicals that catalyze ALL spiritual and religious
experiences. Some of the potential categories are obvious: THC type
structures [Note 21], opiates (a large number have already been
identified in humans), phenethylamines, tryptamines and b-carbolines.

Other more complex structures probably also exist in the form of
peptides. The activity exhibited by the aforementioned small molecules
may normally be mediated by a moiety present as a portion of these
peptides. Only the size, shape and charge distribution on the binding
portion and adjacent areas (active sites) actually matter when it comes
to a receptor site’s reaction to a substance.

Physiologically active di- or triterpenoids, or other molecules
shaped similarly to our major hormones and capable of interacting with
our nervous system may also eventually be found in some cacti.

In spite of how upset some people get when presented with proposals
of a biochemical mechanism underlying religious and spiritual
experience I must stress that we ARE biochemical machines, constructed
and operated according to the chemical information contained within and
expressed by our DNA (also a chemical). This is who and what we are,
how we operate and how we exist. This is HOW we interface with the real
world. There is nothing that we think, feel or perceive that is not
chemically mediated. This is simply how we are designed to work and why
we can be created from the simple DNA code that forms us as individual
organisms.

Life and everything physical around us is chemicals and chemistry.
We did not invent it, we simply created a language to describe it and
learned how to manipulate it.

What I find perplexing is that somehow this view is interpreted by
some as trivializing or negating the marvelousness and vital importance
of life and perception.

I would suggest that it is even more marvelous that such richness
& diversity of life, perception and experience can be enabled,
allowed and perpetuated via such seemingly simple mechanisms. It should
not diminish but rather substantially enhance our respect and
admiration for the designer of such an amazing system of life and
consciousness.

People should feel blessed for being allowed to exist.

I believe that the reason these substances are attacked so
relentlessly by the control freak factions of Christianity is because
in their hearts they know that what is too often offered as
Christianity is a shallow and false replica intended to manipulate
others; one without any true spiritual substance.

No true Christian would promote hatred, injustice and intolerance in
the name of Christ. It certainly is a useful banner, though, for
recruiting blind masses of push-button supporters and filling their
leaders’ pockets.

People who consider themselves Christians would do well to look
honestly at their leaders and the actions of their organizations and
see if they actually spread the doctrines of love, peace, brotherhood,
stewardship and tolerance, or if their love is reserved only for their
‘own kind’ and spread by intimidation or even ‘force of the sword’ (or
threat of incarceration), accompanied by insistence on condemnation,
ruthless persecution, suppression or outright oppression for those who
disagree.

Murder, and oppression of other beliefs, has always been a recurrent
component during the spread of their ideology into ‘non-Christian’
societies for the entirety of formalized Christian history.

It is tragic that many otherwise decent and sincere people have
blindly accepted what they have been told by, unknown to them, evil
leaders for so long that some have come to accept these blatantly
satanic practices as Christian values. It is understandable that they
would not want to recognize the evil they had unwittingly served as it
might damage their faith but if their faith is true, valid and properly
placed it can withstand the truth, only that which is false fears being
questioned in the light of day. IF they have been deceived, the sooner
they can discover this, the sooner they can begin to practice their
faith in a way that is true to its ideals.

If love is reserved only for people of a particular club or group
then it is perverse and a contributor to the darkness. If a person’s
actions bring misery, torment and wrongful deprivation to others (as
the Drug Wars DO) and they call themselves a Christian, they would do
well to look at what is truly being served.

What is Sacred and Holy is a part of us all. No one has patent over
the truth and no group “owns” God or somehow has to act as interpreter
for the rest of the world. It is my belief the satanic forces that
Christians rant and rave about are indeed living and active; and
calling themselves Christians in order to deceive and manipulate the
masses of sincere and unquestioning Christians. They exist as a
powerful structure within the very heart of modern Christianity.

They protect themselves from the discovery of who and what they are
by using the same tactics of misdirection that dirty cops do. Namely
they misrepresent any challenge to or attack on them as an attack on
all the decent and honest cops (or Christians) who make up the bulk of
their organizations and who they know will automatically rally to
defend themselves as a group and in doing so are unknowingly
manipulated and used to shield and protect the evil and corrupt
elements within their ranks.

Christians who actually are and who live as Christians deserve
nothing but respect. None is due to those who loudly proclaim they are
and spend their time ignoring their own commandments to manipulate,
control or enslave others for their own benefit and profit.

The ‘sacrament’ is inherent within us all. Whether it is produced
internally or accessed through the plants that we were provided with,
by the same forces that also created us, access is our birthright.

The Sacred Infinite created peyote and mushrooms and, by their
design, gave them the powers they have within my nervous system. They
are not the creation of humans, unlike the multitude of ‘organized’
religions.

No other person or organization must hold the keys for anyone else
(they are ours by right of birth for actual and personal use), although
many will claim this in order to control and enslave people by taking
away their personal power. The only time I was fortunate enough to have
met him, Tellis Papastavro told me, a long time ago, “The price of
freedom is eternal vigilance” [against those who would take that
freedom away] [Note 22] .

He, and others, have also told me, “What you are searching for is
what you are searching with.” or as Chang Po-tuan wrote in the 12th
century (as translated by Thomas Cleary) :

 “Everyone originally has the herb of long life: it’s just that
they don’t understand it and throw it away in vain […] When the
elixir is fully developed, naturally gold fills the room [….] I urge
you to find out the place where your body was born; going back to the
basis, returning to the origin, this is the production of the
medicine.” [Note 23]

This clearly indicates that this author realized the inherent nature
of awareness as being incorporated into the very origin of our being (a
product of our DNA) and innately contained within the human machine as
an inviolable and inextricable formative component of our fabric.

What matters is whether the information is true, not whether the key
was the original or a duplicate. Even if it was a skeleton key; as long
as it opened the door to the room, access could be achieved. One does
have to wonder why it is that hallucinogenic plants grow everywhere in
the world [Note 24].

What many people often miss with any spiritual approach is that they
somehow think that access is all there is. They mistakenly believe that
once they are ‘in’ or a member or have reached some preset goal (such
as enlightenment) that nothing further is required. Once we ‘arrive’ is
when the work begins. Arriving is not the end point; and, in and of
itself, has no intrinsic value. What matters is what is done with what
has been accessed. The destination is the starting point for future
actions, not some magical endpoint where nothing further needs to be
done.

I would urge that the issue of entheogen use be re-examined. Not as
an issue of it being morally right or wrong. It is neither. No religion
or spiritual approach is purely right or wrong. What is right or wrong
is its application. Does it help or harm people? Does it promote the
light or feed the darkness? These are not difficult to determine simply
by looking at the results of the actions taken.

A major failure of the war on drugs is its dangerously asinine approach
to factual information.

The inane slogans “Just Say No To Drugs” and “Zero Tolerance” lump
all drug use together in a way that is not only ill-defined and thus
defies rational analysis, but far more importantly, effectively
prevents any realistic popular perception, public debate, address or
resolution [Note 25] of the REAL issues or even the REAL problems of
drug abuse.

Rather than accomplish its stated goals of decreasing drug use or
abuse it can readily be proven to radically stimulate it among people
who often would have otherwise never have become involved.

The issue that is currently avoided is one of personal
responsibility. There is an idea that hallucinogenic drug use is
somehow irresponsible.

As with the issue of drug abuse, irresponsible use is a relationship
with said drug that is detrimental to oneself.

I would urge the responsible use of any and all drugs; namely
accepting responsibility for one’s own actions when using drugs.
Clearly some times are inappropriate for drug usage.

For example, if a person is being paid to do a job, it is wrong to
use any drugs that impair performance be it alcohol or any other
substance.

Currently many employers believe that they can extend this
justifiable concern to include what a person does in their own free
time. This is a gross and flagrant abuse of their contract with their
help. Depriving citizens of rights and liberties is supposed to require
demonstration of a compelling need by the state. It begs to be
questioned why urine-analysis to prove a person does not smoke Cannabis
in their own free time is needed or justifiable in order for a human to
sell pet food to the public.

Employment does not confer ownership unless said “employment” is in
the form of slave and master. For a person’s philosophical and
spiritual beliefs to determine whether or not they are employable is
blatantly a religious prejudice and discrimination.

If a crime or act of violence or theft is committed a person must be
held accountable. The widely embraced idea that alcohol or a drug ‘made
them do it’ is an absurd excuse that attempts to misdirect blame and
should not be tolerated. If someone was capable of the act while under
the influence, they were capable of it when not under the influence.
The drug did not MAKE them commit the act. THEY committed the act.

If a person cannot control their actions when they are intoxicated;
then they should not get intoxicated.

It is neither society’s nor the government’s responsibility to act
as their parent or nanny and protect them from their own free choices
[Note 26]. The fact that they were intoxicated should have no bearing on their guilt as, assuming for a moment that a crime was committed because of ‘relaxed inhibitions’ [Note 27] it was THEIR CHOICE to get intoxicated.

The issue is simply one of self-control and a person assuming and
accepting full personal responsibility for their actions whether
choosing to use drugs or choosing not to use drugs. Some places and
situations are simply not appropriate for many drugs [Note 28]. Some
situations are. In others, it does not matter one way or the other. It
is a matter of personal choice and personal responsibility. Nothing is
more personal than the relationship one has with one’s own
consciousness.

Entheogenic drug use is also currently considered and presented as
being an aberrant behavior. It is indeed a minority behavior but it is
neither unnatural nor is it aberrant. Deliberate ingestion of
hallucinogens by animals is well documented. Ronald Siegel had recorded
over 300 cases by the late 1970’s according to Dr. Dobkin de Rios 1990.

Despite Siegel’s peculiar and irrationally emphatic bias against
these plants and his disturbingly free anthropomorphic interpretations
[Note 29] of animal behaviors, his work actually lends much support to
the NATURALNESS of consciousness alteration as a NORMAL biological
drive.

Use of all types of substances and activities to alter consciousness
seems to be one of the largest and most basic of drives and needs of
humans (perhaps second only to eating and sex; both of which can easily
be proven to alter consciousness). It certainly takes up a huge amount
of most people’s time.

It is not always perceived of as consciousness alteration because of
how various societies define what are acceptable forms of altering
their consciousness and what are not.

For instance, use of refined sugars, television, sports involvement,
whether as spectator or player, dancing, jogging, religion, martial
arts, meditation, sex and all types of common points of interest for
people (including obsessive disorders and, if we can believe the
courts, Beanie Baby collecting [Note 30] ) can make people feel better
in some way, with their moods and/or perceptions correspondingly
altered or ‘enhanced’.

All modify our biochemistry, and ALL directly and specifically alter
consciousness.

Many literally produce OPIATES [Note 31] within our nervous system.
I suspect that sex additionally produces natural ligands for the known
THC receptors but this is just a hunch based on a subjective comparison
of Cannabis with the after-effects of good sex.

And, although some might immediately deny it, ALL are highly
addictive in nature for those attracted to them and produce very real
withdrawal symptoms of some type if access to the stimulation is
suddenly cut off. [Often this is as simple as irritability and/or a
headache but these symptoms vanish once access to the desired
stimulation is regained.]

The appearance of withdrawal symptoms once an addictive stimulus is
discontinued and the cessation of these withdrawal symptoms once the
discontinued addictive stimulus (or suitable surrogate) is reapplied
are key elements in recognizing and defining an addiction as is a
compulsion or urge to repeat the stimulus.

Drug use, and most especially hallucinogenic drug use, is also
frequently depicted as a ‘new problem’.

While the ‘problem’ may be new, the use of drugs is not.

Despite huge gaps in our understanding, the archeological record
clearly indicates that not only drug use but hallucinogenic drug use
has been with mankind since the very earliest of times. [See Schultes
1998.]

Growing evidence suggests that we actually owe much of who we are
today to our interactions with these plants both in early times and
throughout history. [See Devereaux 1997 or McKenna 1992 for many
excellent examples.]

Entheogenic drugs are not for most people.

It is not that they are somehow reserved for only a privileged few;
but rather, apparently only a relatively few people respond to them
this way. The majority of people do not like them and either have no
desire to experience them, or to experience them again [Note 32].

The minority that does respond this way to them does so because this
is who we are.

It is not clear why they do what they do for us and apparently do
not have the same effects in others.

We are not missionaries wanting to promote their use among others.
We are who we are because we were born this way. We will use these
substances because it is right and proper, this we know in our hearts.
It is less a matter of choice than one of conscience.

We expect only the due and proper right [Note 33] to worship in our
own way as our Creator has taught and enabled us.

Make no mistake, this IS, in fact, where these plants came from, how
we were given them & why they produce the effects that they do.
Unlike ALL of the world’s major organized religions, their creation was
through the same forces that gave our species its birth.

The forces which oppose them, on the other hand, are not elements
formed during our creation but rather arise directly out of the beliefs
and acts of HUMANS who want to manipulate and control (if not
monopolize for their own benefit) the religious and spiritual
experiences of others.

This small work is offered in hopes that it will provide enough
information to enable people to make responsible and safe choices. It
is also offered with the sincere hopes that it will stimulate and
better enable future research into this fascinating area.

As editor, I would hope that this will not offend people or be
misconstrued as to its intent but am fairly certain that it will be by
at least some people. Over this I can have no control.

I do hope that the reader enjoys this book. Any comments or
corrections will be greatly welcomed.

 

Author’s comments concering the 2006 Third Edition.

It seemed to us that the entire opening sections should be rewritten
to reflect the sweeping changes many of our readers have experienced
since the publication of the second edition.

So much has changed we realized that to accomplish this we would do
better to discard the old version and rewrite it.

We decided on a compromise of mildly updating but largely preserving
those sections despite a good portion of that being outdated or even no
longer applicable.

 For instance, we wrote that the US needed to return to
acknowledging its constitutional guarantees but , despite my still
agreeing with that, the reality is that the post-coup USA no longer has
a functional Constitution and it appears unlikely we will see its
return in our lifetime.

The Inquisition is gearing up anew and casually intruding into
people’s lives on a scale not even dreamed of outsite of science
fiction and futuristic fantasy.

We live in interesting times.

 

opening; Trichocereus peruvianus near Matucana

Trichocereus peruvianus near Matucana

 

Endnotes for Opening comments

Note 1:

An interesting coincidence pointed out to me by Sasha Shulgin is
that the discovery of mescaline and its activity occurred just after
the discovery of radiation (radium and x-ray) [the apparent discovery
& immediate scientific censorship of psilocybin occurring also in
these years] and the discovery of LSD and its activity paralleled the
successful unleashing of nuclear energy. It is no coincidence that
psychedelic drug users and the nuclear industry often seem so
diametrically opposed in life philosophies.

I have come to believe that the widespread proliferation of the
knowledge of the entheogens in technologically based cultures is
nature’s response to the reckless and irresponsible proliferation of
nuclear energy. It is fairly obvious that the planet has never before
been so seriously imperiled by human hands nor has there ever been a
broader based usage of the entheogens.

The response of the established power structure is also clear in
intent and motivation; Albert Einstein observed “Great spirits have
always been viciously attacked by mediocre minds.”

Sasha quoted Voltaire as correctly observing “It is dangerous to be
right in matters on which the established authorities are wrong.”

Note 2:

It must be stressed that Bufotenine, DMT & 5-MeO-DMT have all
been proven to be naturally produced WITHIN the human nervous
system and are present in a variety of bodily fluids. See the following
and/or the references therein:

Barker et al. 1981, Clarke’s Isolation and Identification of Drugs
in Pharmaceuticals, Body Fluids and Post-Mortem Materials. Second
edition 1986, Davis 1989, Franzen & Gross 1965, Gillin et al.1976,
Gucchait 1976, Hazum et al. 1981, Oon et al. 1977, Rosengarten &
Friedhoff 1976, Saavedra & Axelrod 1972, Smythies et al. 1979,
Tanimukai et al. 1970 & Wyatt et al.1973.

Note 3:

Due to government suppression over half a century ago.

Note 4:

 A fact many Americans are unaware of is that the model Hitler
chose to provide a ‘Jewish solution’ (concentration camps) was that of
America’s ‘solution’ to the ‘Indian problem’ (reservations). [Ott] The
national Gulag being created in the US for drug users is not so
different.

The concentration camps however could never have been “created” for
the Jews despite how forcefully history has put them at the forefront
of the picture. (This is probably because, quite unlike his enemies on
the political left, a great many survived the atrocities they were
subjected to as a class.)

Long before he directed action against the Jews, long before he ever
had any power to even be a threat them, Hitler, in one of his earliest
acts as Chancellor, initially started his rise to absolute power with
intensive and extensive roundups of his political opponents. He used
the terrorist bombing of the German Reichstag as an excuse to declare a
state of emergency and began by targeting the left in general so that
there would be no opposition and only full support from the
conservative government and the middle class.

This lasitude enabled him to create the momentum and the actual
framework for forging the power base for the killing machinery (secret
police) he would later direct against the others who opposed him, this
time within the leadership of both the German military and the Nazi
storm troopers. All of this occurred well before he targeted the Jews
and many other people.

During this time the representatives who had been elected by a
largely Catholic constituency (who initially firmly opposed him) grew
to firmly back Hitler and, sensing that he was targeting their common
enemies, literally handed him the reigns of unprecedented and nearly
unlimited power (sound familiar?).

As an immediate result of his purge of the left, the prisons rapidly
became packed to overflowing (sound familiar?).

To solve the problem of not having enough space to incarcerate those
‘undesirables’ targeted for permanent removal from society,
“concentration camps” were created which would later be used for much
better known purposes.

While it has been stated that if there had been no Jews it would
have been necessary for Hitler to create them, he could have never
gained either the power or the opportunity to threaten them had not his
initial purge of the hated “left” been tolerated and supported without
question.

Note 5:

What they are being ‘taught’ is little different in intent, purpose,
spirit, content or factual reality than the “Tokyo Joe”-style
anti-Japanese propaganda films shown to our troops-to-be during World
War II. (A similar anti-drug user misinformational indoctrination
strategy is currently being directed at the general public and has been
since the Reagan-Bush “Dark Age” began.)

This is not an accident: to paraphrase an ancient general, “If my
troops began to think, not one of them would remain in the ranks.”

This is especially true in this area; where the only hope of
sustaining anti-drug efforts lies in preventing the overall honest and
decent people involved in this travesty from recognizing the inherent
evil of their actions and the true nature of their efforts as just
another ugly cultural purge & social cleansing.

Note 6:

If anything I would urge a return to those purely American
principles (as were originally conceived by the Seven Nations) found
embodied in the Constitution and Bill of Rights which we have in recent
years been tossing into the trash as ‘outdated’; in the name of
corporate profit, to “aid” the War on Drugs and to set the stage for
the formation of a police state based on Napoleonic Law as opposed to
Common Law.

Note 7:

This may not be believed by those who attempt to use it as a casual
recreational drug.

Descriptions like “hellish”, “terrifying”, “horrible”,
“…insecticide for people”, “…a door that is best left unopened” and
“…like …being conked on the head” are fairly frequent.

One very experienced friend joked that the best way to reduce the
growing demand for DMT would be to make it readily available.

Note 8:

Perhaps not enough people are aware that the peyote plant itself is
now considered a Schedule 1 controlled substance in the USA and
possession of any part of the plant, even its seeds or hairs, is
explicitly and expressly forbidden by Federal law.  As mentioned
above, absolutely no exception was included for those Native peyote
people intending cultivation. This was by the very same session of
Congress widely praised for affirming Native American’s rights to eat
peyote!

See the Code of Federal Regulation 1997, § 1308.11(22): #7415
[Interprets 21 USC 812(c), Schedule I(c)(12)].

 This amazingly further schedules (as Schedule I) any and all
alkaloids occurring within the peyote plant.

A handful of these occur naturally within humans, as
neurotransmitters or normal metabolic products, and are readily
detectable by blood or urine analysis.  Shulgin & Shulgin
1997: page 596.

Note 9:

Many may not accept our portrayal of medicine as a religion since
the notion of God is so often rejected.

 The concept of GOD is not a requirement for a religion, as the
American Atheists have so clearly demonstrated in the courts.

Regardless of how one labels it, it is still an externally imposed
system which seeks to control and regulate the thoughts, beliefs and
actions of others; with or without the other’s consent, and considering
itself moral and wise enough to do so. And more importantly it declares
itself as the ultimate authority.

Webster’s defines religion as “belief in. acceptance of. or
non-rational sense of a superhuman unseen controlling power or powers.
with the emotion and morality connected there with: rites or worship:
any system of such belief or worship.”

The medical monopoly and even secular humanism itself clearly fall
within this definition.

Note 10:

One: Theocratic; judging itself moral enough and wise enough to
choose our manner of worship for us (with or without our consent), the
other Pharmacratic; judging itself moral enough and wise enough to
choose our manner of drug use and medical treatments for us (with or
without our consent).

While history casts serious doubts on the absolute morality and
wisdom of either group, both consider themselves wise enough to do this
without our consent and have appointed themselves in this capacity or
engineered the situation to limit our options to the point where we are
allowed little choice.

Note 11:

The harm is not as much in the use of the forbidden substances as in
the response of the authorities and the lack of quality controls
arising from the establishment of an unregulated black-market.

 In the case of peyote, the ONLY real harm resulting from its
use by normal humans is that of being arrested.

If we are to survive the future as a technological society, we must
move from the destructive feudal mentality of us versus them,
encouraging ruthless competition to ensure that the strongest and most
powerful are always in control (they always will be regardless; only
their degree of control can be limited and this only partially) into
one of cooperation, joining together to create a society that thrives
because of its diversity.

Toleration of diversity can give great cohesive strength to a
society if this is a belief that is cherished and held in high regard.
The only limits to this should be when the desires or practices of one
group harms or attempts to interfere with those of another.

The only thing that it will limit is the degree to which any single
group can control the behavior of the general population. Perhaps this
is why those in positions of authority stress homogeneity. A sea of
clones is much easier to predict and manipulate.

Note 12:

Psychedelic Resource List: Soma Graphics, P.O. Box 19820,
Sacramento, CA 95819-0820.

Note 14:

Which today, due to the abnormally high incidence of AIDS in prison
populations, is tantamount to a death sentence.

Note 15:

As if the government has any business, or even the right, to
legislate and dictate what our health should be.

Note 16:

Johnny Appleseed & myself.

Note 17:

 Tryptamines are apparently present in highest levels in fresh
growth. The more toxic beta-carbolines that are also sometimes present
are highest in older growth; at least in the strains that produce
mainly tryptamines.

Note 18:

Terence McKenna’s notion (McKenna 1992) that these types of
alkaloids exist as exopheromones really bears some closer thought.
There is a distinct symbiotic (spiritual) relationship that we seem to
form with these plants that directly benefits both species. The more we
learn about the real workings of the world, the less far fetched the
more far fetched ideas of McKenna begin to sound. The recent evidence
that things as simple as the acquisition of an unusual food shared
repeatedly by a single mating pair and their off-spring can lead to
surprisingly rapid and dramatic morphological changes forces a
re-evaluation of several pre-conceived concepts about ‘evolution’ and
gives support to some of McKenna’s ideas that might be otherwise
dismissed without enough thought.

Note 19:

There is evidence that this figured heavily in the Mescalero Apaches
abandoning peyote use earlier this century. Evidently, according to
L.B. Boyer et al 1968, after being forced onto the reservation, their
use of peyote devolved into primarily sorcery and interpersonal
conflicts leading to its abandonment by society.

Note 20:

Peyote tastes the same but less intense in dreams.

All dream experiences referred to occurred spontaneously and were
completely independent of use.

Note 21:

One ligand for the known THC receptors has already been elucidated.
It was named Anandamide and shows oral activity comparable to THC.

Note 22:

This quote may have originated with Thomas Payne?

The mistaken notion that “It can’t happen here” is all that is
required to set the stage for it to indeed happen here.

At least as far back as Thucydides, 400BC, it was recognized that:
“The secret of Happiness is Freedom, and the secret of Freedom is
Courage.”

Note 23:

From stanzas 6 and 9 of the Taoist alchemical classic Understanding
Reality [The Wu Chien P’ien]

Note 24:

This is far more common than most people realize and we know only a
fraction of what is there as work in this area has been almost
non-existent except for a relatively few intrepid explorers (most of
whom have not published their results and determined psychoactivity by
INGESTING the plant in question).

For instance, at least a handful more cactus species than is
suggested by the literature are now known to be usefully active. Most
are apparently unnamed. Similarly, several species suggested by the
published accounts to be weak have been reported to be potent in human
bioassay.

The entire field concerning psychoactive cacti other than those
containing mescaline is only now beginning to be properly examined.

The still climbing tally on active psilocybian mushrooms has long
passed 100 species with their occurrence now reported worldwide in
tropical and temperate zones.

An accurate total of the seemingly ubiquitous DMT/5-MeO-DMT plants
would boggle the mind if it were presently known. Their apparent
occurrence (based on co-tlc indicating one or both) in species of
Bromus (Brome-grass), Sorghum halepense (Johnson grass) and Digitaria
sanguinalis (crab-grass) suggests broad based assays of common grasses
and other weedy herbage are greatly needed and potentially valuable.

Note 25:

It is not a coincidence that as ‘anti-drug’ efforts escalate, they
are invariably accompanied by a corresponding increase in popular drug
use, an increase in drug availability and a decrease in the average age
of first-use.

Thanks to morally obscene and ethically bankrupt programs such as
DARE, kids as young as grade school are now heavy users of all types of
addictive drugs or else being trained as active informants spying and
reporting on their FAMILY.

How long can this trend go unchecked before people wake up to the
fact that the DRUG WAR IS the direct cause of MOST of the ‘drug
problem’?

“The only purpose for which power can be rightfully exercised over
any member of a civilised community, against his will, is to prevent
harm to others. His own good, either physical or moral, is not
sufficient warrant.” Mill 1859

Note 26:

Stuart Mill’s 1859 essay “On Liberty” contains wisdom that deserves
some careful thought in modern times.

Note 27:

This is another concept of misdirected blame in need of a closer
look.

Note 28:

A good rule of thumb is that if a substance impairs motor functions
or affects perceptions, then operating motor vehicles and power tools
should be avoided.

Note 29:

Attributing human characteristics and motivations to his lab animals.

Note 30:

From the 22 Nov. 1998  Austin American Statesman:

In Monterey County, California, Deputy District Attorney Christine
Harter asked the courts that Tamara Dee Maldonado be prohibited from
possessing Beanie Babies. [The charge was credit card fraud.]

The prosecution argued that the toys were like a drug to her and
should therefore be treated as such.

Judge Jonathan Price agreed and gave Mrs. Maldonado 6 months in jail
and a 5 year probation that gave local law enforcement the right to
search her home for the banned Beanie Babies, without a warrant or
advance notice, at any time they chose, for the duration of the 5
years.

Only Ty brand Beanie’s were prohibited as Mrs. Maldonado apparently
claimed that she did not suffer an addiction to other brands.

She claimed to have become “addicted” to them while working at
McDonalds and growing envious of all of the customers she gave free
ones to during a promotional Beanie Baby give-away.

In view of that it seems almost amazing that they can still sell such known addictive products to children!

Note 31:

Both morphine and codeine have been found; in addition to the better
known occurrence of a multitude of enkephalins & endorphins with a
variety of differing potencies & durations; not simply the more
widely known endorphins, enkephalins and other large molecules with
strongly opioid effects.

Note 32:

Conflict with preconceived religious ideas or world-views are not
uncommon sources of problems.

Note 33:

A lot of people get lost in the delusion that the powers-that-be are
going to respond to rational arguments on this issue. This is an
emotional issue and in our current era, as was true in the Civil Rights
issue in the late 1950s, is unlikely to ever be open for sane &
rational public debate at any point in the near future.

If African Americans had not refused to sit in the back of the bus
or if a few brave souls had not refused to avoid “White Only“
facilities, NONE of the advances in Civil Rights, that are now largely
taken for granted, would have ever happened.

Thomas Paiyne may have put it best when commenting, “Men should not
petition for rights, but take them.” (As quoted by JL Hudson)

 

opening; Trichocereus peruvianus

Trichocereus peruvianus

 

 

Make no mistake: The War on Drugs is a War on Drug Using People.

Drugs are things. War is waged between or, as in this case, against people; never inanimate objects.

This is an intentional cultural purge and social cleansing of a religious origin; no matter what it may have been relabeled.

Tyranny always arrives to a hero’s welcome, promising to protect us, and asking only for authorization to take away rights of villains who threaten good people. It soon follows that “good” people are those who support the tyranny and “villains” are those who oppose it.” DPFT News 1999: 5(4):8.

To be vilified today does not even require opposition; simply failure to actively support the tyranny can be enough.

If this seems to be far-fetched, consider the modern applications of the nuisance abatement laws as announced on the local evening news during December of 1999.

In instances where the police learn of properties that they claim are “infested” with drug dealers or drug users, property owners are now required to remove the “problems” or they can lose their physical buildings and/or properties under lawsuits filed against them by the Police department. Suddenly landlords who have rented to drug users or dealers become criminals simply for providing housing. They can even be legally deprived of their land or have their rental properties bulldozed to the ground as a result of their failure to surrender their rights to private property and allow the police free reign to remove their tenants. (This is apparently on the basis of their tenants’ drug use being perceived to represent a threat to their neighbors similar to a rat infestation.)

I know one Austin resident who was evicted in November of 1999 entirely on the basis of a neighbor informing his landlord that they smelled marijuana smoke coming from his apartment. (Simple possession of up to 4 ounces is currently a misdemeanor in Austin that can have a ticket issued with no arrest required.)

According to the same local evening news story, the City of Austin, Texas, claimed to have hired an attorney on a full-time basis to do nothing more than file nuisance abatement paperwork on behalf of the Austin Police Department.

After the seizure of over 11,000 living peyote plants failed to stop the propagation activities of the Peyote Foundation, Arizona law enforcement apparently used similar arguments to pressure their landlord to evict them.

In more recent years, as legally permitted Cannabis cultivation becomes more commonplace, legal cultivators with medical prescriptions in Ukiah California can find themselves running afoul of city ordinances claiming their neighbors are harmed by exposure to the smell of cultivated Cannabis. I know of no other plant for which the smell is considered a dangerous nuisance or of any other prescription medicine that can have its private in-the-home administration by a parent used as grounds for child endangerment charges, loss of child custody, or serving as a basis for evictions.

Mucilage in cacti

Featured image above shows a pot of slimy cactus tea.
Photographs are copyright by Johnny B. Goode

 

What is cactus slime?

What is popularly referred to as cactus slime or cactus snot is actually a mucilage.

Mucilage is commonly used as a term to describe an aqueous solution of gums.
Mucilages are different from gums however in that gums are typically produced in response to injury and are secreted into cavities whereas mucilage is produced inside of highly specialized cells that accumulate it between the cell wall and the cell membrane. Injury to the tissues readily releases stored mucilage but does not produce it.

Mucilages are water soluble complex acidic or neutral polysaccharides of high molecular weight.
Some components are related to cell wall components such as galactose, arabinose, xylose, rhamnose and galacturonic acid.

Mucilages are highly branched and fibrous. This makes them not just large but very sticky and troublesome to handle. Most workers have chosen to work with only the dried outer green layers for this reason. It is not a perfect solution but does dramatically reduce the contribution of slime during preparation for analysis. It also permits comparisons between the work of different researchers who are using the same tissues. Some other workers have employed pectinase (an enzyme) which only partially degrades the mucilage. This can help with handling by reducing the viscosity but it also produces methanol as a by-product of the hydrolysis reaction so should not be used for producing any teas that may be intended for human consumption.

Only a few cactus mucilages have been studied, mostly those have been of Opuntia species.

In Opuntia ficus-indica the mucilage consists of alternating rhamnose and galacturonic acid residues to which are attached side chains composed of three galactose residues.
Arabinose and xylose residues branch from the galactose. It is believed that arabinose is attached to the galatose and xylose is attached to the arabinose.
Some galactose side chains have only arabinose and some others have two arabinose residues and one xylose.
Other Opuntia species were found to have different ratios of these sugar residues.

In Opuntia they were found to act as a calcium storage reservoir. As much as 20% of the plant’s calcium may be associated with its mucilage.
This is due to the carboxylic acid moeity of galacturonic acid creating a strongly negative charge (causing the whole molecule to have a net negative charge).
Mucilage is highly attractive to water and due to the negative charge can also bind an appreciable amount of their contained alkaloids.

mucilage-illustration

Composition of Mucilage

A: Mucilage subunits
B: Tentative proposal for repeating units in Opuntia ficus-indica mucilage.
The 20 side chains ® contain around 15 xylose and 25 arabinose residues in total.
Adapted from McGarvie & Parolis 1981a-c.

 

Other cacti:

Cereus peruvianus
Polysaccharide was 1.6% percentage of total weight of fresh plant.
Uronic acid content of polysaccharide: 44%
Rhamnose: arabinose, galactose (1:1:2)
      Mindt et al. 1975

Opuntia monacantha
Polysaccharide was 0.53% percentage of total weight of fresh plant.
Uronic acid content of polysaccharide: 25%
Rhamnose: arabinose, galactose, xylose (1:3:3.5:1.5)
      Mindt et al. 1975

Nopalea coccinillifera
Polysaccharide was 0.48% of total weight of the fresh plant.
Uronic acid content of polysaccharide: 20%
Rhamnose: arabinose, galactose, xylose (1:4.7:2.1:1.8)
      Mindt et al. 1975

Wigginsia erinacea
Polysaccharide was 0.31% percentage of total weight of fresh plant.
Uronic acid content of polysaccharide: 51%
Rhamnose: arabinose, galactose (3.7:1:2.7)
      Mindt et al. 1975

See also:
Amin et al. 1970
Katthain 2000
McGarvie & Parolis 1979
Techtenberc & Mayer 1981

 

Gymnocalyciums

 This section details only those gymnocalyciums that have been reported to contain mescaline. A more comprehensive treatment of the analytical accounts of the entire genus can be located within Cactus Chemistry By Species_2014_Light which also includes the analytical results listed below.
Some synonyms are included but in most cases the names have been left however they were analyzed as the lumping resulting from the mergers help to obscure some interesting chemistry. These are not being kept separated as an suggestion that they merit recognition, this practice is being employed simply to better preserve and illustrate the published chemical variances. Synonyms are also included so this should be found more helpful than not. Similarly in those analysis involving invalid names, the abandoned names are preserved a,s while those names may be invalid, the analytical results are meaningful as they actually analyzed horticultural plants that physically exist whether they have a good name or not.

 

Gymnocalycium species

 

Gymnocalyciums: Gymnocalycium fleisheranum

Gymnocalycium fleisheranum

 

Commonly called “Chin Cactus” due to the “chin” below each areole.
See examples above and below.

 

Gymnocalyciums: Gymnocalycium triacanthum

Gymnocalycium triacanthum

 

Fruit are typically oblong and red (see image at top of page).
Hortus Third. page 530.

Name is from the Greek:
gymnos “bare” and kalyx “bud”; for its bare flower buds.

 

Gymnocalyciums: Gymnocalycium triacanthum

Gymnocalycium triacanthum

 

See also Backeberg 1959 [3: 1695-1786] (includes many pictures.) and Britton & Rose 1922 [3: 152-166] (includes a number of pictures).

 

Only a representative sampling of the species listed have entries below.

 

Gymnocalyciums: Gymnocalycium asterium

Gymnocalycium asterium

 

A simple list of the mescaline containing Gymnos:

 Gymnocalycium achirasense Till. & Schatzl

 Gymnocalycium asterium Ito (now merged into G. stellatum)

 [Available varieties include:

     v. albispinum

     v. nigrispinum

     v. paucispinum

     v. roseiflorum]

 Gymnocalycium baldianum (Speg.) Spegazzini

 Gymnocalycium calochlorum (Bödeker) Y. Ito

 Gymnocalycium carminanthum Borth & Koop

     [var. minimum is also available.]

 Gymnocalycium comarapense Backeberg

 Gymnocalycium denudatum (L.&O.) Pfeiff.

 Gymnocalycium fleischerianum Backeberg (No reference was included)

 Gymnocalycium gibbosum (Haworth) Pfeiffer

 Gymnocalycium horridispinum Frank

 Gymnocalycium leeanum (Hook.) Britton & Rose

 Gymnocalycium mesopotamicum Kiessling

 Gymnocalycium monvillei (Lemaire) Br. & R.

 Gymnocalycium moserianum Schutz

          [var. laejera is also available.]

 Gymnocalycium netrelianum (Monville) Br. & R.

 Gymnocalycium nigriareolatum Backeberg

 Gymnocalycium oenanthemum Backeberg

 Gymnocalycium paraguayense Schutz

 Gymnocalycium quehlianum (Haage) Berger

   Available varieties include:

     v. albispinum

     v. flavispinus

     v. kleinianum

     v. nigrispinum

 Gymnocalycium ragonesii Castellano

 Gymnocalycium riojense Fric ex. H.Till. & W.Till 

 Gymnocalycium riograndense Cardeñas (now Gymnocalycium pflanzii subsp. zegarrae)

 Gymnocalycium stellatum Spegazzini

 Gymnocalycium striglianum Jeggle

 Gymnocalycium triacanthum Backeberg

 Gymnocalycium uebelmannianum Rausch

 Gymnocalycium valnicekianum Jajó (now Gymnocalycium mostii subsp. valnicekianum)

 Gymnocalycium vatteri Buining (now Gymnocalycium ochoterenae subsp. vatteri)

 

 A summary of the published chemistry can be found at the end of the Gymnocalycium examples below.

 

A handful of Gymnocalycium species:

 

Gymnocalycium baldianum  (Spegazzini) Spegazzini

Carlo Luigi Spegazzini (1905) Anales del Museo Nacional de Buenos Aires. Buenos Aires, ser. 2,  3, 4: 505. as Echinocactus baldianus.
Carlo Luigi Spegazzini (1925) Anales de la Sociedad Cientifica Argentina, 99: 135. as Gymnocalycium baldianum.

 

Gymnocalyciums Gymnocalycium baldianum

Gymnocalycium baldianum

 

Small amounts of mescaline reported.

Origin: Argentina (Andalgalá (mountains east of), Catamarca, Cuesta de Portezuelo, Cuesta de Totoral,Hualfin, Sierra Ancasti,Sierra Graciana, Sierra de Guayamba, Sierra de Narvaes, Sierra de Manchao) Collections have been reported from (500m-)900m-1700m(-2000m)

 Habitat: Among grasses. (IUCN citing Charles 2009)

86. Echinocactus Baldianus Speg. (n. sp.)

Diag. Hybocactus, parvus globoso -depressus, obscure snbcinerascente-viridis; costis 9-11 latis et obtusissimis, sulco acuto profundiusculo limitatis, fere in tuberculis solutis; areolis parvis: aculéis gracilibus saepius 5, ómnibus marginalibus radiantibus adpressis sordide pallideque ciñereis; floribus apicalibus erectis mediocribus extus obscure glauco-viridibus glaberrimis laxe squamosis, squamis sensim in phylla intense purpurea transeuntibis, laciniis stigmaticis brevibus 6 albo-ochroleucis. Speggazini 1905

Depressed-spherical body, to 7 cm in diameter and 10 cm tall. [Eventually to 3.5 inches in diameter; Anderson 1998]
Epidermis is dark greyish to bluish-green.
9-11 ribs, fewer at first, becoming more distinctly tuberculate.
5-7 pinkish-grey to horn-grey or ash-grey, radial spines. More or less appressed or directed laterally, somewhat darker below at first. Spines are weak and flexible; sometimes twisting.
No centrals.
[1.5 inch wide] flowers are variable; lighter or darker red to a more or less blood-red. [White, pink, orange, red or shades in between; borne in spring.
Flowering can occur for several months. Anderson 1998] Pilbeam notes flowers to be variable as pink through red but proposes that hybridization may be responsible for some of the color forms.
Flowers around Christmas in habitat.
Bears dark green elongated fruit.
Backeberg 1977: page 183.
Pilbeam 1995: pages 43-44,  fig 14.

Photos with flower: Anderson 1998: page 80 & Pilbeam 1995: plate 15.

Anderson 1998 claims flowering size (1.5 inches in diameter) can be reached in 12 months from seed and it will handle 10°F briefly.

Listed by IUCN as “Least Concern” as, despite a restricted range and pressure from collection activity, it has a continuous range. Local collection and fire are said to be the primary threats.
Perea, M. & Trevisson, M. 2013. Gymnocalycium baldianum. The IUCN Red List of Threatened Species. Version 2014.2. <www.iucnredlist.org>

 

External resources:

Cactus-Art

Gymnocalycium.free.fr

Gymnocalycium calochlorum  (Bödeker) Y.Itô

Friedrich Bödeker (1932) Monatsschrift der Deutschen Kakteen-Gesellschaft, 4: 260. as Echinocactus calochlorus.
Yoshi Itô in John Borg  (1952) Cacti, 90. as Gymnocalycium calochlorum.

 

Gymnocalyciums: Gymnocalycium calochlorum

Gymnocalycium calochlorum

 

Small amounts of mescaline reported.

Origin: Argentina (The original collection did not include a locality. Reported to occur at Cordoba, Nono, Villa Bura Borchero, La Mudana, Las Rabonas. Collections have been recorded from 900 and 1000m according to Pilbeam; 800-1500m according to IUCN.)

Habitat:  “often buried in crumbling granite, where it can be difficult to find if not in flower or fruit (Charles 2009). It grows in high-altitude grasslands and chaco forest.” IUCN

Cushion forming plant with depressed-spherical cushion-like single heads.
Bodies are grey-green to blue-green to around 6 cm diameter and to 4 cm high.
Around 11 tuberculate ribs with creamy-white felted round areoles.
Up to 9 closely set whitish to pale pinkish-brown radial spines that are thin, wispy, rough, appressed, more or less curving; to 9(-12.5) mm long. No centrals.
Pale pink flowers to 6 cm long, opening only moderately. Produced only from the youngest areoles. Petals are not revolute.
Floral tube is long and of a lighter green according to Backeberg or bluish according to Pilbeam.
Fruit is bluish-green and long-ovoid.
Backeberg 1977 page 184,
and Pilbeam 1995: pages 52-53, Photos as fig. 21 and plates 25 (flowering) & 26 (in habitat),
and Pizzetti 1985 entry #117 (includes picture)

Listed by the IUCN as a species of “Least Concern” due to a perception of it being locally abundant and resistant to disturbances.  The IUCN says both “It is very widespread…” and  “…the range is not particularly wide,…”
Demaio, P. & Trevisson, M. 2013. Gymnocalycium calochlorum. The IUCN Red List of Threatened Species. Version 2014.2.

 

Gymnocalyciums: Gymnocalycium calochlorum

Gymnocalycium calochlorum

 

Recognized varieties mentioned by Pizzetti (only the first is respected by Pilbeam):
 var. proliferum; with larger darker or glacous stems, flowers that open widely and flower segments that curve outward (may be
brownish-white, pink or white; often pink at base.)

 var. roseiacanthum; a smaller variety (half the size of the
species). Glaucous green with yellowish rounded areoles and contorted
pinkish spines. Flowers are large and white with red bases. These
plants occur in the Sierra de Córdoba.

Pizzetti recommends protection from intense cold and shady positions when the sun is hottest. Prefers cool weather.

 

External resources:

Cactus-Art

Gymnocalycium.free.fr

 

Gymnocalycium gibbosum (Haworth) Pfeiffer

Adrian Hardy Haworth (1816) Botanical Register; 2: 137. as Cactus gibbosus.
Louis Pfeiffer ex Ludwig Mittler (1844) Taschenbuch für Cactusliebhaber. Leipzig, 2: 124. as Gymnocalycium gibbosum.

 

Gymnocalyciums: Gymnocalycium gibbosum

Gymnocalycium gibbosum

 

Presence of mescaline reported but unconfirmed.

Origin: Southern Argentina. [Río Chubut, Río Negro and Chubul Provinces:
Lat. 40-45o S.; La Plata, Mendoza, San Luis] 

Pilbeam 1995 mentions the species as being widespread in Argentina “covering a great deal of Patagonia, the provinces La Pampa and Buenos Aires and as far west as Mendoza and reported from southern Argenia, at Chubut, Rio Negro and Santa Cruz; recently by Pilz from Argentina, Abra de la Ventura.” Collections have been reported from 400-500m.
The IUCN cites Hunt et al. 2006 as giving occurrences “at elevations of 0 to 1,000 m“.

Habitat:monte shrubland and patagonian steppe (estepa patagónica)” “likes the sandy or gravelly alluvial soil along the Río Negro and Río Colorado, where it grows under bushes and other plants (Charles 2009).” IUCN

gymnocalyciums: Haworth 1816 BotanicalRegister, 137, diagnosis of Cactus gibbosus

Haworth 1816 Botanical Register, 2: 137, Latin diagnosis of Cactus gibbosus

Solitary glaucous, dull or dark (bluish)green well-armed stems, (Pilbeam: dark green to blue-black or greyish-green”) later sooty or brownish-green, to 10 [-24] inches (12-15 cm) high and 6 inches (10-12 cm) thick. Starts
globular then becomes more cylindrical.

Areoles set 1.5-2 cm apart.
12-14 [-19] strongly tubercled, straight, notched and rounded ribs with lightly sunken round areoles with greyish (Pilbeam describes as brownish-cream) wool. Prominent chins below areoles. 
7-12 radial spines, stiff, spreading, needle-shaped to awl-shaped, typically straight but  may be slightly curved, and mostly brown. (or light brown with a reddish base.) Up to 3.5 cm long. Nearly spineless at apex.
Can have 1-3 central spines (0-6 according to Pilbeam) but usually they are absent. When present they are often not readily distinguishable from the radial spines.
White (to faintly pink or reddish) flowers to 2-1/2 [to 2-3/4] inches long (6 cm long opening to 6 cm wide). Inner petals are lanceolate. Petals shaded from white to pink. Stamens and stigma are white; stigma has 12 yellowish lobes.
Diurnal flowers in summer.
Produced a club-shaped short, dark-green fruit.
Seldom branches unless injured or grafted, but some varieties do branch freely.
page 530 in Hortus Third
and Backeberg 1977: page 186
and Borg 1937: page 239
and Innes & Glass 1991: page 127 [Includes
picture of flowers]

and Lamb & Lamb 1971: page 654
and Pilbeam 1995: pages 73-76, fig. 37 & 38, plate 47
and Pizzetti 1985 Entry #119. (has color photo)


Listed by IUCN as a species of “Least Concern” due to having no major threats and having a wide range in which it occurs abundantly.   ListedIts range includes protected areas.
Demaio, P. & Trevisson, M. 2013. Gymnocalycium gibbosum. The IUCN Red List of Threatened Species. Version 2014.2.

 

Gymnocalyciums: Gymnocalycium gibbosum

Gymnocalycium gibbosum

Hortus recognizes:
 cv. Ferox has more numerous spines

 cv. Nigrum has very dark spines

 cv. Schlumbergii has more numerous spines that are stiff pinkish red to amber yellow.

     page 530 in Hortus Third

 

Gymnocalyciums: Gymnocalycium gibbosum var. schlumbergii

Gymnocalycium gibbosum cv. Schlumbergii

 

Many varieties exist in both the wild and in cultivation. First described in 1812. Has been known by many names over the years due to its varieties.
 Entry #119 in Pizzetti 1985

Pilbeam 1995 mentioned that “Nearly 30 varietal names have been allocated to this species.”

 cv. Nobile is said to have a larger sperical stem and longer overlapping spines; white with red base.

 Borg 1977 mentions var. caespitosum Hort., var. ferox Lab., var. leucacanthum K.Schum., var. Schlumbergeri K.Schum., var. nobilis K.Schum., and var. leonensis Hildm.

 Backeberg 1977 mentions var. leucodictylon (K.Schum.) Y.Ito, var. nigrum Backbg, and var. nobile (Haw.) Y.Ito.

 var. rostratum is also commercially available. It is described as having a dark grey stem.

IPNI lists:

v. borthii

v. brachypetalum

f. cerebriforme

var cerebriformis

var. chubutense

ssp ferdinandii

ssp. ferox

ssp. gastonii

var. nigrum

ssp. radekii

ssp. radovanii

This has always been a popular plant and is widely grown.

Innes & Glass recommend indirect light and a 50°F minimum temperature.
Pizzetti describes it as cold tolerant but taking no frost, tolerant of heat and requiring some sun.
I’ve found it to be able to survive frost but typically scarring badly afterwards. In Texas,  it was repeatedly attacked by thrips.

[See also Backeberg 1959 [3: 1752-1755] (includes pictures of several varieties, also fig. 1687, page 1756 and fig. 1688, page 1757.) and Backeberg 1977 page 186 and Britton & Rose 1922 [3: 158-159] (picture in fig. 166 page 157.]

 

Reported analysis:

92.1% water by weight (pH of juice: 4.6-5) Herrero-Ducloux 1930b

 Mescaline, Anhalamine & Lophophorine

 (all identified by chemical tests)
Mata & McLaughlin 1982 cited Herrero-Ducloux 1930b and Reti 1950 (who also cited Herrero-Ducloux)

 [Ott 1993, page 114, cites Der Marderosian 1966; mentioning this is a simple listing of mescaline species, rather than a primary source.]

 Štarha et al. 1997 did not observe mescaline to be present. See the alkaloid list further below.

Reti 1950 and Chemical Abstracts 1930 says that Enrique Herrero-Ducloux 1930b isolated small amounts of alkaloids from this cactus which he noted gave chemical reactions similar to those of mescaline [Colorless birefringent crystals, n 1.544, mp 160-162°], and what he thought was probably a mixture of anhalonine and lophophorine [Colorless birefringent crystals, n 1.552, mp 188-190°].

No definitive proof was done and apparently only Dr. Štarha has cared enough to follow through during the 70 years which have passed.

 

Gymnocalyciums: Gymnocalycium gibbosum

Gymnocalycium gibbosum

 

External resources:

Cactus-Art

Gymnocalycium.free.fr

 

 

 

 Gymnocalycium leeanum (Hooker) Britton & Rose

William Jackson Hooker (1845) Botanical Magazine; or, Flower-Garden Displayed…, 71: t. 4184, as Echinocactus leeanus
Nathaniel Lord Britton & Joseph Nelson Rose (1922) Cactaceae, 3: 154, fig. 164, as Gymnocalycium leeanum
Wolfgang Papsch (2000) Gymnocalycium, 13 (3): 371. as Gymnocalycium reductum var. leeanum

 

Gymnocalyciums: Gymnocalycium-leeanum-HBG

Gymnocalycium leeanum

Presence of mescaline reported but unconfirmed.

Origin: Argentina and Uruguay

Habitat: Grasslands in rocky places and on hills. Also in organic materials among rocks. Sometimes under shrubs.  IUCN citing Charles 1009.

Echinocactus Leeanus: depresso-globosus obscure subglauco-v i r i d i s tuberculis subhemisphaericis majusculis obtuse hexahedris mammiformibus confluentibus, in series irregulares subverticales dispositis, areolis ovalibus tomentosis, aculeis subgracilibus quorum subdecem patentibus rectiusculis cum unieo centrali porrecta v i x majore, floribus majusculis pallide flavescentibus. (Hooker 1845)

Bluish-green stems ~3 inches thick. Depressed to spherical. [“rather flattened” Innes & Glass]
~16 ribs, irregular, strongly tubercled (more or less six-sided)
Radial spines about 7-10(-11) needle-shaped, thin, appressed, 1/2 inch long.
Central spine 1 straight and directed outward. Not always present.
Flowers pale yellow [“yellowish-white, 2-2½ in long and high” Innes & Glass] to 2 inches (unisexual).
Blooms in early summer.
Backeberg 1959 [3, pages 1735-1737, (includes pictures of two varieties.)
and Backeberg 1977: page 188
and Britton & Rose 1922: page 154 (picture in fig. 164, page 156)
and Hortus Third: page 530.
and Innes & Glass 1991: page 128 (includes picture of species and var. netrelianum, both with flower)

[Schuster 1990 has photo on p. 128.] 

 var. brevispinum Backeberg is described from Maldonado, Uruguay. It is said to have much shorter and straighter spines.

var. netrelianum (Monv.) Backeb, (= G. netrelianum (Monv.) Britt. and Rose Hortus Third Page 530. [see entry of G. netrelium]) Backeberg lists separately; G. leeanum var. netrelianum (Uruguay): tubercle said to be broader than high, spines longer [5-8, centrals absent; Backeberg 1977].

 Innes & Glass describe var. netrelianum as being slightly more globular with fewer, shorter spines (5-7), usually no centrals and having citron yellow flowers 1.5 to 1.75 inches in diameter.

Listed by IUCN as a species of “Least Concern” due to having a fairly wide range that includes protected areas. Its major threats appear to be from human activity and grazing.
Kiesling, R. 2013. Gymnocalycium reductum. The IUCN Red List of Threatened Species. Version 2014.2. www.iucnredlist.org.

Innes & Glass recommend slight shade and a minimum of 50°F.

 

Reported chemistry of Gymnocalycium leeanum:

 Tyramine (gc),

 N-Methyl-tyramine (gc),

 Hordenine (ms, gc),

 Mescaline (chemical tests; unconfirmed),

 Anhalonine (chemical tests)

 and Lophophorine (chemical tests)

     Mata & McLaughlin 1982 citing DeVries et al. 1971 and Herrero-Ducloux 1930b (Apparently DeVries and coworkerrs did not find mescaline, finding the first three phenethylamines instead.
The UT library is missing the first several issues of both journals. It is unknown to me what variety either DeVries or Herrero-Ducloux used or whether this was either noted or even taken into account.)

 

External resources:

Cactus-Art

Gymnocalycium.free.fr

 

 

 

 Gymnocalycium multiflorum (Hooker) Britton & Rose

William Jackson Hooker (1845) Curtis‘ Botanical Magazine, 71: t. 4181, as Echinocactus multiflorus.
Nathaniel Lord Britton & Joseph Nelson Rose (1918) Addisonia, 3: 5, pl. 83, as Gymnocalycium leeanum.
[Now considered lumped as a synonym with Gymnocalycium monvillei
i.e. Nathaniel Lord Britton & Joseph Nelson Rose (1922) Cactaceae, 3: 161, as Gymnocalycium monvillei Pfeiff. ex Britton & Rose.]

 

Gymnocalyciums: Gymnocalycium-multiflorum-flower

Gymnocalycium multiflorum

Gymnocalycium: Gymnocalycium multiflorum Hooker 1845

gymnocalyciums; Gymnocalycium multiflorum Latin diagnosis

 

Herrero-Ducloux 1932a reported recovering small quantities of a ‘mescaline-like’ alkaloid from this species. Reti notes as occuring in Cordoba and Catamarca in Argentina, also in Brazil, Uruguay and Paraguay.
This species is fairly frequent in cactus collections and is readily available commercially. It is one of the more easily
recognizable Gymnocalycium species.

  This report is unconfirmed as it apparently lacks any further work. This species is regarded to be a synonym of Gymnocalycium monvillei which HAS been reported to contain mescaline. See more details under that name.

 

Gymnocalyciums: Gymnocalycium multiflorum

Gymnocalycium multiflorum

 

  G. monvillei is listed as being a species of “Least Concern” by the IUCN.
Demaio, P., Lowry, M., Trevisson, M. & Méndez, E. 2013. Gymnocalycium monvillei. The IUCN Red List of Threatened Species. Version 2014.2. <www.iucnredlist.org>. 

 

External resources:

Gymnocalycium.free.fr

 

 

 Gymnocalycium riograndense Cardeñas

Martin Cárdenas (1958) Kakteen und Andere Sukkulenten, 9: 24, as Gymnocalycium riograndense.
Graham Charles (2005) Cactaceae Systematics Initiatives: Bulletin of the International Cactaceae Systematics Group, 20: 18, as Gymnocalycium pflanzii subsp. zegarrae .

 

Gymnocalyciums: Gymnocalycium-riograndense

Gymnocalycium riograndense

 

Mescaline reported in small amounts.

Origin: Bolivia. Along Rio Grande “between the Cordillera de Cochabamba and the plano of the Rio Guarayos”. Pizzetti 1985.

Habitat: (As G. pflanzi) growing in deep rich soils in sunny rocky areas on slopes or under spiny shrubs. Cactus-Art.

Plants broadly spherical, to 6 cm high, to 20 cm diameter [2-1/2 inches tall and up to 8 inches in diameter]. Initially remaining simple but offshooting from base as adults.
Body is glossy, dark green. [The plant in Pizzeti’s photo is not dark]
Around 13 ribs, to 3 cm wide; Tubercles are obtusely conical, separated by transverse dividing lines; a slender conical beak is below the tubercles.
Round areoles covered with white felt when young but later becoming bare.
8(-9) thin-subulate radial spines, to 2.5 cm long; slightly curving.
They are stiff, grey, black-tipped, brownish below. Later becoming brown all over.
No centrals.
Beaker-shaped flowers are white, with a bluish-red throat.
Backeberg 1977 page 193
and Pizzetti 1985 Entry #126 (Has picture.)

Pizzetti recommends mild winter heat.

 

External resources:

Cactus-Art

Gymnocalycium.free.fr

 

 

 

 Gymnocalycium valnicekianum Jajó

Bedrich Jajó (1934) Kaktusář; odborný měsičnik. Astrophytum spolek pestitelu kaktusu a jinych sukkulentu. Brno, 5: 73. as Gymnocalycium valnicekianum.
Massimo Meregalli & Graham J. Charles (2008) Cactaceae Systematics Initiatives: Bulletin of the International Cactaceae Systematics Group, 24: 25.  as Gymnocalycium mostii subsp. valnicekianum

 

Gymnocalyciums: Gymnocalycium valnicekianum

Gymnocalycium valnicekianum

 

Mescaline reported in small amounts.

Origin: Argentina (Córdoba & El Zapata). (500-)900-1300(-1500)m.

Habitat: Grows among tall grasses in mossy cracks and cavities in rocky cliffs. Cactus-Art.

Broadly spherical at first, later growing spherical to elongated; up to 30 cm high and 18 cm in diameter, sometimes offsetting. Pilbeam notes it to grow larger in cultivation.
Epidermis is smooth and dark grass-green.
Around 10(-13) ribs with swollen, rounded, chin-like tubercles and elliptical areoles with light grey wool.
Spine are variable in number, 7-15 or more. They are whitish-grey to
dirty white, and thickened below. 1-6 central spines. Spines have darker tips at first.”The plants in habitat are each one different from its neighbours! Some had strong spines others weak, curly, straight, long or short ones and in all different combinations” Cactus-Art

Flowers are white with a reddish throat and reddish striped outer petals; 5 cm dia.
Seeds are matt black.
Backeberg 1977 page 195
Pilbeam 1995: 151-152 (Fig. 97)

 Koehres offers var. polycentrale

Schütz also distinguishes var. centrispinum.

 

IUCN lists Gymnocalycium mostii as a species of “Least Concern” due to there being abundance of plants, no significant threats and occurrence in a protected range.
Demaio, P. & Trevisson, M. 2013. Gymnocalycium mostii. The IUCN Red List of Threatened Species. Version 2014.2. <www.iucnredlist.org>. 

 

External resources:

Cactus-Art

Gymnocalycium.free.fr

 

 

 

Gymnocalycium vatteri  Buining

Albert Frederik Hendrik Buining (1950) Succulenta, 66 (1950), as Gymnocalycium vatteri.
Wolfgang Papsch (1993) Gymnocalycium, 6 (1): 79, as Gymnocalycium ochoterenae subsp. vatteri, spelling as ‘ochoterenai‘.
Pilbeam 1995 dismissed the merger by Papsch and a new proposed variety of vatteri, also by Papsch, on the basis of the species known high degree of variability.

 

Gymnocalyciums: Gymnocalycium vatteri

Gymnocalycium vatteri

Mescaline has been reported in small amounts.

Origin: Argentina (Córdoba, Sierra Grande, near Nono). 800-1000m.

Habitat: Amidst rocks and grasses.

Buining 1950 Succulenta, 66, Latin diagnosis of G. vatteri

Buining 1950 Succulenta, 66, Latin diagnosis of G. vatteri

 

Solitary typically but offesetting around the base with age.
Starting flattened hemisperical at first, growing to 4 cm high and 9 cm in diameter.

Epidermis is matt, olive green.
(8-)11(-16), ribs; up to 2.5 cm across and uo to 12 mm high.
Tubercles are swollen and humped, possessing an acute transverse notch beneath.
Areoles are somewhat depressed, ~5 mm wide with grey wool.
3(-5) [1 or 2, sometimes 3 in Pilbeam) Radial spines are appressed or projecting; Pilbeam notes them standing out in youth but curving towards the body with age. They are up to 2 cm and thicker at their base; horn-colored or a dirty darker color.
Spines on the lower part of the plant are variable in both length and curvature but are fairly stout and also sometimes projecting; other spines may be bent and closely appressed.
White flower with a reddish throat in Backeberg and a brownish-grey throat in Pilbeam. 5 cm. long and 4 cm in diameter.
Glossy, light brown seeds; 1 mm in length.
There is a form with more conspicuously claw-like spines but they can also be irregularly interlacing.
Backeberg 1977: page 195 (Fig. 146)
Pilbeam 1995: 152-153 (Fig. 98)

 

Hardy to -5°C. Light shading is recommended. Cactus-Art. Pilbeam describes as slow growing.

 

Gymnocalyciums: Gymnocalycium vatteri

Gymnocalycium vatteri

 

Koehres offers var. cereiformis

 

Gymnocalyciums: Gymnocalycium vatteri

Gymnocalycium vatteri

 

 

External resources:

Cactus-Art

Gymnocalycium.free.fr

 

 

 All of Dr. Štarha’s values for the next section were determined by GC and/or GC-MS. All of the plants that he analyzed were grown from seed in Czechoslovakian greenhouses.

 

Reports of mescaline within the Gymnocalycium species

Synonyms are often mentioned but expect them to keep changing as long as humans keep trying to categorize plants.

Gymnocalyciums: Gymnocalycium achirasense flower

Gymnocalycium achirasense

Gymnocalycium achirasense Till & Schatzl

 Tyramine (0.00159% [± 0.00008])

 N-Methyltyramine (0.00045% [± 0.00006])

 Hordenine (0.00129% [± 0.00006])

 Mescaline (0.00007% [± 0.00001])

 N-Methylmescaline (0.00013% [± 0.00001])

 N,N-Dimethylmescaline (0.00025% [± 0.00002])

 Anhalamine (0.00097% [± 0.00001])

     Štarha et al. 1998 (% by fresh weight)

 [All of Starha’s values in this genus are expressed as % by fresh weight.]

 
Gymnocalyciums: Gymnocalycium-monvillei-Paraguay-6848-EWerdermann-sn-HBG-2006

Gymnocalycium monvillei

 

Gymnocalyciums: Gymnocalycium-asterium-v-paucispinum

Gymnocalycium asterium var. paucispinum

Gymnocalycium asterium Ito

(now merged with Gymnocalycium stellatum)

 Tyramine (0.00089% [± 0.00013])

 N-Methyltyramine (0.00012% [± 0.00004])

 Hordenine (0.00105% [± 0.0001])

 Mescaline (0.00013% [± 0.00002])

 N-Methylmescaline (0.00031% [± 0.00004])

 N,N-Dimethylmescaline (0.0005% [± 0.00004])

 O-Methylanhalidine (0.00011% [± 0.00002])

 Anhalidine (Trace)

 Anhalamine (0.00054% [± 0.00002])

 Anhalonidine (Trace)

 Pellotine (Trace)

 Anhalonine (Trace)

 Lophophorine (Trace)

     Štarha et al. 1998 (% by fresh weight)

Gymnocalyciums: Gymnocalycium-asterium

Gymnocalycium asterium

Compare the analysis of G. asterium to that of G. stellatum.

Gymnocalyciums: Gymnocalycium-baldianum-flowera

Gymnocalycium baldianum

Gymnocalycium baldianum (Spegazzini) Spegazzini

  Tyramine (less than 0.0001%)

  Hordenine (approximately 0.001%)

  Mescaline (less than 0.0001%)

  Anhalinine (less than 0.0001%)

  Anhalidine (less than 0.0001%)

  Anhalamine (less than 0.0001%)

  Anhalonidine (less than 0.0001%)

  Pellotine (less than 0.0001%)

  Anhalonine (less than 0.0001%)

  Lophophorine (less than 0.0001%)

      Štarha 1996

 Reported to contain Betalains as pigments. Wohlpart & Mabry 1968
cited Dreiding 1961

 

Gymnocalyciums: Gymnocalycium calochlorum

Gymnocalycium calochlorum

Gymnocalycium calochlorum (Boedecker) Y.Itô

  Mescaline (between 0.0001-0.001%)

 Tyramine (between 0.0001-0.001%)

  N-Methyltyramine (less than 0.0001%)

  Hordenine (approximately 0.001%)

  N-Methylmescaline (less than 0.0001%)

  Anhalinine (less than 0.0001%)

  Anhalidine (less than 0.0001%)

  Anhalamine (less than 0.0001%)

  Anhalonidine (between 0.0001-0.001%)

  Pellotine (less than 0.0001%)

      Štarha 1996 (% by fresh weight)

Gymnocalyciums: Gymnocalycium calochlorum

Gymnocalycium calochlorum

Gymnocalycium carminanthum Borth & Koop

 Tyramine (0.00007% [± 0.00003])

 N-Methyltyramine (Trace)

 Hordenine (0.00016% [± 0.00005])

 Mescaline (0.00006% [± 0.00005])

 N-Methylmescaline (Trace)

 N,N-Dimethylmescaline (0.00008% [± 0.00002])

 O-Methylanhalidine (0.00007% [± 0.00002])

 Anhalamine (0.00088% [± 0.00003])

 Anhalonidine (Trace)

     Štarha et al. 1998 (% by fresh weight)

 

Gymnocalycium comarapense Backeberg

 Tyramine (Between 0.001-0.001%)

 N-Methyltyramine (Less than 0.001%)

 Hordenine (Less than 0.001%)

 Mescaline (Less than 0.001%)

 N-Methylmescaline (Less than 0.001%)

 Anhalamine (Less than 0.001%)

 Pellotine (Less than 0.001%)

     Štarha 1995 (% by fresh weight)

Gymnocalyciums: Gymnocalycium-denudatum-HBG

Gymnocalycium denudatum

Gymnocalycium denudatum (Link & Otto) Pfeiffer

 Tyramine (0.00066% [± 0.00006])

 N-Methyltyramine (0.00061% [± 0.00002])

 Hordenine (0.00052% [± 0.00005])

 Mescaline (Trace)

 N-Methylmescaline (0.00008% [± 0.00001])

 N,N-Dimethylmescaline (0.00073% [± 0.00005])

 O-Methylanhalidine (0.00025% [± 0.00003])

 Anhalinine (0.00006% [± 0.00002])

 O-Methylanhalonidine (0.0001% [± 0.00002])

 Anhalidine (Trace)

 Anhalamine (0.00048% [± 0.00002])

 Anhalonidine (Trace)

     Štarha et al. 1998 (% by fresh weight)

Gymnocalyciums: Gymnocalycium fleisheranum

Gymnocalycium fleisheranum

Gymnocalycium fleischerianum Backeberg

(Now considered

  Tyramine (0.0001-0.001% dry wt.)

  N-Methyltyramine (0.001% dry wt.)

  Hordenine (0.0001-0.001% dry wt.)

  Mescaline (0.0001-0.001% dry wt.)

  N-Methylmescaline (0.0001-0.001% dry wt.)

  N,N-Dimethylmescaline (0.0001-0.001% dry wt.)

  Anhalamine (0.0001-0.001% dry wt.)

  Anhalonidine (0.00001-0.0001% dry wt.)

    Štarha 2001c did not include a citation for this information. (G. fleischerianum is included only in his table on page 91 and not in the by species breakdown)

Gymnocalyciums: Gymnocalycium fleisheranum

Gymnocalycium fleisheranum

 

Gymnocalyciums: Gymnocalycium gibbosum

Gymnocalycium gibbosum

Gymnocalycium gibbosum (Haworth) Pfeiffer

 92.1% water by weight (pH of juice: 4.6-5.0) Herrero-Ducloux 1930b

  Tyramine (Less than 0.0001%) Štarha et al. 1997

  N-Methyltyramine (approximately 0.001%) Štarha et al. 1997

  Hordenine (approximately 0.001%) Štarha et al. 1997

  Mescaline (unquantified and tentatively identified. Colorless birefringent crystals, n 1.544, mp 160-162o were claimed to show the “reactions of mescaline”) Herrero-Ducloux 1930b. Mescaline was NOT observed by Štarha
et al. 1997.

 N-Methylmescaline (Between 0.0001-0.001%) Štarha et al. 1997

  N,N-Dimethylmescaline (Less than 0.0001%) Štarha et al. 1997

  O-Methylanhalidine (approximately 0.001%) Štarha et al. 1997

  Anhalinine (approximately 0.001%) Štarha et al. 1997

  O-Methylanhalonidine (approximately 0.001%) Štarha et al. 1997

  Anhalidine (Between 0.0001-0.001%) Štarha et al. 1997

  Anhalamine No quantification (or accurate identification) attempted; Herrero-Ducloux 1930b [Our source was Reti; CA gives this as Anhalonine. I presently lack the primary paper.] (approximately 0.001%) Štarha et al. 1997

  Anhalonidine (Less than 0.0001%) Štarha et al. 1997

  Pellotine (Between 0.0001-0.001%) Štarha et al. 1997

  Anhalonine (Between 0.0001-0.001%) Štarha et al. 1997

  Lophophorine No quantification (or accurate identification) attempted; Herrero-Ducloux 1930b. Between 0.0001-0.001%: Štarha et al. 1997

 Gymnocalycium horridispinum Frank

  Mescaline (between 0.0001-0.001%)

  Tyramine (approximately 0.001%)

  N-Methyltyramine (less than 0.0001%)

  Hordenine (approximately 0.001%)

  N-Methylmescaline (less than 0.0001%)

  Anhalinine (less than 0.0001%)

  Pellotine (less than 0.0001%)

      Štarha 1996 (% by fresh weight)

Gymnocalyciums: Gymnocalycium leeanum

Gymnocalycium leeanum

Gymnocalycium leeanum (Hooker) Br. & R.

[Now considered

  Anhalonine (Unconfirmed) Herrero-Ducloux 1930b

 Not observed by DeVries et al. 1971

  Hordenine (%?) DeVries et al. 1971

  Lophophorine (Unconfirmed) Herrero-Ducloux 1930b

 Not observed by DeVries et al. 1971

  Mescaline (Unconfirmed) Herrero-Ducloux 1930b

 Not observed by DeVries et al. 1971

  N-Methyltyramine  (?%) DeVries et al. 1971

  Tyramine (0.00583%) DeVries et al. 1971

Gymnocalyciums: Gymnocalycium leeanum

Gymnocalycium leeanum

 

 

Gymnocalyciums: Gymnocalycium-mesopotamicum-HBG

Gymnocalycium mesopotamicum

 Gymnocalycium mesopotamicum Kiessling

 Tyramine (Trace)

 N-Methyltyramine (Trace)

 Hordenine (Trace)

 Mescaline (Trace)

 N-Methylmescaline (Trace)

 N,N-Dimethylmescaline (0.00279% [± 0.0005])

 Anhalamine (0.0019% [± 0.00028])

 Anhalonidine (0.00005% [± 0.00003])

     Štarha et al. 1998 (% by fresh weight)

Gymnocalyciums: Gymnocalycium-monvillei-Paraguay-6848-EWerdermann-sn-HBG-2006

Gymnocalycium monvillei

 Gymnocalycium monvillei (Lemaire) Britton & Rose

 Tyramine (Between 0.0001-0.001%)

 N-Methyltyramine (Between 0.0001-0.001%)

 Hordenine (Approximately 0.001%)

 Mescaline (Less than 0.0001%)

 N-Methylmescaline (Less than 0.0001%)

 N,N-Dimethylmescaline (Less than 0.0001%)

 O-Methylanhalidine (Less than 0.0001%)

 Anhalinine (Less than 0.0001%)

 O-Methylanhalonidine (Less than 0.0001%)

 Anhalidine (Less than 0.0001%)

 Anhalamine (Less than 0.0001%)

 Anhalonidine (Between 0.0001-0.001%)

 Pellotine (Between 0.0001-0.001%)

 Anhalonine (Between 0.0001-0.001%)

 Lophophorine (Less than 0.0001%)

     Štarha et al. 1997 (% by fresh weight)

 

Gymnocalycium moserianum Schutz

 Tyramine (0.00077% [± 0.0001])

 N-Methyltyramine (0.0001% [± 0.00003])

 Hordenine (0.00011% [± 0.00003])

 Mescaline (0.00007% [± 0.00001])

 N-Methylmescaline (0.00151% [± 0.00015])

 N,N-Dimethylmescaline (0.00071% [± 0.00006])

 O-Methylanhalidine (0.00007% [± 0.00001])

 Anhalinine (0.00007% [± 0.00001])

 O-Methylanhalonidine (0.00007% [± 0.00001])

 Anhalidine (0.00007% [± 0.00001])

 Anhalamine (0.00215% [± 0.00014])

 Anhalonidine (0.00014% [± 0.00003])

 Pellotine (0.00012% [± 0.00003])

 Anhalonine (Trace)

 Lophophorine (Trace)

     Štarha et al. 1998 (% by fresh weight)

Gymnocalyciums: Gymnocalycium multiflorum

Gymnocalycium multiflorum

Gymnocalycium multiflorum

(Now considered to be at least partially a synonym with Gymnocalycium monvillei.)

Herrero-Ducloux 1932a reported recovering small quantities of a ‘mescaline-like’ alkaloid from this species.

This report for this cactus species presently lacks confirmation.

 

 Gymnocalycium netrelianum Britton & Rose

 Tyramine (Less than 0.001%)

 Hordenine (Between 0.0001-0.001%)

 Mescaline (Between 0.0001-0.001%)

 N-Methylmescaline (Less than 0.001%)

 Pellotine (Less than 0.001%)

     Štarha 1995a (% by fresh weight)

Gymnocalycium nigriareolatum Backeberg

 Tyramine (0.00047% [± 0.00005])

 N-Methyltyramine (0.00008% [± 0.00002])

 Hordenine (0.0014% [± 0.00006])

 Mescaline (0.00006% [± 0.00002])

 N-Methylmescaline (0.00006% [± 0.00001])

 N,N-Dimethylmescaline (0.00009% [± 0.00002])

 O-Methylanhalidine (0.00012% [± 0.00006])

 Anhalamine (0.00019% [± 0.00004])

 Anhalonidine (0.00008% [± 0.00002])

     Štarha et al. 1998 (% by fresh weight)

Gymnocalyciums: Gymnocalycium-oenanthemum

Gymnocalycium oenanthemum

Gymnocalycium oenanthemum Backeberg

 Tyramine (Between 0.0001-0.001%)

 N-Methyltyramine (Less than 0.0001%)

 Hordenine (approximately 0.001%)

 Mescaline (Less than 0.0001%)

 N-Methylmescaline (Less than 0.0001%)

 N,N-Dimethylmescaline (Less than 0.0001%)

 O-Methylanhalidine (Less than 0.0001%)

 O-Methylanhalonidine (Less than 0.0001%)

 Anhalidine (Less than 0.0001%)

 Anhalamine (Less than 0.0001%)

 Anhalonidine (Between 0.0001-0.001%)

 Pellotine (Between 0.0001-0.001%)

 Anhalonine (Less than 0.0001%)

 Lophophorine (Less than 0.0001%)

      Štarha et al. 1997 (% by fresh weight)

Gymnocalycium paraguayense Schutz

 Tyramine (0.00047% [± 0.00004])

 N-Methyltyramine (0.00104% [± 0.00014])

 Hordenine (0.00043% [± 0.00008])

 Mescaline (0.00011% [± 0.00006])

 N-Methylmescaline (0.00041% [± 0.0001])

 N,N-Dimethylmescaline (0.00427% [± 0.00032])

 Anhalamine (0.00505% [± 0.0005])

 Anhalonidine (0.00017% [± 0.00006])

     Štarha et al. 1998 (% by fresh weight)

Gymnocalyciums: Gymnocalycium-quehlianum

Gymnocalycium quehlianum

Gymnocalycium quehlianum (Haage) Berg.

  Tyramine (Between 0.0001-0.001%)

  N-Methyltyramine (Between 0.0001-0.001%)

  Hordenine (approximately 0.001%)

  Mescaline (Less than 0.0001%)

  N-Methylmescaline (Less than 0.0001%)

  N,N-Dimethylmescaline (Less than 0.0001%)

  Anhalinine (Less than 0.0001%)

  O-Methylanhalonidine (Between 0.0001-0.001%)

  Anhalonidine (Less than 0.0001%)

  Pellotine (Less than 0.0001%)

  Anhalonine (Less than 0.0001%)

  Lophophorine (Less than 0.0001%)

      Štarha et al. 1997 (% by fresh weight)

 Gymnocalycium ragonesii Cast.

 Tyramine (0.00009% [± 0.00002])

 N-Methyltyramine (0.00005% [± 0.00001])

 Hordenine (0.0035% [± 0.00014])

 Mescaline (Trace)

 N-Methylmescaline (Trace)

 N,N-Dimethylmescaline (Trace)

 O-Methylanhalidine (0.00048% [± 0.00003])

 Anhalinine (0.00109% [± 0.00018])

 O-Methylanhalonidine (0.00007% [± 0.00001])

 Anhalidine (0.00006% [± 0.00001])

 Anhalonidine (Trace)

 Pellotine (Trace)

     Štarha et al. 1998 (% by fresh weight)

Gymnocalyciums: Gymnocalycium riograndense

Gymnocalycium riograndense Cardeñas

(Now Gymnocalycium pflanzii subsp. zegarrae)

Tyramine (Between 0.0001-0.001%)

 N-Methyltyramine (Less than 0.001%)

 Hordenine (Less than 0.001%)

 Mescaline (Between 0.0001-0.001%)

 N-Methylmescaline (Less than 0.001%)

 Anhalinine (Less than 0.001%)

 Anhalidine (Less than 0.001%)

 Anhalonidine (Less than 0.001%)

 Pellotine (Less than 0.001%)

 Anhalonine (Less than 0.001%)

 Lophophorine (Less than 0.001%)

     Štarha 1995a (% by fresh weight)

Gymnocalycium riojense Fric ex H.Till & W.Till

  Tyramine (0.001% dry wt.)

  N-Methyltyramine (0.00001-0.0001% dry wt.)

  Hordenine (0.001% dry wt.)

  Mescaline (0.00001-0.0001% dry wt.)

  N-Methylmescaline (0.00001-0.0001% dry wt.)

  Anhalinine (0.00001-0.0001% dry wt.)

  O-Methylanhalonidine (0.00001-0.0001% dry wt.)

  Pellotine (0.00001-0.0001% dry wt.)

  Anhalonidine (0.00001-0.0001% dry wt.)

     Štarha 2001c cited Štarha 2001a

Gymnocalyciums: Gymnocalycium-stellatum-HBG

Gymnocalycium stellatum

Gymnocalycium stellatum Spegazzini

  Tyramine (Between 0.0001-0.001%)

  N-Methyltyramine (Less than 0.0001%)

  Hordenine (approximately 0.001%)

  Mescaline (Less than 0.0001%)

  N-Methylmescaline (Between 0.0001-0.001%)

  N,N-Dimethylmescaline (Less than 0.0001%)

  Anhalinine (Between 0.0001-0.001%)

  O-Methylanhalonidine (Less than 0.0001%)

  Anhalamine (Less than 0.0001%)

  Anhalonidine (Between 0.0001-0.001%)

  Pellotine (Between 0.0001-0.001%)

  Anhalonine (Between 0.0001-0.001%)

  Lophophorine (Less than 0.0001%)

      Štarha et al. 1997 (% by fresh weight)

Gymnocalycium striglianum Jeggle

  Tyramine (Less than 0.001%)

 Hordenine (Less than 0.001%)

 Mescaline ( “readily apparent” at around 0.001%)

 N-Methylmescaline ( “readily apparent” at around 0.001%)

 Anhalinine (Less than 0.001%)

 Anhalidine (Less than 0.001%)

 Anhalamine ( “readily apparent” at around 0.001%)

 Anhalonidine (Less than 0.001%)

 Pellotine ( “readily apparent” at around 0.001%)

 Anhalonine (Less than 0.001%)

 Lophophorine (Less than 0.001%)

     Štarha 1995a (% by fresh weight)

Gymnocalyciums: Gymnocalycium triacanthum

Gymnocalycium triacanthum

Gymnocalycium triacanthum Backeberg

 Tyramine (Trace)

 N-Methyltyramine (0.00005% [± 0.00001])

 Hordenine (0.00054% [± 0.00004])

 Mescaline (Trace)

 N-Methylmescaline (Trace)

 N,N-Dimethylmescaline (Trace)

 O-Methylanhalidine (0.00015% [± 0.00001])

 Anhalinine (0.00014% [± 0.00001])

 Anhalidine (Trace)

 Anhalonidine (0.0006% [± 0.00001])

     Štarha et al. 1998 (% by fresh weight)

Gymnocalyciums: Gymnocalycium triacanthum

Gymnocalycium triacanthum

Gymnocalycium uebelmannianum Rausch

  Tyramine (Between 0.0001-0.001%)

  N-Methyltyramine (Between 0.0001-0.001%)

  Hordenine (Between 0.0001-0.001%)

  Mescaline (Between 0.0001-0.001%)

  N-Methylmescaline (Less than 0.0001%)

  N,N-Dimethylmescaline (Less than 0.0001%)

  O-Methylanhalidine (Less than 0.0001%)

  Anhalinine (Between 0.0001-0.001%)

  O-Methylanhalonidine (Between 0.0001-0.001%)

  Anhalidine (Less than 0.0001%)

  Anhalamine (Between 0.0001-0.001%)

  Anhalonidine (Between 0.0001-0.001%)

  Pellotine (Between 0.0001-0.001%)

  Anhalonine (Less than 0.0001%)

  Lophophorine (Less than 0.0001%)

      Štarha et al. 1997 (% by fresh weight)

Gymnocalyciums: Gymnocalycium valnicekianum

Gymnocalycium valnicekianum seedling

Gymnocalycium valnicekianum Jajó

(now Gymnocalycium mostii subsp. valnicekianum)

 Tyramine (Between 0.0001-0.001%)

 N-Methyltyramine (Less than 0.001%)

 Hordenine ( “readily apparent” at around 0.001%)

 Mescaline (Less than 0.001%)

 Anhalinine (Less than 0.001%)

 Anhalonidine (Between 0.0001-0.001%)

 Pellotine (Less than 0.001%)

 Anhalonine (Less than 0.001%)

 Lophophorine (Less than 0.001%)

     Štarha 1995a (% by fresh weight)

Gymnocalyciums: Gymnocalycium vatteri

Gymnocalycium vatteri

 Gymnocalycium vatteri Buining

(now Gymnocalycium ochoterenae subsp. vatteri, or not; depending upon with whom you want to agree.)

  Mescaline (between 0.0001-0.001%)

  Tyramine (approximately 0.001%)

  N-Methyltyramine (between 0.0001-0.001%)

  Hordenine (approximately 0.001%)

  N-Methylmescaline (between 0.0001-0.001%)

  Anhalinine (approximately 0.001%)

  Anhalidine (less than 0.0001%)

  Anhalonidine (between 0.0001-0.001%)

  Pellotine (between 0.0001-0.001%)

  Anhalonine (less than 0.0001%)

  Lophophorine (less than 0.0001%)

      Štarha 1996 (% by fresh weight)

Gymnocalyciums: Gymnocalycium vatteri

Gymnocalycium vatteri

 

 

 Parting comment on the genus Gymnocalycium and South American globulars:

 It is puzzling that this large genus and area has been neglected for so many years, in light of the intense academic interest which has intermittently surrounding such plants.The work of Dr. Štarha underscores the need for more in depth work. While the reported concentrations overall are low, this is in line with the majority of cacti tested; the high mescaline producers are only sporadically represented and apparently difficult to predict.  Štarha’s results are encouraging despite low values.

 Considering how many different Gymnocalycium species are readily available, how easy they are to grow, how often this is mentioned in the literature and how many of the larger flat species actually resemble Peyote in color and appearance, it is mind boggling that more people have not pursued further chemical work in this fascinating and attractive group.

 G. platense and G. riograndensis have long been suggested as probable mescaline containing species but, as far as it can be determined, this was implied solely by morphology as no actual chemical work had been done. More recently, Dr. Štarha did indeed find small amounts of mescaline in the latter.

 An interesting mention is made of globular cacti in Margaret Ashley Towle 1961. Her reference, Eugenio Yácovleff & Fortunato L. Herrera 1934, mention Lobivia (L. corbula), Mammillaria (M. herrerae) (equating these first two) and Melocacti in passing, during their discussion of the many varied forms of cacti found depicted in ceramic designs. (pages 319-320, ceramic design examples also on page 321). [Their reference to Melocacti was in regards to the Peruvian species which form distinct Cereus-like columns somewhat resembling Neoraimondia and Armatocereus species but it should be mentioned that most Melocacti exist as fairly globular plants.]

 Some types of globular cacti are clearly depicted. While mescaline has not yet been reported from these plants, many Lobivia, Mammillaria, Melocacti, and Echinopsis species, as well as additional non-mescaline containing Gymnocalyciums, have all been reported to contain alkaloids.

 I would suggest more representative species be examined for all.

Azketium ritteri

Aztekium ritteri (Bödeker) Bödeker

Friedrich Boedeker  (1929) Monatsschrift für Kakteenkunde, 1: 52. Aztekium ritteri
Friedrich Boedeker  (1928) Zeitschrift für Sukkulentenkunde. Berlin 3 (14): 305–306. Echinocactus ritterii


Aztekium ritteri

 

Small amounts of mescaline have been reported. 

Etymology: The wonderful texture of its surface has been likened to some Aztec motifs, hence the genus name Aztekium. Friedrich Ritter (who had been living in Mexico) was the specific namesake.

Habitat: From Nuevo Leon, Mexico growing in xeric scrub on limestone and gypsum cliffs.

Often remains solitary but may be freely offsetting from base with age (or if grafted or after exposure to pesticides & fungicides). 
Greyish-green to grey body is broad and rounded to around 2 inches in
diameter; with a depressed wooly top.

Short napiform taproot.
9-11 ribs, [Ed.: Sometimes swirling] folded, with subsidiary and narrower ribs in between.] 
Cultivated plants tend to be more green. Especially so on grafted plants. This is considered a detractant to the beauty of this plant by most authorities and serious collectors.
Areoles are closely set and bear white hairs.
Few spines; weak, bent or contorted. Usually 1-3; 3-4 mm in length.
White flowers 8 mm in diameter, appearing to have a stalk.
[Pizetti describes flowers as being about 1 cm wide; with white segments and outer perianth parts with pink edges. Anderson 1998 describes the flowers as white to light pink and appearing sporadically throughout the summer.]
Pink fruit is berrylike and appears only when ripe.
Black seeds are 0.5 mm long.
    Backeberg 1977: 79-80 and
    Pizetti 1985 entry #15.

Backeberg noted that there is also a form with flower that is longer (has longer stalk)

See also Backeberg 1961 [5: 2890-2892], (includes pictures on page 2891, fig. 2722, and the larger flowered form in flower, fig. 2723.) and Lamb & Lamb 1971 [2: 378] (with picture). Pizetti has color picture.

Habitat photos: Chastek 1994 Kaktusy 2: 40-41

Backeberg & Pizetti (& many others) describe the species as cold sensitive but I have seen them tolerate hard freezes (6°F) in a covered but unheated outdoor cactus bed Austin Texas when totally dry. I would recommend protection from freezing despite that lucky experience.

Once considered an endangered species due to being found only in a restricted area experiencing heavy collection activity. More populations across a broad range have since been discovered. The habitat includes inaccessible populations due to restricted access for both humans and browsers so it has been downgraded to become listed as a species of “Least Concern“.
      B. Fitz Maurice & W.A. Fitz Maurice 2013. Aztekium ritteri. The IUCN Red List of Threatened Species. Version 2014.2. www.iucnredlist.org.

Reported analysis:
(Plants greenhouse grown in Czechoslovakia)
N-Methyltyramine (0.0031% by fresh wt.)
3-Methoxytyramine (Less than 0.0001% by fresh wt.)
Hordenine (Less than 0.0001% by fresh wt.)
N,N-Dimethyl-3,4-dimethoxyphenethylamine (0.0036% fresh wt.)
Mescaline (0.0009% by fresh wt.) (Which is not quite a mg per kg.)
Anhalidine (0.0008% by fresh wt.)
Pellotine (0.0026% by fresh wt.)
    Štarha 1994

[Aztekium ritteri has had an unconfirmed claim of caffeine. No reference was cited and none has been located. Claims for caffeine have never been sustantiated in any cactus species.]

Glucaric acid (tlc by Kringstad & Nordal 1975)
Quinic acid (tlc, glc & gc-ms by Kringstad & Nordal 1975)

 

 

Alwin Berger 1929 Kakteen, pp. 259-260.

Aztekium ritteri description

 

External links:

Dave’s Garden’s

IPNI

ThePlantList

Tropicos